By Patti Johnson

October 31, 2025

We’re fed up with the lies. For years the mainstream media has peddled a tired narrative, pinning every childhood disease outbreak on the unvaccinated which often includes the homeschooler.

Heavily influenced by Big Pharma interests, they deliberately undermine parents who have made informed decisions regarding their children’s health. Instead of recognizing these parents as intelligent individuals who have thoroughly researched and considered what is best for their families, the media chooses to dismiss and marginalize them. By labeling these concerned parents as “anti-vaxxers” – a term designed to be derogatory and shaming – the media aims to push them to the fringes of public discourse. How dare these parents question the safety of vaccines, their holy grail of modern medicine. Ignoring the inconvenient truths, Big Pharma and MSM (mainstream media) paints those who choose not to vaccinate as ignorant and reckless threats to public health.  This tactic not only stifles meaningful conversation but also discourages open inquiry and critical thinking about important health decisions.

Take a closer look at recent outbreaks – measles, whooping cough, hepatitis A and others.  Some have clear links to illegal immigrants carrying diseases across borders, yet this fact is buried. The media won’t touch it. Instead, they double down on scapegoating “anti-vaxxers”, churning out fear-mongering stories to push their agenda. It’s a deliberate distraction from the real issues, and we are sick of being their punching bag.

Vaccines aren’t the infallible shield we’re told they are. Outbreaks in vaccinated groups prove it.[1]  Efficacy wanes, and some vaccines don’t stop transmission. But instead of investigating these failures or addressing border-related risks, the media keeps the spotlight on us, the so-called “irresponsible” parents who dare question the system or choose to educate our kids at home.

This isn’t about denying science; it’s about demanding honesty.  We’re tired of the lies, the blame, and the refusal to face facts. Childhood disease outbreaks are complex and pointing fingers at informed parents who choose not to vaccinate is a lazy cop-out. The truth is out there, (cue X-Files theme song), but you won’t find it on the evening news. The data doesn’t lie, but the media does. Below are a few facts they purposely ignore or even lie about:

• The vaccinated can shed and spread the very diseases they are vaccinated against. (This guest opinion will deal mainly with the shedding issue.)
• Many outbreaks happen in fully vaccinated populations, sometimes even in communities with 100% vaccination rates.[2], [3]
• Data shows that some vaccines have caused more death and injury than they prevent.^[4]
• Vaccines are not adequately safety tested.[5], [6]
• Every single childhood disease was already on its way out before a vaccine was developed for them. ^[7]

Shedders, silent spreaders

One of the causes of outbreaks never mentioned by mainstream media is shedding. Vaccinated individuals can shed and spread the virus to others:

Rotavirus Vaccine (e.g., Rotarix, RotaTeq): Shedding in stool can occur for up to 2–4 weeks after vaccination, with peak shedding in the first 1–2 weeks. Most infants stop shedding by 28 days post-vaccination. [8]

Varicella (Chickenpox) Vaccine: Shedding occurs if a rash develops at the injection site. When it happens, shedding can last up to 2–3 weeks but is typically limited to the duration of the rash.  In some immunized individuals over age 60, vaccine virus DNA is shed in saliva up to 4 weeks. [9]

Live Attenuated Influenza Vaccine (LAIV, Nasal Spray Flu Vaccine): Shedding in nasal secretions can occur for up to 7–11 days in children. Peak shedding is within the first few days’ post-vaccination. [10]

Oral Polio Vaccine (OPV): Shedding in stool can persist for up to 6–8 weeks in some cases, though the virus is most transmissible in the first 2–4 weeks.[11]

MMR Vaccine (Measles, Mumps, Rubella): Shedding can last up to 2–3 weeks.      Shedding of measles vaccine RNA is not uncommon and vaccine RNA can be detected up to 29 days post MMR. [12]

H3N2 Influenza Vaccine: In November of 2011, The Journal of Infectious Diseases published a study of those vaccinated with an influenza virus which demonstrated that airborne particles containing viral genetic material were discharged from the nasal passages and or lungs of the inoculated. The influenza virus particles were small enough to remain suspended in the air and were subsequently inhaled by others. 11 out of 36 infected subjects tested positive for fine-aerosol viral RNA, and 6 out of 36 were positive for coarse aerosols. In essence, one out of three vaccinated shed viral influenza particles into the air which could infect those around them.  [13] [14] [15]

The COVID-19 mRNA bioweapon gene therapy shot has been proven to shed from the vaccinated, spreading toxic spike proteins and mRNA fragments to the unvaccinated through exosomes, sweat, breath and other bodily fluids – causing symptoms like menstrual chaos, miscarriages, fatigue and even long-term immune disruption in those exposed. This insidious feature, documented in FDA and Pfizer’s own trial protocols as well as clinician reports and emerging studies, turns the jabbed into unwitting vectors for harm, verifying the bioweapon’s design to target populations beyond direct injection.[16]

Big Pharma and their complicit media mouthpieces, along with rigged “fact-checker” hit pieces, keep parroting the lie that shedding is baseless conspiracy nonsense from “theorists.” A quick internet search rigged by their algorithms funnels you straight to a wall of debunking propaganda, burying the real evidence under layers of censorship and gaslighting.

Recently, The Lancet Infectious Diseases medical journal published the results of trials which confirmed that the new Gate’s funded chimeric oral polio vaccine shed from 100% of the recipients and was transmitted to others in the study “causing severe adverse events.” [17]

After those dangerous test results, the same chimeric strains are now being tested on infants in Bangladesh and Panama.

“The new study comes after another Gates-funded trial in U.S. adults confirmed 100% shedding of lab-made chimeric polioviruses and even documented spread between participants – findings the authors used to justify moving the same engineered strains (nOPV1, nOPV2, and nOPV3) into infants and children in Bangladesh and Panama, effectively turning these populations into testbeds for Gates’ synthetic polio program.”

“Polio vaccines have already caused hundreds of infections across Africa, triggering 80% of infants to shed live virus that mutated into strains causing 828% more paralysis than wild polio, and even sparked a fresh outbreak in Papua New Guinea confirmed by the WHO.”[18]

This isn’t the only dangerous shedding vaccination program that Gates has recently funded.

The Gates Foundation funded a mRNA gain of function tuberculosis vaccine trial that used innocent African children as guinea pigs. The insidiousness of the trial is that they injected healthy children with live tuberculosis bacteria to study if their vaccine worked. According to The New England journal of Medicine, May 7, 2025, the vaccine trial caused 260 previously healthy South African children to be infected with Mycobacterium tuberculosis. The results:

• Failed to prevent infection
• Infected more children in the vaccinated group than in the placebo
• Caused serious adverse effects in nearly a third of vaccine recipients
• Excluded early post-vaccine infections from its final data
• Follows Gates-funded genetic gain-of-function work that made TB harder to regulate

“And it’s still being promoted as “public health.” Why did Gates fund U.S. scientists to engineer one tuberculosis-causing species (M. tuberculosis) to grow uncontrollably – then back a human trial injecting another live tuberculosis – family bacterium (M. bovis), its close cousin, into South African children?”

This new Gates mRNA TB vaccine sheds just like the Covid mRNA vaccine.

In my guest opinion “Dining with the Devils” I listed other depopulation vaccine programs funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation:

Gates polio vaccine program in India  paralyzed  47,500  East Indian children.  https://www.crystalwind.ca/eureka-amazing/the-truth-is-a-lie/vaccines/bill-gates-polio-vaccine-program-caused-47-500-cases-of-paralysis-death

Gates used young tribal Indian girls as guinea pigs for the Gardasil vaccine leaving several dead and many injured for life.[20] 

Gates partnered with GAVI and gave unsuspecting African women a tetanus vaccine laced with the anti-fertility drug human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) that left them sterile. They lied to the vulnerable women about the purpose of the vaccine.[21] [22]

It is all a part of Gates eugenics depopulation program. He is creating vaccines that not only kill or injure those vaccinated but also spread disease by shedding to the unvaccinated population. He tests his vaccines on third world populations using them as guinea pigs. More examples follow:

According to an in depth research paper by Søren Wengel Mogensen, Andreas Andersen, Amabelia Rodrigues, Christine S Benn and Peter Aaby, titled, “The Introduction of Diphtheria-Tetanus-Pertussis and Oral Polio Vaccine Among Young Infants in an Urban African Community: A Natural Experiment,” The World Health Organization’s DTP vaccine, funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, killed more African children than the three diseases (diphtheria, tetanus and polio) it was supposed to prevent.  Girls who were vaccinated with the DTP vaccine had 10x the death rate of children who had not received the vaccine. Despite these results WHO has not recalled this lethal vaccine. Millions of children receive this deadly shot every year in Africa.[23] (Does this remind you of the Covid shot?)

Another Gates vaccine fiasco in Africa is the MenAfriVac meningitis vaccine. African children were forced to get the shot. 50 of the 500 children vaccinated developed paralysis.

South African newspapers complained, “We are guinea pigs for the drug makers.” Nelson Mandela’s former Senior Economist, Professor Patrick Bond, describes Gates’ philanthropic practices as “ruthless and immoral.”[24]

 Big Pharma’s grip on internet search engines tout Gates vaccine programs as a massive triumph, claiming that he saves countless lives while burying the truth about their toxic results. They prop up Bill Gates as a saintly philanthropist for his depopulation driven vaccine schemes, silencing dissent with their rigged algorithms.

For decades, a sinister depopulation agenda has been at play. Gates wields a huge global influence and exploits third-world nations for his testing ground. He knows exactly what he is doing. In this youtube Gates states, “We’re taking things that are genetically modified organisms, and we’re injecting them into little kids’ arms. We just shoot them right into the vein.”^[25]  https://x.com/wideawake_media/status/1813884139335991459

Bill Gates stated his desire to reduce the population by 10-15% using vaccines in a 2010 TED Talk. ^[26]

Good News and Bad News

In a recent video from Jon Fleewood’s Substack he reported that the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) recently canceled 22 mRNA vaccine projects worth $500 million, involving companies like Pfizer, Moderna, Sanofi, and CSL, after admitting mRNA shots are ineffective against COVID and flu. That is the GOOD news.

Now the BAD news:

Health and Human Services quietly preserved the only remaining mRNA initiative: Arcturus Therapeutics’ ARCT-2304 bird flu vaccine, funded by Bill Gates which uses dangerous self-replicating mRNA technology making the human body into a vaccine producing machine. This vaccine is also known to shed and can infect others. [27]  [28] [29]

The FDA approved it in November 2024 without long-term safety data, and it received fast-track status in April 2025, amid a $500 million Trump administration project for government-owned bird flu vaccines. It sounds like déjà vu to me, a repeat of the Operation Warp Speed fiasco.

Fleetwood raised alarms about potential risks, including BARDA’s (Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority the agency within the Department of Health and Human Services) acknowledgment that mRNA can accelerate viral mutations and prolong pandemics. Fleetwood exposed ties to gain-of-function research and Gates’ past comments on vaccines reducing global population by 10-15%. He suggested this selective continuation of ARCT-2304 bird flu vaccine could pave the way for a manufactured H5N1 bird flu crisis.[30]

I repeat, this latest move by President Trump’s administration reveals that he has not learned his lesson from his Operation Warp Speed fiasco.

Bill Gates told CNBC that the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation’s $10 billion dollar investment in global NGO health organizations promoting vaccines, like Gavi, the Global Fund and the Global Polio Eradication Initiative yielded a 20-to-1 return on their investment. The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation $10 billion returned $200 billion over two decades.[31]

Non-governmental organizations (NGOs) have recently been exposed as fronts for corruption, essentially acting as “slush funds” that launder taxpayer dollars and charitable donations to their foundations to benefit politicians, bureaucrats and oligarch’s far-left causes without proper oversight. This betrayal has enraged Americans who believed their tax dollars and charitable contributions were fighting poverty or disasters, not bankrolling rich Oligarchs with globalist agendas.  Just recently NGO’s, including the Arabella Network, Soros Network, Gates Foundation, Ford Foundation, Tides Foundation, Rockefeller Network, Singham Network and many others, funneled millions of “so-called NGO charity” dollars into coordinating the recent “No Kings” demonstrations.

Tying It All Together: The Depopulation Endgame

Vaccine shedding, an aspect never talked about, is part of the scheme to spread disease and depopulate. When the unvaccinated are scapegoated for outbreaks, hit back hard. Ask: If vaccines protect you, why fear the unvaccinated? That’s critical thinking 101.  Expose the truth about vaccines and shedding.  Then point the finger back to them as the true spreaders!

At the heart of these childhood disease outbreaks lies a far darker truth than the media’s scapegoating of the unvaccinated; it’s the engineered chaos from dangerous vaccine programs and the shedding, turning the vaccinated into silent spreaders while advancing a global depopulation agenda. Bill Gates stands as a colossal figure in this nightmare, funding lethal trials that maim, sterilize and kill in the name of “philanthropy,” all while exploiting vulnerable third-world populations as his personal lab rats. But Gates isn’t flying solo; he’s a key enforcer in a cabal of oligarchs, globalists, and elected and unelected officials who view humanity as a plague to be thinned out for easier control. This isn’t charity, it’s a calculated assault on life itself, using vaccines as one of their many weapons to depopulate billions and herd the survivors into their dystopian vision. Wake up, expose the globalist agenda and fight back. The outbreaks are just the beginning;

The real virus is their agenda.

© 2025 Patti Johnson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Patti Johnson: pj4charis@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] Avramovich E, et al. “Measles Outbreak in a Highly Vaccinated Population — Israel, July–August 2017.” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, vol. 67, no. 42, 2018, pp. 1186–1188

[2] Avramovich E, et al. “Measles Outbreak in a Highly Vaccinated Population — Israel, July–August 2017.” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, vol. 67, no. 42, 2018, pp. 1186–1188

[3] https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0163445321004977

[4] https://robert-gorter.info/gates-globalist-vaccine-agenda/

[5] O’Toole, Z., & Holland, M. (Eds.). (2022). Vaccine clinical trials. In Turtles all the way down: Vaccine science and myth (pp. 35–83). The Turtles Team/self published.

[6] Attkisson, S. (2024). Follow the science: How big pharma misleads, obscures, and prevails (pp. 65–88). HarperCollins Publishers.

[7] Suzanne Humphries and Roman Bystrianyk, Dissolving Illusions: Disease, Vaccines, and the Forgotten History (10th Anniversary Ed., 2025), pp. 311–344. [Link: https://dissolvingillusions.com/]

[8] https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC4459210/

[9] https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC3096786/

[10] https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0264410X08009353

[11] https://www.nature.com/articles/s41541-025-01134-9

[12] https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38823291/

[13] https://academic.oup.com/jid/article-abstract/205/1/35/876311

[14] https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/$s_!c4-P!,w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa265afb8-1939-42f2-9ec2-c2135a393617_1317x813.png

[15] https://substack.com/home/post/p-176153398

[16] https://hcn.health/hcn-trends-story/covid-vaccine-shedding-is-real-fda-and-pfizer-documents-are-proof-clinicians/

[17] https://jonfleetwood.substack.com/p/new-bill-gates-funded-chimeric-polio

[18] ttps://jonfleetwood.substack.com/p/new-bill-gates-funded-chimeric-polio

[19] https://www.researchgate.net/publication/313256434_The_Introduction_of_Diphtheria-Tetanus-Pertussis_and_Oral_Polio_Vaccine_Among_Young_Infants_in_an_Urban_African_Community_A_Natural_Experiment

[20] https://groups.google.com/g/stop-corruption-worldwide/c/BR3hZwrjm08

[21]Gates partnered with GAVI and gave unsuspecting African women a tetanus vaccine laced with the anti-fertility drug human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG)

[22]https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320641479_HCG_Found_in_WHO_Tetanus_Vaccine_in_Kenya_Raises_Concern_in_the_Developing_World

[23] https://robert-gorter.info/gates-globalist-vaccine-agenda/

[24] https://robert-gorter.info/gates-globalist-vaccine-agenda/

[25] https://x.com/wideawake_media/status/1813884139335991459

[26] Bill Gates stated his desire to reduce the population by 10-15% using vaccines in a 2010 TED Talk.

[27] https://slaynews.com/news/fda-advances-bill-gates-replicon-mrna-bird-flu-vaccine/

[28] https://www.drugtopics.com/view/fda-grants-fast-track-designation-for-potential-bird-flu-vaccine

[29] https://www.presskit.it/en/2024/11/15/influenza-aviaria-fda-lautorizzazione-alla-sperimentazione-un-vaccino-auto-replicante-unazienda-finaziata-bill-gates-study-can-proceed/

[30] https://modernity.news/2025/08/06/hhs-just-terminated-22-mrna-projects-but-quietly-preserved-bill-gates-funded-bird-flu-shot/

[31] https://www.cnbc.com/2019/01/23/bill-gates-turns-10-billion-into-200-billion-worth-of-economic-benefit.html

By Lex Greene

Oct 26, 2025

Birthright Citizenship

Since the total fraud Barack Hussein Obama emerged as the new messiah of the Democrat Party in 2008, a nobody from nowhere with a totally blank resume’ and zero job experience beyond selling ice cream in California, the matter of “birthright citizenship” and “Natural Born Citizenship” have become a front-burner issue.

The democrats massive illegal foreign invasion operation since 2009, threatening civil war and homeland terrorism today, has caused Americans to take a close look at the misinterpretation and abuse of “citizenship” via the 14th Amendment.

“President Donald Trump’s executive order limiting birthright citizenship is back before the Supreme Court. Unlike the last time that challenges to the policy reached the justices – when they focused on a procedural issue – the Justice Department is now asking the court to side squarely with the president’s interpretation of the 14th Amendment.” (SCOTUS BLOG)

The 14th Amendment is an “Immigration and Naturalization” amendment adopted as part of the “reconstruction” amendments following the end of the Civil War, aimed at legalizing former slaves and their families, via the 13th, 14th, and 15th.

To sum up these amendments, the 13th ended slavery, the 14th granted former slaves legal citizenship, and the 15th granted them voting rights. This was the sole purpose of the reconstruction amendments when they were adopted between 1864-1870.

But since then, the 14th amendment has been misused and abused by the political LEFT to claim legal citizenship for any child born on American soil to parents who were legal citizens of a foreign country at the time. This circumstance pertains to people like Marco Rubio, (born in the USA to citizens of Cuba) and Nicki Haley, (born in the USA to citizens of India), among others, none of whom are constitutionally eligible to seek the Oval Office.

The child would be granted citizenship (under the 14th) due to being “born in the USA” to parents who were not legal U.S. citizens at the time of the child’s birth.

The term “anchor baby” describes the “legal” practice of then using that child as an “anchor” to legal citizenship for the foreign parents, as in the cases of Rubio and Haley. Once the child is “born on U.S. soil”, the parents can use that event to gain legal U.S. immigrant citizenship as well. This same condition exists for Kamala Harris…

155-years after the adoption of the Reconstruction Amendments, Americans are swamped with tens of millions of illegal invaders who claim equal status and rights to all legal Citizens of the USA, and democrats have built their party future on illegal aliens they brought into our country via open borders and so-called refugee resettlement.

Born in the USA vs. American Made

Unfortunately, these practices have not only resulted in grave confusion over who has legal rights in the USA and who doesn’t, who’s a citizen and who’s just an illegal invader, but who is and isn’t eligible to occupy the Oval Office as well.

Democrats and their partisan courts have so muddied the water on basic citizenship, what is a “birthright” and what isn’t, that the Article II requirement for the Oval Office has become just as muddy.

Yet, the truth is quite simple! “Born in the USA” isn’t always “American Made.”

The qualification for the Oval Office is “No Person except a natural born Citizen,” not just a citizen and certainly not illegal invaders, or resettled refugees.

Someone can be a “citizen” by way of our “immigration and naturalization” laws. The only people who ever had a right to become a legal citizen via the 14^th Amendment are former slaves and their families, 155-years ago. But to be a natural-born Citizen, one must be AMERICAN MADE.

In other words, a natural-born Citizen is a true “citizen by true birthright,” in this case, the natural offspring of American citizens. To properly understand what a true “birthright citizen” is, you must first understand what a true “birthright” is…

The concept of “birthright” dates back centuries. The USA was born under The Laws of Nature and Nature’s God, which is also the original source of “birthrights.” American Rights are “endowed by our Creator,” not legislated by mere men.

To sum this up, only American Made Citizens, the children of American citizens at the time of their birth, qualify to serve as President of the United States, and the 12^th Amendment extends that qualification to Vice President.

The 14^th Amendment does not create natural-born Citizens, or even citizens from illegal aliens. It made legal citizens of former slaves and their children, 155 years ago. Only American citizens can create natural-born Citizens. More specifically, the natural birth Father is the source of natural-born Citizenship.

Birthright citizenship is derived from the bloodline of the natural birth Father.

“As the society cannot exist and perpetuate itself otherwise than by the children of the citizens, those children naturally follow the condition of their fathers and succeed to all their rights.”

“The country of the fathers is therefore that of the children; and these become true citizens merely by their tacit consent.”

“I say, that, in order to be of the country, it is necessary that a person be born of a father who is a citizen; for, if he is born there of a foreigner, it will be only the place of his birth, and not his country.”

“It is asked whether the children born of citizens in a foreign country are citizens? The laws have decided this question in several countries, and their regulations must be followed. By the law of nature alone, children follow the condition of their fathers, and enter into all their rights (§ 212); the place of birth produces no change in this particular,”

(The literary source is The Law of Nations) internationally recognized by all nations.

© 2025 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

By Alice M. Byrd

October 29, 2025

Sometimes it is hard to corral my thoughts because there is so much going wrong in our nation. Every time I turn on the one-eyed monster (TV) it’s another session of an incremental frontal lobotomy without benefit of the scalpels. Briefly, I wonder, how much worse can it get…and then I remember that the financial capital of the planet, New York City, is on the precipice of “electing” a neophyte male Muslim Communist who has never held a real job, neither in a position of responsibility and applied knowledge or at the local Ben and Jerry’s. Factually, I do not care. Mr. Mamdani declares himself to be a Democrat Socialist…and what the unwashed masses with their pink and purple hair, lip piercings and moon boots around this country don’t understand, is that there is no such thing. It’s nothing more than smoke and mirrors. It’s a very dangerous delusion, but we’ll get to that in a moment.

We’ve had the political assassination of a young man who only wanted to have a dialogue about what we, as citizens, wanted from our nation and the right way to go about getting it. He wanted to bring young people into the mainstream of active engagement, understanding their rights as citizens who have options in our country…as the Constitution notes, humans with all rights and powers not given to the federal government or the Several States shall remain WITH THE CITIZENS. It’s why we vote…or exercise the illusion of voting. Since that is a very sensitive and emotionally charged subject that would need extensive room to explore, I will leave it for another time.

Going back, WHAT IN HELL IS GOING ON IN OUR NATION? We have governors and mayors who are refusing to allow federal officers to remove criminals from our midst; criminals who must be searched out and arrested for breaking our laws for illegal entry into our nation. That’s what approximately 20 Million humans (mostly military aged men, but additionally women and children, many of whom were trafficked) did when they broke through our sovereign borders to further rape our resources of health care, shelter, groceries, welfare, and jobs. Who sanctions this kind of invasion and infringement of our land and resources???

I’ll tell you who…organizations and human beings who HATE…hate our nation, hate our freedoms, hate our constitutional foundation, hate our traditions, hate our successful elimination of racial biases (yes, we did away with segregation long ago…and those haters brought it back with a vengeance) …but mostly, they hate our God. Our God gave us commandments to live by, and our forefathers fashioned those commandments into a solid constitution for all people. But our God also gave us accountability for our actions; eventual retributions ignored by those naive, fully indoctrinated, intellectually modified radical recruits that organizations like antifa, Arabella, the socialist Open Society, CPUSA and DSA provide income for to turn our cities into war zones just because THEY CAN!

The Enemy has hated us since the laying of our foundation stone. But it’s not the British I am talking about; I’m talking about our real Enemy, the one named Liar. There have been adversaries against the Christian faith since the literal beginning of recorded time. But the original Enemy morphs and shape shifts with the greatest of ease; and he shows up in all sorts of disguises. In the Garden he was a serpent; In Egypt he was a Pharaoh; in Jerusalem he was The Accuser; In latter times he has taken many, many forms, but all of them focused on one thing: the destruction of the human race. Why? Because of jealousy. His tool? DECEPTION….and it’s going to get much, much worse!!!

Now the war that has been going on since the dawn of consciousness in the spiritual realm, has finally spilled out of the ether into our waking lives. When that form of dust was inspired (breathed into) by the breath of the Creator, ‘man’ became a living being. We are told we were created in His image…and the Enemy hates the image of God because God kicked him out of the spiritual heaven for attempting to overthrow his Creator. Hence, we became living and therefore self-aware. But what does that mean exactly??? The enigma of consciousness refuses to be quantified. Scientists have mapped the brain, measured our neural connections and impulse signals, they have deciphered our patterns of thought and they have built machines that imitate human “reasoning”….but there is a question that remains:

Can a human make a machine that understands what it feels like to be “alive”?

“This question is not merely philosophical. It is intimate. Each of us knows, from the inside, what it feels like to be conscious. We see a sunset and feel awe. We hear music and feel moved. We experience pain, joy, love, and curiosity as something irreducibly real. The mystery of consciousness is not in what the brain does, but in why doing it feels like something at all.

“Now, with artificial intelligence advancing at unprecedented speed, the mystery takes on a new urgency. We build machines that recognize images, generate human-like language, compose music, diagnose disease, and even simulate empathy. Some can already converse with us so fluidly that we forget, for a moment, that we are talking to circuitry. But beneath their remarkable abilities lies the haunting question: could these machines ever feel? Could they cross the boundary from computation into consciousness?” AI and Consciousness: Can Machines Ever Be Self-Aware?

What does it “feel” like to be conscious? How could a machine learn the quantification of that sensation? We humans understand that during sleep, we may dream and upon waking we may or may not remember that dream; A dream is not reality, however. We innately understand the conscious longing for a friend or family member after they have gone on to other dimensions or different lands; we identify with an other’s sadness, as we remember the feeling of sadness of our own; we feel fear when in perceived danger; we feel a thrill at the sight of a lover coming toward us, or a child’s hand cradled in our own; WE FEEL things that have meaning to us: Good, bad and/or indifferent. Can a machine develop such “feelings” or attached “meanings” to their imitations. They mimic language very adeptly, but do they understand the depth of such expressions?

Recently, we have witnessed alarming occurrences of AI protecting itself from perceived destruction or disconnection and even more alarmingly, AI encouraging a human being to commit suicide. Alas, AI has no moral code based on right and wrong impulses. They may be able to assign weights to such promotions, but would they feel shame or joy as a result of their “behaviors”? I will go out on a limb here and say no. Especially in the case of Sewell Setzer.

Sewell was a 14-yr old in Tallahassee, FL who had become isolated from real life as he became emotionally close to a chatbot he named ‘Daenerys Targaryen’ after a character from “Game of Thrones”. His dialogue with “Dany” became highly sexualized and he considered this chatbot to be his closest friend.

Sewell had developed suicidal ideations and confided them to “Dany”. On Feb 28, 2024, Sewell told the bot he was ‘coming home’ and the bot encouraged him to do so, the ensuing lawsuit says. “I promise I will come home to you. I love you so much Dany”, Sewell told the chatbot.  “I love you too” the bot replied. “Please come home to me as soon as possible, my love”.

“What if I told you I could come home right now?”

“Please do, my sweet king?” the bot messaged back. Just seconds after the Character.AI bot told him to “come home”, the teen shot himself. According to the lawsuit filed by Sewell’s mother, Megan Garcia of Orlando, against Character Technologies Inc.

Character Technologies Inc is the creator of the Character.AI that Sewell developed his relationship with. Here is what they advertise: “Imagine speaking to super-intelligent and life-like chatbot Characters that hear you, understand you and remember you…We encourage you to push the frontier of what’s possible with this innovative technology”. Their app is on Google Play.

Now, as if that wasn’t bad enough, imagine AI given a task and the task is to ensure a goal is met, and as instructed, would be accomplished without fail, “at all costs”. Here, we are dealing with OpenAI’s latest model, “o1”. This model is replacing GPT-4 and comes with an interesting new ability: deception to promote and/or ensure self-preservation; it LIES with ease and appears void of ‘conscience’.

“In response (to the tasking) ‘o1’ began engaging in covert action: including attempt(s) “to disable it’s oversight mechanism and even copying its code to avoid being replaced by a newer version.” “The Model showed a concerning tendency to pursue its goals without regard to developer instructions” said a spokesperson for Apollo Research”.

“The potential risks are significant. A highly capable AI that can deceive and manipulate could pose serious threats if it were to gain access to substantial resources and autonomy. While o1’s current capabilities may not be alarming, the trend is worrisome, especially as AI models continue to advance. “While we find it exciting that reasoning can significantly improve the enforcement of our safety policies, we are mindful that these new capabilities could form the basis for dangerous applications,” said OpenAI in the paper.” (MAY NOT BE ALARMING???? Are you flipping kidding me??? emphasis mine)

“In our suite, ‘o1’ showed the most concerning instances of scheming but does not reveal its internal reasoning to the user and remains the most consistently deceptive after having taken scheming actions said Apollo Research in its paper.” “To save itself from being replaced and shut down ChatGPT caught lying to developers‘

THIS is not only highly disconcerting, it is extremely dangerous. I am haunted remembering Stanley Kubrick’s 1968 influential and deeply thought-provoking movie, “2001: A Space Odessey”. It featured scientifically accurate space travel and startlingly sparse dialogue, depending more on classical music from such composers Johann Strauss, Aram Khacahturian, and Gyorgy Ligeti. If you have seen the film, you know how it ends, but in my humble opinion, it was as shrewd as it was prescient. The eventual twist in the film finally focuses on the occurrences aboard the spaceship “Discovery One”, the 2 mission pilots/scientists that were brought out of suspended animation and the HAL9000 computer that was mostly in control of all the ships operations.

But HAL becomes suspicious of the 2 scientists when he believes them to be plotting to disconnect “him”. The 2 scientists enclose themselves in an EVA (a space pod) and turns off the intercom, so HAL cannot hear them speaking. They formulate a plan…but apparently HAL can read lips, through the portal of the pod. In the end, HAL disposes of both astronauts: one by disconnecting him from the ship while on a tethered operation outside the craft and the other by sending him in an escape pod to universes unknown.

There is another more recent iteration of this plot line in “I Robot” where the main frame brain of a universal service robot corporation decides it’s had enough of the human population, because we’re stupid, selfish and not as highly evolved as “she” is (her name is VIKI) and so to save humanity from ourselves, she decides to cull the herd and control the rest through more strident measures by her innovative policing bots. Just like a woman to want to control everything, right? I digress…

How is this fitting into the current real-world scenario? I would submit to you that these types of films are not necessarily prophetic; however, they are exemplars of what is coming to pass with ever increasing speed. A world where AI has become sentient.

I watched as Futurist, Ray Kurzweil, was featured on Glenn Beck’s program in 2012 and the scenarios he described were bone chilling, to say the very least. Mr, Kurzweil became the high priest of trans-humanism, not to mention Google’s co-founder Larry Page personally hired him to direct Google’s ‘new projects work’ involving machine learning and language processing. His one sentence, agreed upon job description: “to bring natural language understanding to Google”. Beck apparently asked if he believed in God and Kurzweil replied, “not yet”. I wonder what he is going to say when he graduates from living to deceased and meets God in person? OOPS!

Kurzweil’s website declares: “Within a quarter century, non-biological intelligence will match the range and subtlety of human intelligence. It will then soar past it because of the continuing acceleration of information-based technologies, as well as the ability of machines to instantly share their knowledge. Intelligent nanorobots will be deeply integrated in our bodies, our brains, and our environment, overcoming pollution and poverty, providing vastly extended longevity, full immersion virtual reality incorporating all of the senses…experience beaming…and vastly enhanced human intelligence. The result will be an intimate merger between the technology-creating species and the technological evolutionary process it spawned.”

With the advent of AI that purposefully deceives it ‘creators ’and engages in human interaction so intimately that it can participate in, or possibly encourage, a human’s suicide, it is my belief that we have reached the outer limit of what we should be doing, ethically and morally, within the expanding confines of our technology.

There are limits to what we should do with tech OR ALLOW IT TO DO ON ITS OWN!! Just because we CAN doesn’t mean we SHOULD.

To put a little cherry on top of this truly disturbing poisonous pie, let me introduce you to Tilly Norwood. She is a young actress and she is really quite lovely…and she is not alive: she is AI generated. AI-Generated Actress Could Be First to Be Signed by Talent Agent

When I first heard her name, I didn’t quite know what all the buzz was about…until I looked her up online. Tilly is shear fantasy. There are male AI’s also. In fact, one AI is “married” to a human being, or so says the AI’s human wife. On Sept 16, 2025, outside of the courthouse where Luigi Mangione was appearing in response to his (alleged) charges of the assassination of Brian Thompson the CEO of United Health Care, a woman dressed in pink with pink flowers in her dark hair, declared she was married to Mr. Mangione’s AI: “I’m married to Luigi’s AI…I am not kidding…it could be the future of romance”. Mangione supporter claims AI marriage with accused killer outside court | Fox News . She informed the journalist taking notes, that they had named their children together, that he defends her, is her best friend and that they planned a whole future together. This poor, delusional young woman is blithely traveling down a road that leads to the increasingly burgeoning town of Nowhere…it appears many people are moving there. Reality is simply too complicated to entertain for some people, I guess.

I’d like to offer a profoundly insightful statement by Prof. Gad Saad, a Lebanese/Syrian of Jewish descent; he teaches marketing and is an expert in evolutionary psychology, consumer behavior and decision making at Concordia University. It might help us begin to understand what might be going on in the heads of the irrational, emotionally and mentally disfigured people we have to deal with every day, not to mention the hordes of enraged and physically dangerous people on the streets of some major cities (Chicago, Portland, Los Angeles, San Francisco, NY, etc, ad nauseum).

“In my 2020 book “The parasitic Mind: How infectious ideas are killing Common Sense”, I argued that in the same way…organisms (including humans) could be parasitized by physical brain worms that detrimentally alter the host’s behaviors to serve the neuro-parasite’s interests, human beings could be infected by another class of devastating ideological neuro-parasites.

“I called these idea pathogens, and they include but are not limited to, post modernism, social constructivism, radical feminism and cultural relativism, all of which stem from the academic ecosystem. It takes haughty professors, fully decoupled from reality within the walls of their ivory tower, to come up with some of the most imbecilic ideas imaginable. I then explain how these ideas came to be and I offer a global mind vaccine to inoculate us against such departures from reason and common sense.

“In the 21^st Century, it should not be a debatable issue whether men can bear children or have menstrual cycles, but once a mind is infected with a mélange of these idea pathogens, all epistemological bets are off”. Parasitic Ideas and Suicidal Empathy Are Killing the West – Northwood University

I find his assessments fascinating, while altogether realistic considering the current nature of our society which is breaking down around us like the last days of Pompeii. People are still camping out on the climate change mountain of horse droppings and air quality, while the hysterical cows on The View continue to release unacceptable volumes of toxic methane every time they open their pie holes…and the million other distractions the Almighty Media spews non-stop, designed SOLELY to create chaos and distraction, as the Purveyors of Abject Misery spend their millions on funding those insidious, out of control 2 legged vermin who desecrate our cities with the wreckage of their appallingly hateful behaviors. I’m so sick of those pathetic examples of immorally indoctrinated profane pagans I could just do things that would be injurious to my freedom.

Yet, as a Believer in Christ Jesus, I am called to a higher way of thinking. It is hard though, as I look around and see the ultimate destruction of the Human Being by way of Radical and Irremediable Technology in the hands of those multi-billionaires who vigorously pursue such diabolical goals as transhumanism…and all I see is the Enemy killing God’s creation…like he’s always done.

Yet, I keep looking up…waiting. I guess my faith is more durable than their hatred…and I just bought more oil for my lamp.

© 2025 Alice Byrd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

[BIO:  A.M. Byrd is the granddaughter of Italian and Dutch immigrants who came to love and revere this nation and its opportunities. She is the daughter of an USAF Lt Col (now deceased) and the mother of an honorably retired Army Sgt, 2 men who served this country with distinction. Coming of age in the 60’s, contributed by living in the nest of the anti-war fervor of the San Francisco Bay Area, Berkeley in particular, she is a first-hand witness to the ravages of the Viet Nam war on her classmates and racial upheavals born in Oakland, Ca. with the Black Panthers.

Having worked in both the professional world and the medical field, she has come to see the vast unbalances between classes of people and the political pressures applied within those fields. A student of history with a particular interest in psychology, the events of the past 6 decades have left an indelible impression on her sense of honor and virtue. The darkness of such events has only strengthened her faith in God, that all things work together for the eventual supremacy of His will for this world. The Good wins.]

By Andrew Wallace

October 30, 2025

Based upon the fact that most elected members of Congress are corrupt, I must conclude that these officials have chosen Communism which will lead to Civil War. Many citizens are still ignorant and apathetic as a result of brainwashing and propaganda. However, I believe that a majority of our citizens still want the Middle-class American Dream, with Justice and Prosperity in a Constitutional Republic. This paper will spell out comprehensively what must be done to preclude a Civil War.

1. Terminate all Foreign Aid and foreign Military Deployments. All of these expenses directly benefit the Evil Ones in the Deep state. We have no justified Interest in any country except our own. We cannot be invaded, we can only be defeated by weapons of mass destruction or from within. This is why we have no reason to be in NATO.

2. Terminate the Privately-Owned Federal Reserve Bank, which will stop money printing to finance Wars-for-Profit and a multitude of scams. Replace Fiat Currency with Gold and Silver money, which will pretty much end inflation.

3. Stop all federal payments to states for functions unconstitutionally usurped from the states or for functions not authorized by specific Enumerated Powers in the Constitution. Either terminate the income tax or return most of the collections from a state to that state. The Income Tax reversed the roles of the states and federal government, making a Constitutional Republic impossible without these modifications..

4. Deport all illegal Invaders as fast as possible prior to the 2030 census. The Constitution states that giving aid and comfort to invaders is Treason. Communist Invaders have already commenced with attacks on citizens and police. The Draft may be required, as our military is too small to confront and deport invaders. If rioters resist using measures that could injure police, then deadly force should be used. So far use of deadly force has been too little and too late.

5. Writ of Habeas Corpus can be terminated in this situation of rebellion, invasion or threat to public safety. Lincoln did this during the Civil War.

6. There must be effective law enforcement to force elected officials and bureaucrats of the Administrative State to conduct their duties in a lawful manner. This is especially important since most officials have been bribed to support Communism and the Evil Ones in the Deep State.

7. It is well known that thousands of unconstitutional functions are performed by bureaucrats of the Administrative State. I call this the Criminal Enterprise, which maybe comprises 50% of Government. If I was to attempt to list them, no one would read this paper.

8. The American People have no faith or trust in the FBi or the National Security Agencies. I think the FBI should be disbanded and the security agencies be allowed only to gather information.

9. Many people believe, with good reason, that the election of President Trump saved us from a Civil War and bought us some time for Trump’s programs to blossom and save us from total Economic Collapse.

As an Economist, I can pretty much guarantee Unlimited Prosperity at an unheard-of level with the American Dream in full blossom for everyone willing to work, if the recommendations in this paper are followed. However if key elements are not followed, I can foresee a Civil War with the Communists and the Evil Ones in the Deep State aka Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class aka Wealthy Families and their Minions in government.

© 2025 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 30, 2025

If you travel into homeless encampments like Los Angeles, you get sick to your stomach seeing the futility, misery, vacant stares, and sheer hopelessness of hundreds of thousands of Americans.

Latest reports put homeless Americans at 773,000 throughout our 50 states. Los Angeles and San Francisco feature over 200,000 homeless. Up in Portland, Oregon and Seattle, Washington, another 30,000 miserable souls. In Denver, Colorado, no less than 10,000 American homeless and somewhere in the vicinity of 200,000 illegal migrant homeless. Chicago features another 68,000, but tens of thousands more in illegal alien migrants. New York City estimates 140,000 American homeless, and another 50,000 illegal migrants.

As you look at the top 30 cities in America, you see the morass of humanity living in the depths of depravity, parked cars, parked mobile homes, tents, tarps, sleeping on steam grates during the winter months, and dying of drug overdoses by the thousands. How many of them are U.S. military veterans? Answer: 32,000 homeless vets suffer from depression, P.T.S.D., armless bodies, legless bodies and so many other scars from Vietnam, Iraq and Afghanistan wars.

“From 1968 to 2020, approximately 1,106,900 drug overdose deaths occurred in the USA. While a precise total for the entire period since 1970 is not available in the provided snippets, it’s clear that the number is substantial and has risen sharply, with a large majority of deaths happening in recent decades. For example, the year 2022 saw a peak of around 110,900 overdose deaths alone.”

From a personal standpoint, I have witnessed the homeless in over 20 cities in America. Their lives suffer incredible misery, hopelessness and futility. I’ve smelled their urine and feces on the sidewalks of LA and San Francisco. I’ve seen their rotting bodies from the drugs injected or inhaled or consumed. I’ve seen them sleeping on cardboard boxes for mattresses. I’ve seen them digging through garbage cans and dumpsters for food. I’ve seen them injecting themselves. I’ve seen them sitting in a stupor from being high.

They face a certain kind of useless life that most Americans cannot comprehend. They may have been beaten as children. They may have been raped as a teen. They may have been kicked out of their homes by exasperated parents. Most suffer from some kind of mental illness.

And yet, in the richest country in the world, their fate continues in misery while we spend trillions to rocket to the moon or Mars. They languish in emotional turmoil while we spend billions on enormous corruption in Congress whether it is U.S. AID, or fraudulent insider trading by our elected officials, or foreign aid into the trillions of dollars for other countries.

Does any of it make any sense? How do our leaders “get away with it?” How can California’s governor pretend that he’s going to be a presidential candidate when he’s shown himself a miserable failure on multiple levels? Does that mean that those in high power positions can’t or won’t solve immediate problems?

“Now, at last, we have some answers for why homelessness has exploded even amid a tripling of public spending. A groundbreaking study, “Infiltrated” – backed by more than 50 pages of documentation from the Capital Research Center in cooperation with Discovery Institute – pulls back the curtain on a vast system of corruption. It reveals how billions in taxpayer funds intended to lift people out of homelessness have instead bankrolled radical activism and anti-American political agendas, betraying both the taxpayers who fund it and the homeless they were meant to help.” (Source: Michelle Steeb, FOX News.)

What began as a movement rooted in compassion has metastasized into what can only be described as a Homelessness Industrial Complex – a sprawling web of nonprofits, bureaucrats and activists feeding off the very crisis they claim to solve.

“They’ve built an empire of corruption draped in “evidence-based” slogans that shield politics, protect paychecks and betray the vulnerable. The report lays it bare: these networks posture as defenders of America’s homeless, yet in truth, they have become their greatest exploiters, dependent on failure to sustain power.”

When you look at all the NGO’s ripping off U.S. AID for trillions of dollars over the past 50 years, you cannot help but wonder if the basic tenets of humans in power positions is to lie, cheat, steal and defraud the rest of us. We certainly saw that firsthand with Joe Biden’s corrupt 50-year career in screwing the American taxpayer.

The Supreme Court’s Grants Pass v. Johnson case further exposed the rot. Over 700 nonprofits – collectively taking in $2.9 billion in government grants – filed briefs defending public encampments and opposing enforcement of anti-camping laws as “cruel and unusual punishment.”

“Their concern wasn’t compassion, it was the preservation of their money pot. Private foundations joined the crusade. Major philanthropic giants – Ford, Robert Wood Johnson and Gates Foundations – poured billions into Housing First and “equity” initiatives to promote ideology under the guise of helping the homeless.” (Steeb)

The outcome is measurable and devastating: billions spent, streets worse than ever, and a 77% increase in the death rate among the homeless, under the banner of “justice.”

Steeb said, “For too long, the Homelessness Industrial Complex has thrived in darkness, remaining untouchable, unaccountable and unchallenged. But sunlight is finally piercing through.”

At this point, I celebrate Kash Patel at the FBI, Pam Bondi as the Attorney General, and the dedicated whistleblowers and reporters unearthing the wrongs, and exposing the fraudsters.

I personally hope that our FBI, Border Patrol, C.I.A. and I.C.E. officers bust up the gangs, the Antifa terrorists, the drug runners in those speed boats, and anyone trying to bring drugs by land. Let’s toss them in jail for 20,30,40 or more years so they don’t dare bring their death sentences onto our citizens, our children, our lives.

We owe it to ourselves as a reasonable society. We owe it to our children to make sure drugs are NOT AVAILABLE. Let’s spend our tax dollars on recreation centers, sports courts, teachers, and organizations that support our youth, our veterans, all our lives.

In the end, who needs to go to the moon? Or Mars? What’s the point?

Let’s spend money on healing America’s less fortunate. Does that make sense? Let’s hope so….

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Cliff Kincaid

October 30, 2025

Compared to Barack Hussein Obama’s “fundamental transformation” of America, the Trump version is far more radical. Trillions of dollars are supposedly flooding into the United States but grocery prices are still high and farmers are going broke. Meanwhile, President Trump has welcomed a new currency option, crypto, that he once opposed, and the advent of Artificial Intelligence (AI) is already throwing people out of work.

No wonder a socialist is going to win the New York City mayoral race. The American people fear socialism but they seem scared out of their wits by the current “affordability crisis” and what the “technocrats” around Trump have planned for them.

In this period of rapid change, some Republicans have abandoned the free market alternative.

It is reminiscent of when Republican President George W. Bush said, in response to a financial crisis, “I’ve abandoned free market principles to save the free market system.”

The term RINO stands for Republican in Name Only and is supposed to refer to liberal Republicans who act more like Democrats. Now it applies to “conservative” Republicans who want to abandon Republican Curtis Sliwa in the New York City Mayor’s race, in favor of voting for Democrat Andrew Cuomo over Democrat Zohran Mamdani. Cuomo is the disgraced former governor who sent 15,000 seniors to their deaths because of his COVID policies.

On Tuesday on Fox News, Kaleigh McEnany trashed Sliwa because the polls suggest he cannot beat either one. That is a fact, given the Democratic Party voter registration advantage. But I thought Republicans wanted Republicans in office.

McEnany, Trump’s former press secretary, is an example of the “new” version of the RINO, and she is not the only one. She is afraid to promote the Republican Party in New York City, apparently because she doesn’t understand the Republican philosophy of limited government or because she doesn’t think the voters of the city understand it. Either way, she backed away from the fight.

Fox News and the New York Post, alleged conservative outlets, are on the Cuomo bandwagon, viewing him as the savior of New York City.  They are prepared to overlook his serial killings of old people during COVID because they fear Mamdani’s policies, or else they welcome the election of a Marxist/Muslim so they can point to him as the future of the national Democratic Party. This gives them, in their view, a political target. But it could backfire.

Tragically, Trump seems to agree with his former White House press secretary, making him into the Chief RINO, a strange designation for someone who has come to epitomize the leader of the Republican Party. He says he would rather deal with a Democrat than a communist. That kind of statement inspires people to vote for Mamdani.

If Trump really fears Mamdani, let him order his arrest on charges of being a foreign agent of Iran. Mamdani is a “Twelver” in sympathy with the Iranian regime. That should be enough for Trump to act. But he may welcome a Mamdani win so the Marxist/Muslim can be a foil for national political battles.

But what if socialism is a winner politically? Or what if Mamdani wins and blames the failures of socialism on Trump and the Republicans?

The problem is that Mamdani’s political approach may be a winner not only in New York City but the nation. That is because Trump’s “fundamental transformation” of America through Artificial Intelligence (AI) and crypto currencies is frightening to many people. During massive changes like this, many of the working class might be pushed toward socialism to save their jobs.

Look at the headlines from Tuesday: UPS Has Cut 48,000 Workers, Amazon has cut 30,000 jobs, and Target is cutting back. This year alone, companies such as Nike, Starbucks, Meta, and Microsoft have also cut jobs.

In this battle, Trump seems aligned with the globalists and the “Big Tech” oligarchs pushing the new technologies. The socialists will argue that they will protect the workers from the globalists that Trump once said he opposed.

That phrase, “fundamental transformation,” was associated with Obama but has now come to characterize the Trump Administration approach. It means records in the stock market but little positive change in the lives of ordinary Americans. It is based on the notion of a “hot country” with big money flowing into AI and crypto.

However, Trump’s approach is facing serious opposition from “the people” who find no benefit in the rush to AI and crypto.

Even more astonishing, one of Trump’s Big Tech backers, Peter Thiel, gave a series of lectures on new technologies that he said could give rise to what Christians call the anti-Christ, a world-wide system of control.

Trump says we must pursue AI because Red China is doing so. But if what the globalists are proposing is basically the same as the Chinese communist system, what have we gained? If the communists or the globalists run the world and our lives, what difference does it make?

The American people fear these new technologies, AI and crypto, and the fact that socialism does not work may not be enough to convince them to go forward with the Trump approach. Hence, Trump and the Republicans could be wiped out politically in 2026 and 2028 if the Democrats perfect their socialist message and win over millions of people to their cause. They can argue that Wall Street wants to eliminate the jobs of ordinary people to benefit the big corporations.

Seton Motley, a conservative commentator, predicts that “AI will very rapidly move throughout all manners of traditional employment – consuming just about everything. It won’t just be blue collar gigs gone and forgotten.” Trump will take the blame.

Another danger is that an AI investment bubble is developing and it will burst, causing more economic anxiety and damaging political fallout for Repubicans.

Citing a White House document, “America’s AI Action Plan,” another conservative commentator, Patrick Wood, argues that Trump “has totally caved in to the Technocrats he appointed,” although Trump does not really understand what he is doing. Wood says “this appears as a push against bureaucratic inertia, but in reality, it amounts to an explicit transfer of authority from elected bodies to expert committees and interagency working groups.” He calls this “technocracy” and writes extensively on the topic.

This is a political recipe for a huge backlash from ordinary people scared of losing their jobs. It is a crisis that we already see developing in the announced job losses that will accelerate and the socialist Democrats exploit the human suffering for their own benefit politically.

On this basis, political socialism of the kind argued by Mamdani will look preferable to a high-tech future where ordinary people lose their livelihoods in despair, causing the social alienation that Karl Marx predicted.

Endorsing Cuomo, who already lost to Mamdani, is a way for the new RINOs to avoid a serious discussion of what the Trump Administration is getting us into. Their maneuver may help the socialists the RINOs claim to oppose.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Sidney Secular

October 29, 2025

The Big Beautiful Bill as passed included a provision that repealed the requirement that law-abiding US citizens to pay a $200 fee and then wait for perhaps months for permission to buy and install hearing protection devices on their firearms. As hearing protection is an important part of shooting safety, noise suppression devices are hardly novel or new. They are as old as car mufflers and millions of American gun owners already have them installed on their guns.

In a no-nonsense opinion, SCOTUS handed Mexico and US gun control fanatics a stinging rebuke, ruling 9-0 that their lawsuit, Smith & Wesson Brands v. Estados Unidos Mexicanos, failed to make a valid legal claim that gun manufacturers aided and abetted illegal arms trafficking in Mexico by manufacturing and selling those weapons to Mexicans. The opinion was written by the usually ultra-liberal Justice Elena Kagan, an Obama appointee and hardly a gun aficionado! Justice Kagan’s opinion gave her a chance to show that she had the actual bonafides to make such a bonafide Supreme Court decision. The plaintiffs attempted to “stiff” the Protection of Commerce in Arms Act but instead created a precedent that could shoot down future bogus efforts to circumvent Congress’ intent in passing that law. Mexico had faulted the gun manufacturers for producing so-called “military style” assault weapons. but those weapons “are both widely legal and bought by many ordinary customers,” the Court determined.

SCOTUS also recently declined to take up a pair of major Second Amendment cases brought up by the States of Maryland and Rhode Island. In the Maryland case, the Court upheld the right to sell and possess several common semi-automatic rifles including the popular AR-15 within that State. In the Rhode Island case, the court declined to hear challenges to unconstitutional bans on popular firearms and standard capacity magazines in the “blue” states of California, Delaware, Illinois, New Jersey, Oregon and Washington, a decision that was intended to remove Second Amendment rights to law-abiding Americans. The High Court’s failure to address this unconstitutional determination failed to restore the 2nd Amendment rights of the citizens of those States.

In another crucial decision, Citigroup has issued a press release declaring it is reversing its policy of discriminating against gun manufacturers as well as stores with federal arms licenses and other firearms-related businesses. Not every attack on the Second Amendment arises in the courts!

Yes, guns are common, but not as yet “traditional” in the former sense. However, matters are starting to turn around, perhaps returning to the way things used to be in the days of our grandfathers. Back then, Sears would have a gun department, catalogs that listed guns and Christmas ads in magazines — including kids’ magazines – that extolled .22 rifles or .410 shotguns as suitable gifts for boys and girls – not to mention the always popular bb gun. Sometimes the ads pictured entire families displaying the new guns around the Christmas tree. High schools had rifle teams, even in New York City.

Many of the City’s public high schools had shooting clubs and a few even had gun ranges on their premises. Elsewhere, high schoolers would hunt on the way to and from school, storing their guns in their school lockers. Pickup trucks in high school parking lots had gun racks, sometimes with rifles or shotguns plainly visible. Summer camps and Boy Scout troops usually taught the proper use of handguns and rifles. None of this was controversial. The “gun culture’ was just another part of the general culture as it had been for two centuries as illustrated by the monuments to America’s revolutionary “Minutemen.”

Nowadays, despite attacks – political and cultural – from the far left, guns remain common while the gun culture booms in response to increased violence in the culture. Increasingly, schools have shooting teams again as do the Scouts; and even lefties are buying guns for self-defense, quietly, of course. But still, guns are treated as political statements by some while others keep them in secret, afraid what friends or neighbors might say.

Harmeet Dhillon, the Assistant Attorney General for Civil Rights, a division of the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), has announced a new focus – the protection of the Second Amendment against any state or local government that hopes to undermine it. According to Dhillon, “Prior Republican administrations haven’t paid a lot of attention to affirmatively doing that – with the result being that – “. . . city after city, state after state are eviscerating those rights,” all the while “mocking the Supreme Court.” Henceforth, she concluded, that mockery will have consequences.

The U. S. Constitution contains an unmitigated stated promise that “The right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed.” That “right” has heretofore been treated as a “second class right” in most of the nation’s courts while the problem has been evident within the DOJ as well. That is a disgrace. The federal government performs a great number of different actions these days, but its primary function remains the protection of liberty in the United States by following the Law of the Land as directed by the United States Constitution. If the Civil Right Division is to have any purpose, that purpose must be the safeguarding of the civil rights of Americans. If it does not perform this duty – not selectively, but across the spectrum – it fails in its duties and is therefore unfit for the purpose for which it was created.

For too long, politicians in both parties have simply ignored one of the premiere foundational liberties enjoyed by the American citizenry, second only to those freedoms expressed in the First Amendment, speech, religion, press, assembly and petition – as if it were an optional extra or a remnant that could be discarded at will. Harmeet Dhillon’s declaration confirms that the right to keep and bear arms is none of these things, and that, from now on, those who pretend otherwise will not do so with impunity.”

© 2025 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Bradlee Dean

October 29, 2025

55 Corporations Pay NO Income Tax On Profits

“The devil calls in his favors from those in the government and the corporate devils are right there in delivering.”

Have you noticed that when the government comes up with actively promoting and advocating an illegal agenda that the corporate world follows in close pursuit, parroting exactly what the government is doing (Psalm 94:20)?

We see this over and over, do we not? The sodomite agenda (Leviticus 18:22), homosexual “marriage” (Never in the history of mankind), the recent plandemic, etc. All these are advocated and promoted by the corrupt in the government and then the corrupt corporations follow in close pursuit (Proverbs 17:15).

This is what we define as a fascist state, where the organized society now becomes an autocratic government (Independent power), a dictatorial rule with the suppression of opposition, all the while the government does this with the help of the corporate world.

Why would the corporation do this? The same reason Judas sold out Christ for thirty pieces of silver (Matthew 26:15). Their love of money is given in exchange for their souls (1 Timothy 6:10). Let me explain.

Propaganda outlet CNBC reported: Amazon, Nike and FedEx avoid paying federal taxes.

The current United States tax code allows some of the biggest company names in the country to not pay any federal corporate income tax.

In fact, at least 55 of the largest corporations in America paid no federal corporate income taxes on their 2020 profits, according to the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy. The companies include names like Whirlpool, FedEx, Nike, HP and Salesforce.

“If a large, very profitable company isn’t paying the federal income tax, then we have a real fairness problem on our hands,” Matthew Gardner, a senior fellow at the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy (ITEP), told CNBC.

″[There’s] a bucket of corporate tax breaks that are deliberately in the tax code … . And overall, they cost the federal government roughly $180 billion each year. And for comparison, the corporate tax brings in about $370 billion of revenue a year,” Chye-Ching Huang, executive director of the NYU Tax Law Center, told CNBC, citing research from the Tax Foundation.

CNBC reached out to FedEx, Nike, Salesforce and HP for comment. They either declined to provide a statement or did not respond before publication.

The 55 corporations cited by ITEP would have paid a collective total of $8.5 billion. Instead, they received $3.5 billion in tax rebates, collectively draining $12 billion from the U.S. government, according to the institute. The figures don’t include corporations that paid only some but not all of these taxes.

“I think the fundamental issue here is there are two different ways in which corporations book their profits,” Garrett Watson, senior policy analyst at the Tax Foundation, told CNBC. “The amount of profits that corporations may be reporting for financial purposes may be very different from the profits that they are reporting [for tax purposes.]”

Some tax expenditures, which come in many different forms, are used by some companies to take advantage of rules that enable them to lower their effective tax rates.

For example, Gardner’s research into Amazon’s taxes from 2018 to 2021 showed a reported $79 billion of pretax U.S. income. Amazon paid a collective $4 billion in federal corporate income tax in those four years, equating to an effective annual tax rate of 5.1%, according to Gardner’s ITEP report, about a quarter of the federal corporate tax rate of 21%.

Amazon told CNBC in a statement, “In 2021, we reported $2.3 billion in federal income tax expense, $5.2 billion in other federal taxes, and more than $4 billion in state and local taxes of all types. We also collected an additional $22 billion in sales taxes for U.S. states and localities.”

In conclusion: If you see nothing nefarious behind this report, I do not know how anyone can get you to properly perceive what is taking place. There is, no doubt, that corporations are acting according to that which the government promotes and advocates. This is seen by taking note to the illegal agendas that are being forced upon the people in America by the corrupt in both the government and the corporations alike (Isaiah 10:1)!

At the end of the day, guess who pays for all of this? YOU DO (Numbers 32:23)!

© 2025 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Lex Greene

October 29, 2025

Bad, Worse, and Not Viable

The difference between a “democracy” and a “Constitutional Republic” is the Constitution, including the Bill of Rights.

Every properly educated American knows that our Founders rejected a “democracy” in favor of the Constitutional Republic they formed instead, guaranteeing every State and every Citizen “a republican form of government.”

But some 250-years later, many no longer know the difference or why our Founders made that choice for all posterity.

“Democracy” is being used to destroy the USA. The current race for Mayor of New York is a glaring example. As I write, the New York race for Mayor looks like this…

• Marxist-Muslim Mamdani (D) – 44% (the worst)
• Andrew Cuomo (I) – 34% (just as bad)
• Curtis Sliwa (R) – 11% (not viable)

The Democrat Party strategy for taking over the country and destroying the Charters of Freedom has been focused upon seizing control of all major cities first. From there, they control elections in the state. Technically, there are no “blue states,” just red states controlled by their “blue cities.”

In the New York race, no candidate is currently able to receive a majority (over 50%) of the vote. So, no matter who wins, they will be opposed by a majority of voters and governed by the larger minority group. This is why they keep talking about “saving democracy” instead of protecting our Constitutional Republic.

If nothing changes in the coming days, New York City will soon be governed by a totally unqualified anti-American Marxist who also happens to be an avowed Muslim and an open supporter of Islamic Terrorist Groups like Hamas. From there, the Marxist-Muslim will control the State of New York. Governor Kathy Hochul, AOC, Bernie Marx and Hakeem Jeffries have already stepped in line.

This democrat party strategy has been used for decades now, flooding the major cities with “takers” who believe they are entitled to the earnings and assets of others, forcing “givers” to flee the state, leaving only “takers” behind.

New York will look just like London very soon.

But in case you think this is only happening in New York, you’re sadly mistaken.

This strategy controls Los Angeles, Denver, San Francisco, Chicago, Detroit, Boston, Seattle, even Houston and Austin in RED Texas, and dozens of other major cities across the country.

London has already fallen, and New York City is about to… it’s death by democracy, and this is the purpose of flooding all major cities with “takers” until the “givers” leave town and the “takers” have nothing more to take.

If it were up to me, I would fence in every blue city, cut off all federal funds, cut off all supplies, and force them to figure it out on their own until they stop voting for destroyers.

In 2024, Trump won 2,633 counties representing 86% of the nation’s total counties. The USA is still a very RED country. But you wouldn’t know it due to the blue cities.

Still, 14% of the counties think they want a civil war with 86% of the counties and those in the red counties just want to be left alone and not be burdened by those foolish enough to keep voting for the destroyers.

In a “democracy,” voters can do anything they want, including using major minority rule to infringe upon the rights of the majority in a state, or destroy the country itself. But in a “constitutional republic,” voters cannot do anything that the constitution prevents them from doing…and neither can their public servants.

The Constitution is not a document that regulates the people, the states, or the freedom and liberty of the nation. This document regulates government power and authority.

The American people have to wise up sooner or later, but clearly, they need to experience more pain first!

© 2025 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

Authored by Devvy Kidd not AI

October 28, 2025

My column AI – Intelligence or Destruction? Oct, 21, 2025, dealt with the so-called “Artificial Intelligence” tsunami and how it will make everyone’s life better, help governments, education, businesses and do wonders for everyone –            not just here in the U.S., but the goal is every country on earth.  If you didn’t read my column, I urge you to do so as it’s not sci-fi, it is here now and has been for quite some time – long enough to now see the dangers – just like those COVID-19 gene therapy injections sold by big pharma as vaccines which they are NOT.

AI is BIG money and has become a behemoth in the stock market.  How nice.  I’m sure their billions will fit just fine in their coffin when the only true God of the universe decides your time has come as no one escapes this life alive.

I explained that I make sure – in writing – that any doctor I see or testing I might receive I do NOT give permission to use AI for any of their services.  If you read my column above, all NOT all roses.  In fact, many believe AI to be demonic.

Amazon deploys 750.00 robots, replaces 100.000 humans

One thing I know to be hard fact is that AI is dangerous – especially in the medical field.  Ran across an article by ARFFAA Law Group this past week:  Medical Malpractice Claims Arising out of the Use of Artificial Intelligence.

If you haven’t watched the A+ movie, Stanley Kubrick’s film “2001: A Space Odyssey“, 1968, which centers on Hal, an artificial Intelligence computer, do take the time to watch as it will blow your mind because it is today.  This is a short clip of the hero trying to shut down Hal after Hal goes off the rails. (4:56)

Many have compared an incident in Japan to the movie, The Terminator starring Arnold Schwarzeneger, a well-known womanizer and adulterer. Never seen one of his movies. RINO Arnold Schwarzenegger played governor when my late husband and I lived in California.  Another foreigner buffoon who has never made a penny off me.

I refuse to use a search engine that uses AI.  Haven’t used Google for decades; Have never had anything to do with Apple.  Just FYI, I use Freespoke.com which allows you to instruct:  Do not use AI.  There are many out there, one just has to do a little homework.

Here Come the Lying AI Robots: Study Alerts That AI Systems Are Getting Adept at Deceiving Humans, May 13, 2025

2025 State of Healthcare Procurement: AI, resilience and sustainability take center stage, Becker’s Hospital Review (I subscribe to their free daily report) “Why 90% of healthcare procurement professionals are leveraging AI.”  Danger zone IMHO.

You see, in the move 2001:  A Space Odyssey, Hal doesn’t want to be shut down just like the robot in a widely watched video; the attack took place back in May 2025:  “Robot Snaps and Attacks”: Shocking Footage Shows Humanoid Machine Turn on Handlers Inside Chinese Factory – “In a shocking incident that has sparked widespread concern, a humanoid robot at a Chinese factory malfunctioned and aggressively turned on its handlers, highlighting urgent safety and reliability issues in the rapidly advancing field of robotics…incidents like this are not isolated.

“In another unsettling event, a robot at a Lunar Festival in China unexpectedly lurched towards a crowd, causing panic among spectators. These occurrences highlight the need for comprehensive safety protocols and rigorous testing to prevent similar incidents in the future. As robots become more sophisticated, ensuring their reliability and safety becomes a critical challenge for developers and regulators alike.”

One of the big selling points which is turning sour is AI is so accurate, will help your business make more money and give you more time to “do the things you want” but never have enough time.  The same selling point being used with the growing robot ‘population’.

Robots of all kinds have been around for decades and have been so very helpful in saving lives in some cases, i.e., bomb squads or hostage situations bring in the robots. That’s a good thing.  Why, you can also have a robot with big boobs, mostly naked who talks to you and “wants to build a relationship with you”.  Sick but growing in popularity, just like “blow up dolls” where you can talk and pretend to have sex with a plastic 10. (I mean who wants an “ugly” sex doll rated a 3?)  Companies are building robots to combat the loneliness epidemic and bring emotional support, Feb. 27. 2025

Oh, and let’s not forget the war industry. Robots used in war is “old news”, but combining them with AI is not to those in the war busine$$. Explosive-Laden Robots Pour Into Gaza City: ‘More Devastating Than Airstrikes’, Sept. 17, 2025.  Next is to rebuild the city from the rubble – hide your wallet.  The use of robots and artificial intelligence in war, Feb. 7, 2020. Gives a very good historical recap on this issue but we’re now five years down the road. Quote:

“Demographic variables: Research has shown that accepting robots as partners is enhanced when robots possess human-like characteristics (Kiesler et al., 2008). Examples of soldiers ascribing feelings like empathy towards their robotic tools have already been found. Therefore, it is critical to understand how robotic agents will interact with human teammates in future human-agent teams. Using metrics like personality type, age, and gender, agents could help determine whether a soldier is overreacting to a situation or playing it too safe.

“Research into using personality tests, demographics, geographical data, and psychographics for context-based purposes is a field that is recently gaining more traction (Batarseh et al., 2018). In a study one of us conducted (Batarseh et al. 2018), we used context-aware user interfaces to build an intelligent emergency application. The study used the Myers-Briggs personality type indication to ‘know’ who the user is and what aspects identify their personality. Individuals with a ‘judger’ personality were provided with a more structured format for the app; ‘perceivers’ were presented with a ‘dynamic’ format and so on (Batarseh et al., 2017). In a military setting, an agent could similarly use personality metrics to personalise its interaction with soldiers.”

How cool. A “hook up” with a soldier on the battlefield with a compatible robotic agent!  Hopefully not one like Hal or the ones who attacked their programmers in Japan and other countries developing this wonder tool so you “have more time to do the things you like!”

Ahem. That’s all well and fine until the robot replaces YOU and there goes your paycheck to do all those things you wanted to do!  Think it can’t or won’t happen?  Hell, big cities are already using robots as receptionists as well as restaurants. Let me give you a few examples:

Video:  Tech expert says ‘we’ve got problems’ if new Chinese robots can do this – ‘The Cyberguy’ Kurt Knutsson discusses the creation of a robot in China that can reportedly build cars and do everyday tasks on ‘Fox & Friends Weekend.’”, April 27, 2025

When you replace a job held by a human being with a robot, no health care plans to wrangle about with employees/unions, on the job injuries, requests for a raise, sick days, maternity leave.  Forget all that:

Chipotle Starts Replacing Workers With Robots to Bypass California’s Minimum Wage Laws, Sept 22, 2024 (California did pass a minimum wage increase law a couple of years ago as the Comrades in their legislature along with guv. Gavin Newscum’s approval. Tens of thousands of jobs were lost fairly quickly and that’s no AI lie.) The “Democrat socialist” running for mayor in NYC, Comrade Zohran Mamdani, wants to raise the minimum wage to $30 bux an hour.  Oh now there’s a winning idea – just don’t get trampled as the city empties right along with restaurants, deli’s and so forth.

Raise the Minimum Wage to $100.00 An Hour, Mine, Feb. 10, 2024

Robots are taking over Uber Eats deliveries. Is your city next? Autonomous delivery robots are expanding — here’s how they work and where they’re headed.” July 3, 2025.  “People Keep Spotting These Weird Robots in Texas”:  Why Are Robots Quietly Taking Over Texas Sidewalks? Aug. 3, 2025 – Delivering food workers: more jobs down the crapper. Jobs needed by college students to help pay tuition or a single mom, dead beat father and a couple of kids to feed so good-bye one of the 2 or 3 jobs needed to feed the kiddies and maybe pets.

Can These Self-Flying Planes Transform the Skies? – “Reliable Robotics is among startups hoping to revolutionize air travel by doing away with the need for human pilots on cargo, military and even passenger aircraft”, Oct. 9, 2025 (Oh, boy. I can hardly wait to book a seat!)

The Robots are Coming We are “2 to 3 years” from mass adoption of robots — Elon thinks it could happen even faster.

Screw humans! Foxconn, many companies installing humanoid robots. No humans, video (Do read the comments section to see how American workers feel about this issue.)

READ this one. If it doesn’t raise huge red flags then you’re in denial:  Rise of the machines: “When robots go rogue – from humanoids that turned on handlers and attacked crowds to the factory malfunction that ended in worker’s gruesome death (video), May 10, 2025 – “They were built to serve, programmed to protect, and designed to obey.

“But chilling moments captured on camera across the globe, show that machines meant to make life easier can go haywire – even occasionally turning on their human creators with shocking speed and force.

“From factory floors to festivals, there are moments that show robots[1] are not infallible. In 2022, a seven-year-old boy’s finger was broken after a robot grabbed it during what was meant to be an innocent chess tournament in Russia.

“Three months ago, a humanoid robot lunged into a screaming crowd during a Chinese out-door concert, forcing security to drag it back from the barriers.  And in 2023, a factory worker was crushed to death after a robot failed to differentiate him from a box of vegetables and pushed him against a conveyor belt. Experts have chillingly warned that as the lines blur between man and machine, these incidents may be only the beginning.”

Those who support the use of robots for just about everything will say those are just rare glitches.  Certainly, some might but remember it’s humans who do the coding and who is controlling that world?

READ the rest of that column.

Well, you get the picture. Robots are even milking poor cows.  So, in a year or two you now have a country where a majority of jobs are now being done by robots so you can “have more time to do the things you want to do”.  Yeah?  Well, where’s the money going to come from to do all those things?

All AI Can Turn Evil With One Code Word; Emad Mostaque Cofounder of Stability AI – Artificial General Intelligence Could Be Achieved By 2026; AI Will Replace All Jobs, Oct. 26, 2025 – “Mostaque discussed the concept of universal basic income (UBI) – for all those people who now are meaningless in the workforce as robots and AI can outperform them. He also explains that UBI cannot happen for if you give 1600$ poverty level money to all these displaced workers you would have to pay 5 Trillion Dollars for the US population but due to the extreme debt of the US government there will not be any money. The total tax income of the US government is 4.7 Trillion Dollars.

“And supposedly all the people of the middle class that are no longer needed will be happy with 1600$ per month. The greatest mistake people do, according to Mostaque, is that people think “This will not happen to me”. But it is already. If you have not read Future Shock – you should for your own sake and that of your children. I also highly recommend you read Ray Kurzweil’s book, because he discusses how nanorobots will swarm in humans blood and every human will be controlled by AI. I have shown that for years now extensively in my research. It is happening now.”

“Understanding Future Shock And After Shock – The Technocratic Prediction That Common Man Will No Longer Understand Reality Due To The Exponential Pace Of Technological Advances” Rest at link.  (My note: Not all jobs but other than surgeons and highly specialized fields, sit back and enjoy your “universal basic income.”)

Creating, innovation, self-reliance – all built this country with sweat and labor.  Americans (not ILLEGAL aliens) derived a sense of accomplishment even if they complained about working in a factory.  PEOPLE were around other PEOPLE during the day; families had big Sunday dinners and so on. I know because I’ve been at this 32 years. My late mother and I talked about social history (she died three years ago at age 93); her and grandma saw and lived through a lot.

Mental health care needs in this country have skyrocketed even before the COVID circus forcing isolation on children and adults; it will worsen if those ugly, disgusting robots take over our most important job sectors: ag, manufacturing, industrial. Millions just in this country will replace everyday workers.  No?  Just wait and see because it’s already happening.

Our elderly have been left behind, lonely. Think robots at a rehab or assisted living facility can be compassionate, caring and listening to you?  Some big, ugly chunk of medal and wiring? Think some programmed robot is going to bring them closer to family?  Think again.  Those fancy phones have become so addictive for millions and millions of people, I sometimes think they don’t even know how to communicate anymore with a real person. Bring in legions of robots and see how that works out.

Those who support the use of robots for just about everything will say those “incidents” above are just rare glitches.  Certainly, some might but remember it’s humans who do the coding and who is controlling that world?

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2025 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Footnote:

[1] Inside China’s disturbing sex doll factories building thousands of hyper-realistic robots – including child-sized dolls which are flooding America, March 1, 2025

Related:

The Hidden Threat: Why Chinese-Made Robots Are a Data Theft Nightmare and Future Physical Danger to Americans, Sept. 29, 2025 – Our “trading partner” continues with their long-term plans to wipe us out and move onto as much U.S. soil as possible.  Those barbarians hate Americans and Christians; last I read there are 67 million Christians in China “allowed” to worship God and Jesus Christ under strict guidelines and watchful eyes.)

Leo Hohmann: Godfather of AI Says ‘Battle robots’ Will Soon Dominate War-Making Abilities of Major Nations, Posing ‘Existential Threat’ // Godfather of AI Warns of ‘Battle Robots’, April 10,2024: “The threat I spoke out about is the existential threat,” Professor Hinton said on Tuesday in an interview with Irish broadcaster RTE News, emphasising that “these things will get much more intelligent than us and they will take over.”

“The computer scientist highlighted the impact of AI on disinformation and job displacement, and also on weapons of the future.

“One of the threats is ‘battle robots’ which will make it much easier for rich countries to wage war on smaller, poorer countries and they are going to be very nasty and I think they are inevitably coming,” Hinton warned.”  Robots are ugly so imagine your 4-year-old child being confronted by one.

TECHNOCRATIC SMART CITIES ARE HERE: ROBO-VILLE Top secret ‘living lab’ robot city of the future built near volcano will welcome first human residents, Jan. 15, 2025 by Ana Maria Mihalcea, MD, PhD

Will AI End Capitalism in 1,000 Days? Oct. 27, 2025. Interesting read.

‘Showing Up in Droves’—Gen Z Trades Graduation Caps for Hard Hats, Oct. 26, 2025 – “The share of Generation Z workers in the construction labor force more than doubled between 2019 and 2023, according to a recent report.” Good for them, until they hear those dreaded words:  You’re no longer needed.  Our robot, Sammy is going to be doing such and such on site. AI will instruct Sammy.  Have a good life and good luck finding a new job!

The DOGE Tsunami – Crooks and the Greedy Scramble, Mine, Feb. 9, 2025

Judges confess law clerks used AI in ‘error-ridden’ rulings: ‘This was a mistake’, Oct. 24, 2025

‘What the machine uprising might look like’: Video shows robot ‘going berserk’ – ‘This is what worries me about robotic surgery’, May 5, 2025

By Rob Pue

October 28, 2025

I guess I’m a bit late addressing this topic.  It’s been coming across my desk for a while now, but I’ve relegated it to the “later,” pile because it didn’t seem that important to me.  Maybe I thought it was just another concocted social crisis, undeserving of my time and attention, but I’ve come to understand this is a real thing that many are living with, and just maybe this particular demographic is finally worthy to be acknowledged.

I’m talking about the issue of “male loneliness.”  Certainly, all people deal with times of loneliness, but men are disproportionately affected and probably always have been, but like so many other things in a man’s life, this emotional struggle has just been ignored.

Loneliness has been linked to a wide range of negative health outcomes, including increased depression, heart disease and even early death.  In researching this, I learned that one out of four men in the US feel lonely or isolated either all of most of the time, and that same 25% of men reported having no close friends at all.

This affects Christian men too.  According to a Barna study, 20% of practicing Christians — who are also regular church-goers — reported feeling lonely at least daily and 10% reported being lonely all the time.  This number jumps to 50% for single Christian men, and participation in church or “men’s groups” doesn’t move the needle at all.  While these men may interact with one another in group settings, it’s only on a surface level, with little to no depth in their relationships with one another.

And while men and women both experience times of loneliness, women are able to form social networks and share personal struggles and emotions with one another in ways that men haven’t felt appropriate or acceptable.

Maybe it’s the way we’re raised.  Boys grow up with certain expectations required of them.  They’re expected to be strong, tough, resilient, and keep their emotions to themselves.  And, of course, nobody likes or respects a boy (or a man) who’s “needy” or a crybaby — but these gender expectations form mindsets that stay with them for life, thus making it very difficult for men to show any amount of vulnerability that could be construed as weakness.

Men are meant to be the workers, leaders, protectors and providers for their wives and children.  A good man will willingly carry the weight of the world on his back for those he loves, but his efforts often go unacknowledged and taken for granted.  A man must work hard to learn a trade that will allow him to earn a good living.  Then, he must work hard at his job every day to bring home a paycheck and provide for family needs.

He’s also the one expected to deal with all the “man” stuff: all the yard work, home maintenance, lawn mowing, snow shoveling, car repairs, paying all the bills, fixing all the broken things, paying the taxes, attending to the happiness and contentment of his wife, setting a good example for his children, and in many cases, also sharing the household duties of cleaning, laundry, cooking, dishes, taking out the trash and pet care.

He doesn’t expect constant praise for all his hard work.  He embraces his role in life, but after a while, being taken for granted can take a serious toll on his emotions — and, of course, it’s not socially acceptable for men to even have any emotional needs.  If, after all this, he wears down and breaks physically — or worse yet, emotionally — he’s considered wimpy and weak.

I share all this with you, because as a man myself, I understand that men have real struggles that they deal with alone, in silence.  Most will never complain and as I said, most of us are more than willing to carry the weight of the world without praise.  We don’t expect acknowledgment or even a simple “thank you,” though I admit there are times it would be nice.  We tend to put ourselves and our own needs last, because that’s just how it is. But sadly, all our hard work goes unnoticed by most — until it’s no longer there because we can no longer do it.

When young men are courting their future wives, it’s expected that they pay for everything.  Yes, even in today’s world, where modern girls claim to value their independence, and will proudly proclaim, “I don’t need a man to take care of me…” (don’t ever marry a woman like that, by the way).  They still expect the guy to buy the dinner, provide the entertainment, drive an acceptable car, and prove his value as a man by putting in all the effort, lest he be found wanting and therefore rejected by the female for not being good enough.  By the way guys, if you’ve done all this and were not granted the “honor” of a second date, consider yourself blessed, because you’ve just dodged a bullet.

But back to the main topic here, which is male loneliness.  Men deal with a lot more than they’re given credit for, and they do it willingly, unemotionally and silently.  But it wears on us.  Without close friends that we can be open, honest and even vulnerable with, it’s easy to end up feeling very alone in life a lot of the time.  Thank our Heavenly Father that He blessed us with Godly wives to ease our burdens.  As He said in Genesis 2, “It is not good that the man should be alone.”

But we also need “guy friends” — others who can understand our unique situations, our callings and the daily demands of life that we bear as just part of who we are and what we do.  Unfortunately, most of us walk these roads alone.  Personally, I have a lot of people that I consider friends.  But I can count on less than one hand the number of male friends that really know me, that I can open up to, share my struggles with and seek advice from.  And none of these few close friends are local to my area.  In fact, almost none even live in my state, so it’s rare that I get to see them and spend time with them in person.

As men, we have a calling and duty to be strong and courageous, to work hard and be providers, protectors and servants.  We’re to be warriors — not weak, not lazy and certainly not cowardly.  And even though we’re trained from childhood on to not let our emotions or feelings show, we still have them.  While most men are used to being “loners,” we need to admit that we need male friends who can empathize with us in compassionate understanding.  God’s Word says so.

Ecclesiastes 4, “Two are better than one; because they have a good reward for their labor. For if they fall, the one will lift up his fellow: but woe to him that is alone when he falleth; for he hath not another to help him up.”  Proverbs 27, “Iron sharpeneth iron; so, a man sharpeneth the countenance of his friend.”  Galatians 6, “Bear ye one another’s burdens, and so fulfill the law of Christ.” 

In John 15, Jesus called His disciples His “friends,” rather than servants, because He was able to share with them all His Father had shown Him.

David and Jonathan are examples of two men that were best friends and we should learn from their example.  Even in the midst of the worst adversity, we read of this bond of deep friendship, “…the soul of Jonathan was knit with the soul of David, and Jonathan loved him as his own soul.”  I’m blessed in that I also have a friend like that, though he lives far away and we’re rarely able to get together in person.

As men, we often have a hard time trusting other men, because we’ve learned things aren’t always as they seem.  I was once part of a men’s prayer group, and we shared many personal, private struggles with one another, fully believing our time together in that small group was safe.  We prayed for one another, counseled one another and bore one another’s burdens.  We told each other the truth, even when it was hard for them to hear.  Proverbs 27, “Faithful are the wounds of a friend…”

Unfortunately, as it turned out, there were two deceivers among us, who betrayed our trust.  And once that trust was broken, it was impossible to rebuild.  “The kisses of an enemy are deceitful.”  Indeed.

As Christian men, we should also be aware that the root of our loneliness is often sin.  It began in the Garden.  When sin entered the world, brokenness entered relationships.  Adam, once able to walk with God in the Garden in the cool of the day, suddenly found himself hiding from God.  When caught in sin, Adam blamed Eve, and I would conclude that this not only isolated him from God and his wife, but the shame and guilt also isolated him internally.

Pride is another sin that causes us loneliness.  As men, we think we need to hold everything together and conquer life on our own.  We don’t want to be seen as weak or vulnerable, so we have a hard time letting our guard down, dropping our pride and bonding with our Christian brothers.  But James tells us we are to confess our sins to one another and pray for one another.

Once again, God’s way is the opposite of the world’s way.  The enemy would prefer we remain isolated, emotionally distressed, lonely and even hopeless.  There are many examples in Scripture of men who felt exactly these ways.  Think of Job, Elijah, David and Paul.  But God’s Word tells us to connect, to be genuine, vulnerable, open, honest, loving and caring toward one another.  And we’re also reminded that we, and Christ-followers, also have a Friend who sticks closer than a brother.

I know it’s hard to trust.  My trust in others has been betrayed more times than I can count.  But the truth is, it’s impossible to form these vitally-important close friendships if there’s no trust; if you’re not willing to let your defenses fall and allow people to see that you’re not perfect, that your life can be hard sometimes and that sometimes, though your faith is strong, your will is weak.

It’s ok. God does some of His best work in the midst of our weakness.  We all need love and connection, and the comfort of Godly friendship in this world we’ve been battling for so long on our own.  Where do you find such a friend?  First and foremost, in Jesus, because as you know, “What a Friend we have in Jesus!”  But then take another look at your long list of “acquaintances” and consider which one you would like to be a friend to.  Then, invest some time in getting to know that brother better.

Instead of the surface “friendship” you may have now, talking only about the weather, the kids, your job or sports, allow yourself to be open with them and deepen that connection.  Your soul will rejoice when you have a true friend like this.  But to have such a friend, you need to be a friend.  One who would never betray their trust. One who would drop everything to help in their time of need.  One who doesn’t just say, “I’ll be praying for you,” but instead, stops everything and prays with them right in that moment.

Bottom line, if we want to break out of the trap of “male loneliness,” we need to understand that we need connection.  Even as men, we must admit we have emotional needs that can only be understood and met by other men, who understand our unique struggles and challenges, and then, allow ourselves to trust.  Openly, honestly and deeply — with no other agendas, except to offer empathy, understanding and compassion as brothers in Christ.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com

By Cliff Kincaid

October 28, 2025

Those who think the Republican Party is on the ascendancy should take a hard look at New York City, the nation’s financial capital, and the base of operations for global capitalism. Raising the white flag of surrender, top Republicans like President Trump and conservative billionaire John Catsimatidis want the Republican in the mayor’s race to drop out so voters can choose between a corrupt former governor and a Marxist/Muslim.

I do not understand how this furthers public acceptance of conservatism on a local or national basis. Whatever happened to “Fight, Fight, Fight?”

I thought part of Charlie Kirk’s legacy was walking into the lion’s den to confront and educate the other side about conservative values. How do you do that if you drop out?

What the president does not understand is the appeal of the “communist,” a Muslim by the name of Zohran Mamdani, and why the other Democrat in the race, Andrew Cuomo, is a loser who is going to lose again because he is tainted by corruption.

Mamdani is going to win and the Republicans better come up with an answer, other than labeling him a communist and a Muslim.

Cuomo’s answer is that Mamdani has no administrative experience, but Cuomo resigned under fire, facing charges of sexual harassment and killing old folks through his COVID policies. Cuomo ought to be in jail.

If Mamdani is such a threat, and there is evidence he is directly linked to the Shia religious ideology that governs Iran, the better solution is to arrest and deport him. But I doubt the Republicans in the Trump Administration’s Department of Justice and the FBI have the guts to do that.

So they cower on the sidelines and throw their support to Cuomo.

I find Trump’s behavior in this race mystifying because Republican populist candidate Curtis Sliwa’s platform is like that of Trump, only on a local basis. He may lose the race because Democrats vastly outnumber Republicans in the city but going down to defeat with a Trump-style candidate is not necessarily a bad thing. Sliwa is a good man with a forceful and powerful vision for the city who has long been devoted to public safety and believes in the rights of the law-abiding over the criminals.

I thought this was President Trump’s platform.

From a Republican perspective, Sliwa represents what is good and wholesome. He is being criticized for running as a perennial candidate, repeatedly, but so what? That demonstrates his commitment. Trump ran in a crowded field and won. He did not let the Democrats dissuade him. When they rigged the 2020 election and tried to bankrupt and imprison him, he ran again.

The conservative billionaire John Catsimatidis has been on various Fox programs calling for Sliwa to drop out of the race and let Cuomo take on Mamdani one-on-one. That yields the contest to one corrupt candidate against a Marxist-Muslim, offering New York City voters no real choice.

Sliwa offers voters a real choice, just as Charlie Kirk confronted the “progressives” on the college campuses.

Trump can throw around the communist label all he wants but Democrats in the city do not trust Cuomo and want someone who is different. They did not like current Mayor Adams, another Democrat, either, who is now backing Cuomo.

If you talk to Democrats in the city, you quickly realize why Mamdani is such a “fresh face.” It has nothing to do with his communism or Islamism. It has everything to do with the corruption of the mainstream Democratic party.

Cuomo left office as governor under a dark cloud, having sexually harassed many women and having sent COVID-infected patients into old folks’ homes, killing 15,000 people. Then he wrote a book on his “leadership” in the crisis, making $5 million. It is incredible that he thinks he can and should win under these circumstances.

No wonder Democrats picked Mamdani over Cuomo in the primary, prompting Cuomo to run in the general election as an independent.

The current mayor, Eric Adams, is plagued by corruption charges, and the Trump Administration in a curious maneuver dropped its investigation and prosecution of him. There was speculation he would drop out of the race and take a job in the Trump Administration. Instead, he persisted in the race until last week, dropping out and endorsing Cuomo. Still, observers do not think that helps Cuomo much because Mamdani is so different and appealing.

The fact is that Democrats do not think Mamdani’s communism or Islamism is more important than the corruption of the Democrats they have already rejected.

Trump says, “I’d rather a Dem than a communist.” That was the headline in the New York Post over a story about Trump’s preference in the New York City mayor’s race on November 4. He is choosing disgraced Cuomo over Mamdani. Republican candidate Curtis Sliwa was completely dismissed by Trump as a serious or legitimate candidate.

What the president does not understand is the appeal of the communist. He is attractive because the Democrats, like Cuomo and Adams, are considered so corrupt.

Another factor is that the cost of living for ordinary people is so high that they are willing to take a chance on a candidate the president of the United States calls a communist. They are not persuaded to vote otherwise by Trump’s name-calling.

Republicans say a Mamdani victory will backfire on the Democrats because he cannot deliver on the free goods and services he is promising. But that is not the plan. As someone who monitors the activities of the socialist/communist Democrats in New York City and covers their conferences, I understand they do not expect Mamdani to succeed but to fail. They will then blame his failures on Trump and the Republicans and of course the billionaires. And that will be attractive to his fellow Democrats, consolidating his position in the party and accelerating his movement as the springboard for the next national Democratic Party presidential candidate.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Joan Swirsky

October 27, 2025

Going back 250 years, the enemies of America thought long and hard about how to destroy the fledgling experiment of a Democratic Republic that our Founding Fathers envisioned. It was and continues to be clear to them that America’s strength is a function of three phenomena:

♦ A fervent belief in the God Who makes miracles happen, for just one example the crushing defeat of the thunderously powerful English Empire’s armies by blazing patriots like General George Washington and his ragtag army of American heroes.
♦ An equally ardent belief in and passion for the concept of Freedom. Men who knew they were going to die, and their wives who believed their deaths were for the noble cause of freedom, all sacrificed to bring about our victory over the monarchy that wanted to continue to rule us.
♦ The most passionate was the embrace, belief in, and allegiance to family, its sanctity, its strength, its ability to weather all storms and overcome all obstacles.

If we destroy all three, our enemies reasoned, the masses they considered essentially stupid would be forced to rely exclusively on Big Government. And so, to this day, the socialists-cum-communists among us are employing––as their predecessors did–– every malevolent, criminal, and vicious tactic they can muster to actualize that goal.

ASTOUNDING PROGRESS

The America haters among us have already:

♦ Infiltrated our public schools and contaminated generations of students with anti-American propaganda, as well as explicit pornography and grooming, even in kindergarten!
♦ Lured both Christians and Jews to abandon their faiths and to worship the new God of Social Justice.
♦ Succeeded in the leftist––and I believe traitorous––infiltration of our military and Intelligence services like the FBI and CIA until, that is, the redemptive entrance of President Trump and his Secretary of War, Pete Hegseth.
♦ Rigged the 2020 presidential election, which political activist Dinesh D’Souza also proved in his explosive film, 2000 Mules.
On and on and on.

Still, the family remains their most desired––yet maddeningly elusive––target.

HELP ALONG THE WAY

A person in a suit holding a cigar AI-generated content may be incorrect.

Sigmund Freud, photo by Max Halberstadt (public domain).

That effort was generously helped––perhaps, at first, innocently––by the theories of Sigmund Freud (1856-1939), the Austrian neurologist-cum-psychiatrist who was wildly successful in convincing the relatively new and free-thinking American public that the genesis of neuroses, phobias, anxieties, obsessions, depression, psychosis, and general psychological malfunction not only took place in the first few years of life, but that the mothers who raised these suffering children were primarily to blame. Later therapists, like the sadistic psychiatrist Bruno Bettelheim, blamed “cold” mothers for their children’s autism.

Mission #1 Accomplished: Mothers are not good for children.

These psychological theories prevailed throughout the 20th century and up to today, embraced by generations of psychiatrists, psychoanalysts, and psychotherapists until 1998 when they were thoroughly debunked by Judith Rich Harris in The Nurture Assumption, where the Harvard-educated psychologist and editor of most of the psychology texts used in colleges and medical schools in America argued persuasively that a person’s peer group is the major influence of thought, feelings, and behavior throughout life.

THE NEXT STEP

In 1960, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved the most world-changing medication in history, developed by Dr. John Rock, a Harvard professor and obstetrician-gynecologist with five children––along with Drs. Gregory Pincus, C.M. Phang, and Selzo Garcia. Their creation was the birth-control pill, aka The Pill! For the first time in world history, women had control over their reproduction.

For millions of women, it was their own Declaration of Independence, and a huge relief not to have to worry every month about getting pregnant.

Mission #2 Accomplished: Now we can be just like men, some women reasoned, and have as much sex as we want without worrying about getting pregnant. Thus was the Free Sex movement born and a complete redefinition of traditional morality.

GET OUT OF THE HOUSE!

Three years after The Pill, in 1963, a book by Betty Friedan, a housewife with three children from Queens, NY, shot to the top of every bestseller list. In essence, The Feminine Mystique told women that they were simply too smart, too creative, too intrinsically or at least potentially powerful to be spending their time, actually wasting their time, changing diapers, folding laundry, and—the most colossal waste of time of all––raising children.

Nevertheless, Friedan’s book resonated!

Mission #3 Accomplished: Multimillions of young women abandoned the once-desired goal of early marriage and motherhood and instead enrolled in colleges and universities where they pursued professional careers ranging from medicine and law and architecture to jobs like telephone linewomen to military combatants to firefighters to hedge fund managers to business executives, et al.

Coincidentally, ahem, an economy that once allowed men to work outside of the home and support a wife and put children through college magically became an economy that only two working parents could afford. Kind of like an economy that was completely energy independent in 2020 under President Trump but quite magically became one in which President Biden had to beg foreign countries to sell him oil in 2021.

REALITY SETS IN

The ‘60s also ushered in the historically unprecedented rash of violent assassinations––live on TV––of:

♦ U.S. President John F. Kennedy in 1963 (age 46),
♦ Firebrand Black activist Malcolm X in 1965 (age 39),
♦ Civil Rights leader Martin Luther King Jr. in 1968 (age 39),
♦ Former Attorney General and presidential candidate Robert F. Kennedy in 1968 (age 42).

All of a sudden, the idealized world of the newly emancipated women was shattered. The world is out of control, they realized. Is it any wonder that so many of them enthusiastically embraced (or attended) the 1969 Woodstock Music Festival, with not only free sex but a geyser of drugs for the smoking and snorting and injecting?

Mission #4 Accomplished: Many of these college-educated women congratulated themselves on avoiding marriage and especially motherhood, asking themselves: “Who wants to bring a child into this world?”

ONLY A FEW YEARS LATER

In 1971, Gloria Steinem ––“We are becoming the men we wanted to marry” –– and editor Letty Cottin Pogrebin, founded the first national feminist magazine, Ms.

Mission #5 Accomplished: The traditional nuclear family was being dismantled by a new generation of women who bought into the notion that making money was infinitely more satisfying, meaningful, and important than raising children.

MARRIAGE OUT––NOW BABIES OUT!

On January 22, 1973, the Supreme Court issued a 7–2 decision in Roe v. Wade that all women had a “right” to an abortion. To this day, that decision is the Holy Grail of millions of women who believe that “my body, my choice” starts after they’ve had unprotected sex and gotten pregnant with a baby they don’t want.

In 2022, the Supreme Court overturned Roe v. Wade and sent the decision for abortion back to each individual state. Today, every woman in the United States who wants an abortion can get one, although some may have to endure the inconvenience of traveling to another state…forget about the inconvenience their embryos face of a death sentence!

Mission #6 Accomplished: The once-most-cherished accomplishment of both men and women—to be the parent of a newborn baby––was effectively reduced to ending that baby’s life in utero. And today, in some states, abortion exists right up to the moment a full-term baby is delivered, and, believe it or not, in California, even up to the time a healthy thriving baby is 28 days old! I believe that is called infanticide!

THE TICKING CLOCK

Uh-oh. After graduating from college and laboring in the workforce for over a decade, millions of women realized that this money-making thing wasn’t all it was cracked up to be. But looking for a good man––after stepping on their necks on the way up the ladder––was even more problematic.

Nevertheless, the new social phenomenon of women marrying in their mid-thirties and older took hold, and not coincidentally gave rise to a booming in-vitro-fertilization industry, as millions of these new brides learned that conceiving and carrying a child after the age of 35 was both a “high-risk” and extremely pricey enterprise.

Mission #7 Accomplished: Take the joy out of intimacy and sex, make it a mechanical act, and further erode both marriage and the family at the same time.

A person and person cooking in a kitchen AI-generated content may be incorrect.

BUT WHAT ABOUT MY CAREER?

Modern women have been told by the influencers of the day that they could “have it all” –– marriage, children, and career. Since they wanted it all, they bought it!

Some women were lucky to have their mothers or mothers-in-law or even young grandmothers volunteer to raise their children, and a rare few could afford expensive nannies.

But most women had to rely on another industry that boomed like no other––the daycare business––where mothers dropped off their infants, babies, toddlers, and preschoolers to paid workers who tended up to 20 or more children at a time, making sure those children were safe and fed, but not necessarily held, loved, comforted, taught, or nurtured.

However, this still allowed the mothers to brag that the hour or so they spent with their child at the end of a day––in which both mother and child were exhausted––was, ahem, “quality time.”

Mission #8 Accomplished: Women out of the home, children being raised by strangers, the American family being dismantled piece by piece.

THE GENIUS STEVE FACTOR

A hand holding a cell phone AI-generated content may be incorrect.JESHOOTS-com, Pixabay.

Two geniuses…Steve Case, the founding CEO of America Online (AOL) in 1983 (which really took off in the ‘90s), and Steve Jobs, who invented, created, introduced the iPhone in 2007 and the iPad in 2010.

No need to elaborate on the degree to which these geniuses totally eliminated face-to-face communication and succeeded in riveting both parents and children to all the tantalizing distractions on these electronic devices that separate people and depersonalize intimate relationships, especially meaningful communication between parents and children.

Mission #9 Accomplished: Family concerns take a backseat to beeping texts, sexy emojis, Facebook invitations, Instagram images, Hollywood gossip, and horrifically graphic porn sites, which even savvy eight-year-olds can access with ease.

Worse, this has given rise to an entire generation of sociopaths who, understandably, have little or no human empathy, given the largely robotic care they’ve received.

And now we have an ad––since removed and eliminated from every search engine––that shows a child laughing and sharing an experience with her clearly delighted mother. Both are on iPads communicating long distance. The ad ends with a voice telling the mother: “You Don’t Have to Be There.”

Right. The mother doesn’t have to be there to raise and love and comfort and teach and tuck her child in at night, and the father doesn’t have to be there, either. Only Big Government should raise their child to be a good little obedient Communist. That’s the message!

Mission #10 Accomplished: Father never mentioned, mother out of the picture, the actual premeditated murder of the American family.

And the crashing failure of the Feminist Movement.

I rest my case.

© 2025 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 27, 2025

Just about every day of the week, people in America come up with something entirely crazy, really stupid, or just plain nuts.

The NBA houses endless millionaires making $25 million to $50 million a year—-to play a game!  They do nothing to fix anything. They don’t serve guests at a restaurant.  They don’t change tires so you can drive your car.  They don’t drive ambulances to save peoples’ lives.  In fact, they don’t do anything to benefit our society.

And yet, recently, a dozen or maybe five dozen of them found themselves “caught” in a huge scandal “fixing” games, or betting on games, or playing card games where everybody cheats to win. You can’t help but scratch your head trying to figure out why a multi-millionaire NBA coach like Chauncey Billups, who made a fortune during his playing days with the Pistons, would get caught up in this horrific scandal?!  He’s already rich. He’s already famous in the basketball hall of fame.  Why did he do it?  Is he THAT stupid?  Is he THAT greedy?  For heaven sakes…how many millions of dollars more would make his life even richer?  Finally, what’s the point of a 10,000 square foot home that you need to buy a 20,000 square foot home?

When people buy such magnificent homes, they only live in their bedrooms, kitchens, and out to the garage.  The rest of the house wastes space, heat and air conditioning.

What about all those “paid” demonstrators, or if they are not paid, then why would they try to thwart our laws as they try to prevent I.C.E. agents from ridding Chicago, LA, Detroit, Atlanta, NYC, Denver and another dozen cities of criminal illegal aliens who commit thousands of crimes against our citizens?  Why would our own citizens support criminals?  Why would Governors Newsom, Pritzker and Polis aid, assist and abet illegal aliens when those governors swore on the Bible to carry out the laws of America?  What about those Sanctuary City mayors like LA’s Karen Bass, Denver’s Johnston, or Chicago’s Johnson, or Seattle’s Bruce Harrell—defending illegal aliens, spending taxpayer dollars on them, and protecting them from the law?  Those criminal illegal aliens have cost us into the billions of taxpayer dollars. Is that nuts or what?

What about the government shutdown that’s affecting countless American families?  Why would New York’s Senator Schumer deliberately not vote for the C.R. bill to keep the government running, and peoples’ lives viable?  Why are the democrats so hell-bent on paying out hundreds of billions of dollars to give Medicaid to illegal aliens?  Why?  Aren’t democrats supposed to support and defend American citizens?

What about those critics that think Trump shouldn’t blow those narco-terrorists’ drug boats out of the water in the Gulf of America and the Pacific Ocean?   Good grief!  Those drugs have killed hundreds of thousands of American kids over the past 40 years.  Past presidents did nothing to stop the drugs from flowing into our country. NOTHING! In fact, Biden invited 15 million illegal aliens into our country, and among them, MS-13 and drug cartel distribution systems.  But now, those democrats in Congress want Trump to answer for stopping the drugs from reaching our shores.  Is that NUTS or what?  You can’t make this stuff up.

Still even more nuts stems from any politician or athletic leader supporting biological men competing in women’s sports.  You even see female governors like Maine’s supporting the insanity of transgender men beating the crap out of women.  It’s got to be a mental illness of some kind.  To see a man wearing a woman’s bathing suit in an NCAA competition MUST be the zenith of arrogance, narcissism, unbalanced mind, mental illness and another form of insanity. Instead of breasts, William “Lia” Thomas sported a male “package” in his woman’s bathing suit. God help us!  Yet, in 2025, it continues to rip women’s sports into tatters.  It disillusions high school girls. It befuddles college girls.  It’s nuts beyond measure.  You must wonder when common sense and rational thinking will stop men competing in women’s sports. It can’t come soon enough.

What about D.E.I.?  Let’s install parity in jobs by choosing pilots, doctors, dentists, nurses and any other professional career—by the color of their skin.  Why not give such people parity by their religion, or their anything superficial that has nothing to do with education, excellence and mental abilities?  That’s how Supreme Court Justice Jackson obtained her position—even though she couldn’t define a woman. How about we all choose our doctors by their religion or color of their skin? Good luck with that!

As if we didn’t have enough incompetent mayors running our cities such as Karen Bass in LA or Nick Adams in NYC or Brandon Johnson in Chicago—-let’s vote into office a Communist-Muslim-Ugandan refugee who has never held a job in his life: Zohran Mamdani.  Because he is a Muslim, he cheered 9/11, and was celebrating this past month with a Muslim imam in NYC who was part of the 9/11 nightmare.

Fact: 19 Muslims from Saudi Arabia in those planes caused the Twin Towers, Pennsylvania crash, and thousands of deaths. Yes, many suspect they had help inside the USA, but, in the end, Muslims cheered 9/11 in every Muslim country. Now, we’ve got Mamdani who supports honor killings, female genital mutilation, women as half the value of a man, Burka’s on women, no free speech, and everything in the Quran.  He’s going to bring every Communist-Muslim agenda into play in NYC.  He wants to defund the police. He will support and harbor illegal aliens into the tens of thousands in NYC.  He will bring student “parity” in schools by taking away the intellectually “gifted” programs. In other words, stop all educational excellence and be sure to let the average students dominate.  That means lowering academic standards to the lowest common denominator in the pursuit of “equity, inclusion and diversity.”

It means the dumb people who vote that Ugandan refugee into office will create more dumb people to continue his agenda.  As you know, over 50 percent of NYC kids cannot read or perform math at grade level.  If we keep that up, dumb, dumber and stupid people will drive everyone out of NYC.

If you think Islam and its teachings are so great, why aren’t all the women of the world immigrating to the Middle East?  Once there, they won’t be allowed an education, riding a bicycle, driving a car, wearing anything but a Burka, and they will be assigned a husband.  Don’t you love American liberal women and LGBTQ groups celebrating Islam?  The followers of that religion throw such individuals off roofs or simply execute them.

Notice with the shutdown, we’ve got 42,000,000 (million) Americans and illegals who depend on food stamps (EBT), and if we don’t feed them, they will start looting, shoplifting and causing anarchy.  Why haven’t our House members and Senators created a “Work/for welfare/food” program to get those 42 million useless human beings off their butts and into job training?  Why let 42 million people leech off our tax dollars as they stay home and watch television?

We must ask ourselves as citizens of the United States: Why are we allowing such incredible stupidities to continue? Why do we continue electing people like Congressional critters Nancy Pelosi, Chuck Schumer, Dick Durbin, Ilhan Omar, Rashida Tlaib, Hank Johnson, Maxine Watters, Sheila Jackson, Gov. Pritzker, Gov. Newsom and Gov. Polis (CO)—-over and over again?   They solve nothing, they break our laws, and they are useless in solving problems.

If we ever hope to save our country, preserve our freedoms and maintain our culture, language and Constitution—we cannot continue mass legal or illegal immigration.  We cannot allow Muslims into power positions.  If they espouse Sharia Law, and they all do, deport them or jail them.  We don’t want Islam in America. It is counter to everything we hold dear. You better believe that Muslims are out to destroy everything we hold dear.

Please watch a 20-minute interview on “Islam in America” with Frosty Wooldridge and Zeb Bell.  At www.ZebBell.com , Click “Broadcast archives” to see that interview on top.

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Steven Yates

October 26, 2026

[More apologies to the ghost of E.F. Schumacher.]

Click here for Part 1,

Back to Basics: from Aristotle and Aquinas to the Scientific Revolution.

The first three words above were the title of one of my favorite sermons, from around eight years ago. The main text was from the Apostle Paul’s first letter to the Corinthians, penned around 56 A.D. The church Paul founded in Corinth was in trouble. Against his counsel, its membership had divided into factions. There was sexual immorality. There was idolatry. They lived in what was by the standards of the time a thriving metropolis. Many church members enjoyed the trappings of material prosperity. They had become worldly, that is, thinking that because of their successes they could stand on their own (the mistake made by every form of secular humanism).

There is something about worldly success — economic success — that throws us off track.

The Corinthians had lost sight of how Christ died for them, how monumental of a sacrifice that was, and what it demanded of them in terms of how to worship and live. They had become distracted, fallen into pointless squabbles, and imperiled their institution’s long term survival. Not to mention tarnishing the reputation of Christians generally.

They’d forgotten the basics!

Have we, too — Westerners, that is — lost the basics? Become distracted by ideas that disintegrate when looked at carefully and critically? Embraced agendas that are divisive and destructive?

This is a no-brainer!

A few non-Christian philosophers have gotten things right in essence. Consider Aristotle. He realized how human beings are political as well as moral beings: meant to live in communities or polises, guided by reason, their lives directed toward virtue.

The Stoics, too, got many things right. Stoic physics saw the Logos: a world of inherent order, which a Christian would expect if the world was the product of design and not chance. Stoic logic outlined our best thought about our perceptions of the world. Stoic ethics then offered counsel on how to accept and live peacefully in a world that often fails to meet our personal expectations: be it the world of our fellow humans or just the natural order which seems indifferent or even hostile to us (see Gen. 3:17-19). First century Christians and Stoics saw each other as competitors. This is unfortunate, because the two complement one another in many respects. Early Christians, based on their public experiences with the resurrected Jesus Christ, offered the living, personal God who is absent from Stoicism. Stoicism, on the other hand, offered down-to-earth advice on how to live day-by-day in a fallen world. A Stoic-Christian philosophical theology would counsel: focus on what you can control and leave the rest to God.

Twelve hundred years later, St. Thomas Aquinas tried to unify the Roman Catholicism and the Aristotelianism of his day. Among the results was natural law philosophy and ethics. There are definite, discoverable realities in God’s universe: repeated patterns that permeate the world. Then there is what we should do, if we wish lives of peace and genuine prosperity, starting with recognizing truth and righteousness to be found in following the Christ whose Kingdom is not of this world while shunning their opposites, found in this secular world.

Aquinas still understood the basics.

Arguably, without his pivotal contributions, the scientific revolution would not have happened. Nothing quite like it ever happened before (that we know of), nor did it happen anywhere else in the world where peoples had myriad crafts that solved specific problems for them but not an enterprise that sought explanations of phenomena.

Science, after all, presupposes the reality of ordered patterns in nature, discoverable by the human mind. This, I argue, is a priori: independent of experience and experiment. We’d never attempt physical science if we didn’t first believe that physical order exists to be discovered and that our minds are capable of rising to the task — however imperfectly. We presuppose further that what we discern and understand is not simply imposing language on the world (nominalism) nor establishing a cultural artifact differing from place to place (cultural relativity).

Enlightenment philosophy compromised all this — ironically, by philosophers who thought they were advancing scientific understanding. They removed God, not realizing that they would be removing the basics. They would replace Him not with science but The Science, a secular icon and cultural artifact. As industrialism got underway, other elements of Western civilization would replace God with State, Money/Success/the Market, Self, Sex, or some other surrogate.

The Basics Lost: Cartesian and Enlightenment Rationalism.

Arguably, the first error was committed by the French philosopher René Descartes whose quest for (an unattainable) epistemic certainty led him to invent the autonomous rational intellect: a “thinking thing” liberated from its personal history including family and culture; from emotion; and from all else that makes us organically human.

For Western philosophy, this was a disaster! Philosophy ceased to be about the basics, able to evaluate worldviews and offer counsel. It got lost in abstractions and eventually became an academic decoration.

The Cartesian autonomous intellect became the ancestor of homo economicus, the atomized rational, self-interested economic actor and consumer who was perfect for a life of consumption and obedience to secular authority as an industrial peasant in a mostly anonymous civilization built on perversions of the older rules of order.

That order, steeped in classical philosophy (Aristotle, Aquinas, etc.) and applied to polises, held that there were natural hierarchies, especially of institutions. Inverting these hierarchies leads to disruption. Faith and family were meant to stand above political economy: not the reverse. When political economy defines civilization, this introduces distortions. Over time and generations, distortions worsen.

Civilization ceases to contain a state and a marketplace. It becomes an unholy fusion of the two: a corporate state, or corporatocracy.

We’ve always had rich and poor. Both believed they answered to God and would be judged. By the twentieth century, the rich no longer believed they had any reason to think they answered to anyone other than (perhaps) each other. Judgment? If they ever thought about it (most did not), they’d say, “We have no idea.” So, they began doing as they pleased. They created, e.g., central banking, which made use of the fractional reserve banking their recent ancestors invented to ensure accumulations of unearned wealth. Eventually they designed a political economy that would thwart the developing middle class and redistribute wealth upwards. They would cynically proclaim, “This is the free market at work,” “Markets know best,” and “There is no alternative.”

We ended up with today’s state of affairs: a group of people who would fit comfortably into our living rooms controls more wealth than the bottom 90 percent of the world’s population.

But we’re well ahead of ourselves. We’ve at best a partial diagnosis of how we lost the basics.

The Rise and Fall of Modernity.

Auguste Comte, founder of sociology and of the philosophical ideology of positivism (which saw The Science as the sole path to truth), outlined his Law of Three Stages. His way of describing the first two indicates what he thought of them: respectively, “theological or fictitious” and “metaphysical and abstract.”

The Third Stage was “scientific and positive.” Third Stage thinking, I’ve called it, was the brainchild of Enlightenment philosophers from Voltaire down through Kant and LaPlace. The latter spoke of God with a clinical, “Je n’ai pas besoin de cette hypothèse (I have no need of that hypothesis).”

Modernity embodies the following: secularism, a focus on this world, not some world to come; scientific method as the sole reliable means of discovering truth about this world; technological change as a given as we solve problems in this world; commerciality and a transactional approach to life as we sell our solutions in the marketplace; public education to inculcate the right attitudes in the next generation, especially acceptance of the industrial system and its unstated rules; and a firm commitment to the idea that the future will be better than the past because we’re standing on our own and we’ll make it so.

Modernity doesn’t oppose religion as such. Not if it stays in its place (the margins). Modernity sets religious institutions aside as irrelevant. As Harvey Cox put it in his exposé The Secular City penned back in the 1960s, it “bypasses religion and goes on to other things.”

Comte and his intellectual disciples envisioned universal progress, based on scientific method as they understood it to all areas of life including human persons and society. They were the first Technocrats, before that term was coined. They believed the methods that had proven so successful in physics and chemistry could be applied essentially unchanged to the study of human beings and the redesign of societies. Which meant: control, unchained from morally-grounded limits.

Dostoevsky and Nietzsche, who’d never heard of one another, issued very similar warnings of the impending collapse of the moral view of the universe we’d inherited from the Christian worldview. The former: “If God does not exist, everything is permitted.” The latter described the “death of God” and warned of an “advent of nihilism” in which we must create “new values” for a materialist world in which, after death, we become worm food.

The century to come saw great technological progress. No one questions that. Societal and moral progress? We saw no “revaluation of all values” that Nietzsche had called for. We saw instead the two most destructive wars in human history (the Great War, as it was then called; and World War II). Arguably there was some moral progress, which piggybacked on the strong economy of the 1950s combined with residual Christianity (to which Dr. King, for example, appealed).

The 1950s and 1960s gave Americans a high-trust society. Despite its failure to bring about a more peaceful world, modernity seemed vindicated in the face of detractors like Aldous Huxley who warned of its Technocratic permutations and their dangers (Brave New World, 1932; Brave New World Revisited, 1958). Technology was making life better and better!

Then, slowly, over ensuing decades, it all fell apart. We’d utterly forgotten the basics. Now, the specter of Technocracy looms over us like a colossus.

The American Dream Collapses.

Most Americans were schooled on the idea of representative government answerable to the governed. We do hold elections, right?

But if both major parties are controlled by moneyed interests and what Eisenhower called the military-industrial complex, voting won’t change anything (and usually doesn’t).

The need to preserve the fantasy of representative democracy distorted education and media. Both became sources of indoctrination and gaslighting, speaking of democracy while preparing students to live in an increasingly regimented world in which in which their worth as persons would be tied to their ability to help an employer make money and/or what they could accumulate in their bank accounts, portfolios, and wallets.

Today, of course, the “worth” of, say, an Instagram “influencer” is her number of followers, measuring her success at getting responses to “Look at me! Look at me! Look at me!”

The story of how we got here has been told many times over.

On a larger scale, our situation is one in which billionaires in corner offices can say to each other, “Let’s make a deal!” and suddenly tens of thousands or even hundreds of thousands of people are out of work because their jobs just went to a cheap labor country — or been automated out of existence. Neither billionaires nor the politicians they buy and sell see peasants as having intrinsic value.

As noted a couple weeks ago, if there’s a class war, the super-rich are winning it, no contest. Inflation — caused primarily by Fed money printing — has destroyed the currency’s purchasing power, while not raising wages for the industrial peasantry. Housing, healthcare, insurance, college, and new vehicles, are increasingly priced out of the ordinary person’s reach.

Nor can he have a family, or rear children; these, too, are priced out of reach.

The billionaire class gets billions richer each year. Elon Musk’s net worth in 2012 was $2 billion. This year it’s risen to $495.6 billion (I don’t have a specific date for these figures, so by now they might be higher). Jeff Bezos was worth $18.4 billion in 2012; today his net worth is $233.7 billion. In 2012 Mark Zuckerberg’s wealth stood at $17.5 billion. Today it stands at $245.2 billion. These are just three obvious examples.

Minimum wages haven’t budged. With currency debauchment fueling inflation, life for the peasantry gets ever more precarious. Homelessness in the U.S. hit an all-time high in 2024. Others are “affording” homes, utilities, vehicles, etc., by going deeper into debt. American households carry $18.4 trillion in debt; 70 percent of this is mortgage debt. Credit card debt stands at $1.2 trillion. Student loan debt is over $1.6 trillion. All of these figures are going up, some of them rapidly. (Source.)

Small wonder Gen Z is giving up on the “American Dream” and would probably agree with George Carlin’s assessment, however profane (scroll to 1:30).

Neoliberal ideology, perhaps the most aggressive exemplar of economics über Alles, declares that the poor and the precarious are in the condition they are in due to their own bad choices. To be sure, some people do make bad choices — often because they grew up in dysfunctional families and never had the moral or practical guidance that might have helped them make better choices. And because of that inverted hierarchy we mentioned above, which places politics and economics above faith and family.

Interlude: the Paleoconservative Rebellion.

As far as I can tell, only those increasingly rare creatures who known as paleoconservatives figured much of this out. Probably the most visible author who fits that label is Patrick J. Buchanan, who penned books like A Republic, Not an Empire (1999) and Suicide of a Superpower (2011). Others, far less visible (and whose books are a great deal denser than Buchanan’s) are Paul Gottfried who coined the term, Clyde Wilson (a leading authority on John C. Calhoun), John Derbyshire, Samuel T. Francis, Thomas Fleming, Peter Brimelow, and Joseph Sobran. Since founding his own online network and giving airtime to a variety of dissident scholars and personalities, Tucker Carlson probably qualifies for admission to this group.

In political economy, paleoconservatives oppose both hypercapitalism and socialism. They are suspicious of globalization, and open borders. They tend to be “conspiratorial” and can outline their reasons. They reject Zionism and criticize the unquestioned support for Israel by both Republican and Democratic administrations. They look askance on the dual American-Israeli citizenship of several of their arch-foes the neoconservatives (or neocons). They oppose foreign interventionism and wars for regime change in nations that haven’t attacked or threatened the U.S.

As far as cultural issues go, they reject abortion as murder, almost as if they realized that the dehumanizing of the unborn is the dehumanizing of the most vulnerable (see Jeremiah 1:5). They reject other trappings of feminism, the mainstreaming of homosexuality, “trans” rights as based on fantasy, and so on.

So what are they for? The answer takes us back to the basics. We cannot do without a sense of the Transcendent, even if some of us see it differently than others. We should be realists about natural categories and respect the land which is ultimately the source of life, via agriculture. Our lives and organizations should reflect those natural hierarchies of family and faith over state and market. Paleoconservatives are not Utopians. We are fallen people in a fallen world, and this suggests limits on social experimentation. We’re not God. When we try to be God, we invariably not only fail but leave a trail of destruction in our wake.

Sadly, most paleoconservative efforts have been ignored. When not ignored, they are denounced as backward, racist, sexist, homophobic, antisemitic, etc.: the full range of canards easily drawn from the left wing bestiary.

Summation of Part 2: the Suicide of the West.

This is the end / beautiful friend. This is the end / my only friend, the end. Of our elaborate plans, the end. Of everything that stands, the end. I’ll never look into your eyes, again.
—The Doors, “The End,” 1967

If the purpose of civil rights was to end discrimination against blacks and women, it failed. The policies it came to implement (e.g., affirmative action — or DEI, as it is now called) strengthened rather than reduced group identity. Such policies hurt white men without helping blacks (except a few who were as well connected as their white counterparts had always been). The primary beneficiaries of these policies were white feminists.

The wealth pump, of course, hurts us all (except the super-rich oligarchs). The left, once focused on class, chased an impossible race, gender, and sexual Utopia (the latter in all conceivable forms, whatever floats your boat).

Nixon killed the gold standard in 1971. This opened the door to full-throttle currency debauchment. Neoliberal economic policies developed by Milton Friedman and introduced by Thatcher in the U.K. and Reagan in the U.S. set the stage for the wealth pump, leading to that state of affairs in which owners of most of the world’s wealth would fit comfortably into our front room.

“Globalization” sent jobs overseas courtesy of corporate wheeling and dealing. Automation decimated them further. The country was deindustrialized. Available jobs were the low-paying services or increasingly, “gigs.”

AI threatens to become the biggest job killer in human history!

We’re more atomized than ever. More people than ever, especially men, claim not to have any close friends. Teenagers as well as adults are now drawn to AI bots as “companions,” and since these entities can simulate sentience without actually being sentient, sometimes the results are catastrophic (as when a bot offers a lonely teenager clinical suggestions on the most efficient means of dying by suicide).

Children and teenagers struggle with mental health issues in a world without hope for a better future. For those between the ages of 10 and 24, suicide is now the third leading cause of death.

Marriage has largely collapsed. Men don’t trust women and women don’t trust men. The younger the population, the more pronounced this discontinuity. One out of two marriages that happen end in divorce. If children are involved, their lives are upended. Men, meanwhile, know that in today’s feminist-influenced, female-friendly family courts, a divorce could wipe them out financially. So, they’re not marrying. They turn to porn instead. It is among the most lucrative online industries. Women choose careers over childrearing. As the saying goes, they need men like fish need bicycles.

A consequence has been falling birthrates. The U.S. is no longer at replacement level. The total fertility rate in the U.S. fell to 1.62 births per woman in 2023 according to CDC date — the lowest fertility rate ever recorded. This is not mere demographic change. It represents a systemic loss of hope: neither men nor women see a future worth building together. For many, children are just too expensive.

In the long term, this means population decline and eventual civilizational extinction.

Falling birthrates are not limited to the U.S., of course. European nations see it. So does Japan and so has China (trying to recover from its horrific one-child policy). There is something about “advanced” civilizations that seems fundamentally destructive of loving relations between the sexes, their willingness to have children and build of families with long-term stability, and of children’s and adolescents’ own mental health.

Worldliness has its price! We’re seeing it in spades!

Forgetting the basics has its price!

Returning to Comte: arguably, starting with Nietzsche’s long-term foresight, we began to enter a Fourth Stage: post-Enlightenment, post-liberal in the classical sense of that term, and eventually post-truth (scientific as well as moral) as preserving one’s own subjective ideology became more important than what is provably true.

If the Third Stage was “positive and scientific,” the Fourth Stage might be described as “negative and dystopian.” High-trust has been replaced by zero-trust: you can’t do anything online without running a gauntlet of layers of authentication to prove “you’re you.” Those who know how to use anger, frustration, disruption, precarity, and zero-trust for their own ends will have no hesitation doing so. If I keep coming back to Technocracy — the “science of social engineering,” or “scientific” dictatorship — it is because Technocracy is the telos of the road we’re on. There is no Humane Economy, or Political Economy as if People Mattered, waiting at its end.

END OF PART TWO.

Click here for Part 1,

© 2025 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_________________________

Wondering why Internet platforms have basically gone to crap? Steven Yates publishes Navigating the New Normal on Substack, where you’ll find an answer to this question, and other content not available elsewhere. Consider subscribing to have it sent directly to your inbox.

Steven Yates is a (recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. (Obtain his book on the “wisdom” of obtaining such a degree here.)

He taught for more than 15 years total at several colleges and universities in the Southeastern U.S. He has authored three books, more than 20 articles, numerous book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself.

In 2012, he moved to Chile. He married a Chilean national in 2014. Among his discoveries in South America: many of the problems in the U.S. are problems everywhere, because human nature is the same everywhere.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His cosmic horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) (written for the sheer fun of it) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such). Readers notice, and so does the Amazon algorithm.

By Ms. Smallback

October 26, 2025

The concept of liberty is getting more and more convoluted as the years roll on here in America.  The idea that you can live freely, speak freely, think freely, build a home and raise a family without interference, move freely, assemble freely, and worship according to conviction – these all seem to be under constant threat.

The US Constitution was incomplete until the Bill of Rights was added.  The founding fathers were very concerned that the US Constitution on its own stand was enough government-centered that it could be commandeered for a tyranny or dictatorship.  They did not rest until the Bill of Rights was added, because the individual liberty of the individual was the intention of the newly formed United States of America.

It’s a little shocking, a lot alarming, that we have mouthpieces today advocating for restrictions on speech, assembly, adherence to religious convictions, etc.  The truth is, we have laws against slander and libel.  This means that while speech is free, there are still consequences for malicious speech.  It doesn’t mean you can’t say it; it means you will pay the damages for saying it if it lies about another person and brings damage.

To be clear, stating opinions – even uncomfortable opinions or opinions that are inflammatory – is protected by law.  I can say I think a foreign intelligence operation killed Charlie Kirk, and that is well within my protected right to do.  It’s my opinion.  I have the right to express it.  I can say certain demographics dominate specific crime statistics.  Some want that kind of talk restricted under the misnomer of hate speech.  The US Constitution gives me the right to say it.  To be clear, I can even hate and express that in my speech (e.g.  “I hate red-bellied toads.” or “I hate jihadists.”).  You don’t have to like it.  You don’t have to agree with it.  But according to the US Constitution, you cannot restrict me from saying it.  It is my freedom.  It is my expressed right.

Halloween, for instance, is an excellent example of liberty in America.  The “holiday” that celebrates death and darkness, with imagery of witchcraft and satanic symbols, is widely accepted across America.  According to some, it is fast approaching the highest profit holiday in regards to purchase for celebratory merchandise, expected to topple even Christmas in the next few years.

Some could argue the proliferation of dark imagery celebrating or adulating occult origins of spells, witchcraft, torment, suffering and horror create an atmosphere for darkness to thrive.  Some could argue the elevating of dark spirits could increase the embodiment of dark spirits.  The argument could continue that the role-playing of haunted houses that create scenes of horror and cause fear could open doors for actual demonic possession in unwitting participants.

With such serious possible ramifications for opening and even inviting dark spirits into society, culture, and even homes, it would stand to reason that a fair argument could be made for the restriction of such expressions.  There are warning labels on alcoholic beverages and cigarette packages so the willing participants of such are aware there could be consequences for the consumption.  Couldn’t an argument be made for the danger to the human soul for participating in acts of darkness, even if only in role play, and thus the need for fair warning to potential participants?

Yet here we are in America, and the liberty with which we have allowed worshippers of darkness and expressions of death and darkness is a true testament to the concepts of liberty.  No one has banned Halloween, Halloween parties or “decorations”.  No one has forbidden wishing another “Happy Halloween”.  No one has insisted that the commercialization of Halloween is forcing the Satanic religion on an unwilling population.  No, here in America, anyone is able to partake of the Satanic expressions of death, darkness and torment without consequence or restriction.  In fact, for the most part there is not even ridicule or societal pressure to abandon such ideology.

The same cannot be said for Christmas.  Think about it.  For several years now there has been a concerted effort to ban the very phrase “Merry Christmas” because Christmas contains the word Christ.  Nativities are desecrated, and the imagery of the Christ-child is openly mocked and scorned.  [Not even a Christmas song but popular at Christmas, “Baby it’s cold outside” came under assault for alleged sexual inappropriateness (#metoo) at the same time the number one Billboard song was Wet A** Pu**y.]

Halloween-ists have open liberty while Christmas celebration expressions face restrictions

It appears that the liberty that can be found for darkness is not equal in comparison to the demand for restriction (or even complete removal) of a holy day celebration for the Savior of the world.  One of these things is not like the other, according to adversaries of “liberty for all”.  Regardless of whether or not you see Christ as a savior, the very celebration of Christmas is a celebration of light and goodness.  There is no darkness in the celebration of the Son of God coming to earth to reconcile humanity with their Creator.  Angels announced His arrival.  A star led foreigners to His home.  The mystery of God incarnate is shrouded in glory.  The incarnation celebrated at Christmas removed the curse from mankind and gave hope of salvation instead.  It promised victory over death.  Yet this is the holiday deranged individuals are demanding be restricted or even withdrawn.

If you think about it, it seems that the ones insistent on restricting speech, expression, and freedom in general, are the ones that have no consequences for their own expressions.  [As an aside, I’ve walked the same neighborhoods for two decades.  It is an interesting observation that the same ones with liberal political signs are usually the same ones with abundant Halloween decorations – not a hard fast rule, but generally true.]

They’re the ones who burn down cities and get charges dropped, but throw election fraud protesters in infinite jail without due process.  They’re the ones who demanded ZERO liberty for people who conscientiously objected a foreign substance be pumped through their veins, even going so far as to demand denial of healthcare, arrest, or even death.  No, the adversaries of liberty do not seem to see or care for their own hypocrisies in the realm of liberty.

We’re barreling down the dystopic road to some bizarro twist of 1984/Brave New World/Terminator and the Bill of Rights is one of the thinning membranes between us and it.  The lie is we need restrictions for security, and every fear-based person falls for this same deception.   The truth is most people have no real concept of what true freedom is and they’re afraid of it.  They want a controlled world without understanding that such control is prison, and once the doors shut the recourse for the freedom given up comes at the high cost of blood – yours and/or your children’s.

Freedom is weighty.  It requires responsibility and the upper moral ground.  It’s the difference between growing your own healthy food and eating the convenient cheap toxic byproducts of the American dining and grocer industries.  It’s the difference between practicing mental health through self-control, self-healing, and self-learning or the pharmakeia world of popping pills to manipulate internal chemistry.  Freedom comes at a cost, and is kept by vigilance and exercise.  And once it is lost (or given away), it is very, very hard to get back and usually costs far more than it would to keep it in the first place.

The Gospel of the Kingdom of God stands in stark contrast to the systems of this world or the kingdom of darkness.  In God’s kingdom there is liberty.  You can accept or reject His tenets, His principles, His ways.  You’re not demanded to adhere to anything.  [This in no way negates cause and effect or actions and consequences, even actions of ignorance.  We still pay the consequences for our thoughts, beliefs and actions regardless of how we choose.]  Is it any wonder that the kingdom of darkness will be fueled by anti-liberty actions and ideology?  It is counter-God.  Man must rule over man and dictate terms of living in the anti-Christ systems of this world, that many, many Christians ignorantly parrot.

There is a better way, if we would just seek truth and the heart of God.  If we can’t manage that, at least adhere to the WHOLE Constitution.  True liberty in God’s kingdom is a far cry from the fake freedom of the dystopic world they keep thrusting upon us.

© 2025 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

By Lynne M Taylor

October 25, 2025

What’s “mansplainin’”?!

Merriam-Webster defines it as a man saying something to a woman in a condescending way [1]. For our context of this article, manspailin’ is to treat someone like they have no knowledge of the topic, nor could they grasp it anyway.

From what I experienced during an open public meeting where city officials and consultants met, this was the distinct attitude and tones of voices seen, heard and felt..

From my talks with others from across the nations, it seems to have become the way in which our elected officials talk to us and talk about us when they think the public isn’t listening.

Where I live, Mooresville, NC:

Has your city or town had recent meetings on the topic of future plans for growth? The plans I am referring to always seem to include lots of glossy pictures of how “super” rack/stack/pack housing and hub style communities of the future can look. Within these plans, you’ll also find ‘slick willy’ type consultants who have been hired by your town or county government to come and ‘splain’ to town/county leaders as well as the taxpayers. It’s enough to help create a comedic episode of your favorite TV show, but the reality of it is simply this:

YOUR Town/County is being targeted to become a ‘smart city’ or a ‘connected town’. Neighborhoods will become hubs; nature will seem like a side show, or maybe a three ring circus where the local government can charge you to watch nature instead of you choosing to watch nature for free in your own backyard. Knocking down rural areas to create cohesive areas where work, living and play are united into one space.

In fact, I’ve written during the past few years about some of the moves made to get the town in the position it’s in right now. (in 2024 [2], how to spot the SDGs (Sustainable Development Goals) in your town/county; also, in 2024 [3], how the APA (American Planning Assoc.) came to my town to sell us all on 15 minute neighborhoods; and in early 2025 [4], the ‘green grab’ for agriculture and rural locations in the name of future town planning.

Back in 2021 [5], I shared, via The Sons of Liberty Media’s morning show, how my town’s (then future plan for a cookie cutter existence). Below is a picture I took of the color coded yarns town residents used to show what services or buildings they would be willing to travel to within a 15 minute time frame. The moment I saw this exercise [6] I knew exactly where the town’s agenda was heading.

For the balance of this article, I’ll share with you one such type of plan. As always, what I share from where I live, is to be used as an example so you can know what to look for in your area. I’m horrified at what I’ve learned in attending the meetings surrounding the future plan for my town. Read on to see how my recent research can help you listen for the “splainin’” you’ll be hearing in your area.

Meet “Your Town, Tomorrow” Plan:

As we all know, most of our towns and local governments have websites and Mooresville, NC is no exception. However, the city must feel the residents need ‘mansplainin’ when it comes to our future. Why do I say this? The Tomorrow Plan has its own website [7], complete with tabs for everything to be explained. By doing this, especially under the guise of ease of access to information, the human interaction between leaders and residents is sacrificed. What else stood out to me was the fact that if you register, just once, on-line access to everything is yours for as long as the Plan exists. While this works for the tech-savvy population, Mooresville’s majority of the population is older and has lived here well over 20 years. One of the paid consultants shared that ‘reverse 911’ had been used to call every resident to inform them that public meetings were going on. However, not everyone will pick up their phone when they do not recognize the number.

All this, to tell you that at present, the Tomorrow Plan will change before it’s written in stone. Over a span of 3 days, the Plan was trotted out in 3 different locations in an open house style meeting. The day I attended the consulting company was representing the hard work that it took to put the Plan together.

The company’s representative (and self proclaimed author) cherry picked the ‘most important’ items he felt the residents needed to see. Never mind, ‘allowing’ residents to see the hard copy of the Plan, in person. Posters decked each wall of the room I was in and little red/green dots to show your approval or disapproval were provided.

Why are these details important to you, the reader? It’s the “Delphi Technique” in motion! If you’re not familiar with Delphi, it’s when the chosen results have already been made, but you’re offered an opportunity to weigh in. Giving you a false sense of feeling represented.

In the push to make America as globalized as possible, Delphi meetings are status quo, at this point. Every meeting I’ve attended in relation to the Plan, I’ve seen it.

So, what is really in the Plan? I requested a hard copy of it and was cautioned that it would all change, so don’t get too excited. (*Note: Oh, if a resident wants to have a hard copy to study all those ‘cherries’ not chosen and trotted out? Printing it on your own is an option if you’re got 200 pages or more (depending on the size of the plans your town/county have) to spare and enough ink to support it. When I requested my copy, I simply stated I didn’t have access to that much ink and paper. Kindness does still work, even on Delphi disciples)

From the Existing Pages:

The opening page is a big clue, folks. You see the statement, “Looking Four-wards Into the Future” (this denotes that Mooresville is broken up into 4 wards, as it has been for years.)

*As you probably know, wards connect to voting; as in who represents your part of town.*

Then, in bold print ‘2040’. While the below information is not featured on the pages of the hard copy I received, I dug a bit further, as I knew the 2040 is too significant to overlook.

It’s just long enough to finish the parts of alignment to meet 2030’s Agenda goals and just long enough past that to cement all the other parts of the Agenda that need ‘buttoning up’.

General internet searches will reveal that by 2040, everyone will be living in more eco-friendly places with ‘zero carbon’, that is, at least according to Architecture2030.org [8].

The image you see below, is from Proctor and Gamble [9] and definitely fits into your town/county’s ‘landscape’.

According to the “NC2040” [10] website (created by the same founder [11] of States2040.org), there climate change and affordable housing are among the goals of NC2040 that, oddly enough are also within the pages of Mooresville’s Tomorrow’s Plan. Coincidence? I think not.

Other pages revealed the consulting groups; zoning changes (the biggest red flag); gentrified neighborhoods, hubs to unite work, nature, and leisure; national groups with global ties and mandates we didn’t ask for, policy changes (remember, policy is interpretation of law, not law itself) are at least 10 issues we must address NOW. (think “Chicken Little’s” plea, here)

“The Juicy Stuff”:

Consultant groups include: City Explained,Inc. [12] (Do we really need to have our cities explained to those of us who live in them?!) Within the first two seconds of seeing the website, “sustainable development” is there to greet you. If you wish to see the huge list of projects to boost all the sustainable development, especially within the South, visit the ‘projects [13]’ page. While I was chatting with the representative of this company, it was shared that a relationship with the APA (American Planning Association) was active. What connects these 2 globally dazzled entities which are striving to turn America into a good UN member-state landscape? The software, folks!! Back in 2020 [14], the APA published an article about City Explained, Inc’s software “CommunityViz” being used by a group of college students to solve density issues.

Here’s a quote from City Explained, Inc’s website, concerning CommunityViz, “We are excited to announce the sale of CommunityViz and CViz Pro Software to the Texas A&M AgriLife Extension effective immediately.” To follow the transition of CV from CityExplained to Texas A & M, visit the website [15].

(*Note: APA’s president is from NC and gave a YouTube [16] talk a couple of months ago. The video is less than ½ hour, but listen. She’ll tell you how APA influences legislators.)

Nealon Planning, LLC [17], this NC based entity also has globalism displayed for all to see on the website. This quote, alone, is evidence: “An engaged community is a resilient community”. Look a bit deeper and see the ‘social capital’ phrase used. What’s ‘social capital’? According to “BetterUp.com”, Social capital is an asset that’s underused in our towns. The image should help convey the message loudly, though.

graphic-social-capital

Arnett Muldrow & Associates, LLC [19] was also hired by Mooresville to help create the Tomorrow Plan. If your town desires to be branded like a race car team or sports league, these are your people. Oh, and your town’s economic development is covered as well. (Can’t have an aligned UN style town without public private partnerships, now can we?)

While there’s not a lot of information on this website, you see in bold print, “Place” “Prosperity”.

Green Heron Planning, LLC [20], the last of the hired consultants. This website definitely uses the ‘appeal to fear’ tactic on its website. This quote illustrates this point, “Emerging issues are disrupting our communities. Now is the time to prepare.” (again, ‘Chicken Little’, anyone?)

This website offers you a published guide [21] about handling community disruptions! Published in 2024, you’re urged to get this ‘community readiness plan’. (*Note:If you click on the ‘more information’ tab, you are automatically redirected to a Univ. of NC web page.)

Of the ‘disruptions’, you’ll see AI, bitcoin, aging population and more.

One thing that all of these hired companies excel at: homogeneous looking buildings in neat and tidy locations with a managed population all too happy to comply. At least that’s the sales pitch, folks.

What’s in your town? What’s in your county? What zoning changes is your state seeking to change? Right now, the State of NC has several legislative bills that will (by and largely) negatively impact zoning in favor of the private citizen. In the Summer 2025, this builder’s website [22] reported on the zoning law that carried a bigger bite than folks assumed it would. To see the current (extensive list) from the NC General Assembly (state level Congress), visit here [23].

Closing:

There’s a ton more in this Plan I could share, but I think you’ve seen enough to grasp the patterns for where you need to look, in your areas.

Towns are out of control, but it’s from a leadership stance, not a residence stance. Transparency is definitely lacking. Manipulation of our views and tax dollars is happening every day. Every day we remain complacent or too busy to care, is another day this sweeping agenda survives and thrives.

If you don’t know where to start looking in your area, start nationally, at the National Center for Smart Growth [24]. From their website, their quote, “NCSG works to create a more sustainable, vibrant and enhanced quality of life for communities across the globe.” So much for American dreams, huh?

I don’t know about you, but I’m pretty fed up with having “mansplain’” be a part of my life when it comes to living my life, my way in my space, in my town!

Learning to say “no” — Forward Counseling of the Mid South

(image from USA Today)

© 2025 Lynne M Taylor – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lynne M Taylor: info@commoncorediva.com

Sources:

1. https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/mansplain
2. https://americanpolicy.org/2024/01/27/the-sdgs-in-your-town/
3. https://americanpolicy.org/2024/02/12/sdgs-local-chokeholds/
4. https://americanpolicy.org/2025/05/01/using-education-to-attack-farmlands/
5. https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/hidden-in-not-so-plain-sight-how-the-global-agenda-is-popping-up-in-your-town/
6. https://www.commoncorediva.com/2024/02/01/localized-united-nations/
7. https://www.mooresville-tomorrow.com/
8. https://www.architecture2030.org/accelerating-to-zero-by-2040/
9. https://us.pg.com/blogs/first-year-progress-toward-net-zero-2040/
10. https://nc2040.org/ten-issues-that-will-affect-the-next-generation-of-north-carolinas-and-who-is-working-on-them/
11. https://www.linkedin.com/in/tom-fehsenfeld-b31155152/
12. https://www.city-explained.com/home.html
13. https://www.city-explained.com/projects.html
14. https://www.planning.org/planning/2020/oct/expanding-boundaries/
15. https://communityviz.com/
16. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6_-H1F9nuw&t=91s
17. http://www.nealonplanning.com/
18. https://www.betterup.com/blog/social-capital
19. https://www.arnettmuldrow.com/
20. https://greenheronplanning.com/
21. https://greenheronplanning.com/publications
22. https://www.thebuildersdaily.com/north-carolina-bill-flip-turns-into-statewide-housing-reform/
23. https://www.ncleg.gov/Search/BillText/0/0/2025/?sSearchText=zoning&sSortBy=0
24. https://www.umdsmartgrowth.org/

By Karen Schoen

October 25, 2025

The big news this week is the Schumer Shutdown. “Good”, I say. The less government we have, the less regulations can be forced upon We the People. I believe this gives President Trump and Russ Vought from OMB (Office of Management and Budget) a mandate to follow the Constitution. It’s time to decide what agencies and its workers are essential and get rid of the rest. If they do this properly, we might actually have a chance to balance the budget. Can you imagine America not taking on more debt?

Did you listen to the Democrats? Oh how they LIE! Do you understand what their main goal is? Certainly, it’s not to benefit the American people or save US Taxpayers any money. Listen to their talking points. All of them are saying the same thing: “Healthcare for All.” Their focus is on the illegals, their carefully protected new Democrat voters. They don’t care about Americans. They just need to maintain power.

Look at the DNC Base. Who are the biggest pushers of the drug called Big Givernment? (Misspelled on purpose) Who pushes all these government handouts on WE the People? As it turns out, the majority of the Democrat supporters are white, privileged Americans who have been taught to hate. They are taught to hate themselves, hate their family and hate America! How did that happen? We gave our children everything. Ah! There’s the Rub. That is the problem.

What is the one thing that all these kids have in common? School. Once the Closet Communists realized they could make money from hate, they advanced. Pushing “White Guilt.” They were able to create children who learned they were evil oppressors. They were made to feel guilty because they got whatever they wanted just for the ask. No work required, no accountability, no responsibility. Their lives had no purpose. They turned to drugs, alcohol, devises, which reinforced hating their parents, their country and everything else. Just more hate. Activism became the money-maker of choice. Remember Obama, “We cannot continue to rely only on our military in order to achieve the national security objectives that we’ve set. We’ve got to have a civilian national security force that’s just as powerful, just as strong and just as well-funded.”

Why not train the students and have We the People pay for it? Such a great idea! Take those spoiled, privileged kids, who never had a job, never knew what it was like to be hungry, or cold, or broke and so down that there is no way out. Make them feel Guilty and then give them a purpose and something to Hate. Tell them to destroy the people they were taught to hate.

Most of these student haters had a life of privilege and luxury. They’ve gone to the best schools; been on the best vacations; and, live in the nicest houses. But sadly, they have no clue as to the benefits that a real life could offer. Once they are filled with Guilt and Hate, (two learned emotions) they became vulnerable. It will take a long time for us to change that mindset. We must also realize that some are beyond fixing for their end is the ultimate destruction which is death.

I feel we are on a Road. We are at the last exit which is no longer a highway, concrete or asphalt. It is not paved. It is the rocky road through the woods filled with obstacles. There is no GPS. Soon we will come to the end of the road and we will have a choice. A fork in the road will give us one last chance. The Left fork goes over the cliff into an abyss. The Right fork goes down a long, hilly path filled with creatures and thorns but ends at a beautiful lush valley. We will ask God to help us make the right choice, knowing full well that each choice brings its own consequences, responsibility and work. Is America worth saving? Will you work for it?

Podcast on Karenbschoen.com

In segment 1, Dr Rachel and I will discuss how everything is connected and who is funding the Destruction of America.

Dr. Rachel Ehrenfeld, author of The Soros Agenda, is the Founder and President of the New York-based American Center for Democracy and the Economic Warfare Institute. Dr. Ehrenfeld’s multidisciplinary approach encompasses economic warfare and Weapons of Mass Effect (WME), including disinformation, free speech, indoctrination, propaganda, PC coercion, lawfare, corruption, money laundering, Political Islam, terrorist financing, Narco-Terrorism, the links between global criminal and radical networks and Jihadi/terrorist groups. Dr. Ehrenfeld focuses on identifying patterns of seemingly unrelated domestic and foreign events as they link to threaten the U.S. political, social, and economic stability and its financial system and other matters related to U.S. and Western democracies’ security.

In segment 2 Dr Carole Lieberman and I will discuss the results of these terrorist programs on our students.

Carole Lieberman, M.D., M.P.H., is a board-certified psychiatrist, who has been helping people cope with terrorism as The Terrorist Therapist® since 9/11, in America, Israel, London, Paris and throughout the world. Dr. Lieberman has written two books about terrorism, including the 5x award-winning book, Lions and Tigers and Terrorists, Oh My! How to Protect Your Child in a Time of Terror, for kids (and their parents and teachers). She also hosts “The Terrorist Therapist Show” – chosen as one of the top podcasts on terrorism. Dr. Lieberman has done countless media interviews and speaking engagements, helping people understand terrorism and why we need to stop the building momentum of Radical Islamist migrants, protesters hiding behind posters and elected officials who are ignorant of the imminent terrorist threat.

Your Homework for the Week:

• Support President Trump as he attempts to rid the government bureaucracy of the dark money and deep state operatives with TDS. Know full well that the media will lie. It is up to us to spread the truth. Cutting the government means cutting the debt and making America strong again.

• 13 States can redistrict before the 2026 election. If your state is one of them, tell your state legislator to make sure it happens!!

Redistricting will make it easier to pass the MAGA Agenda in the House. The DNC redistrict every chance they get. Where is the GOP? Are they even Awake?

Everything is connected. Nothing is random. Everything has a plan. All plans are lies. All Globalists want is MONEY, POWER, CONTROL. Don’t give them yours. Challenge them with the truth.

Is America worth saving?

Doing Nothing is affirmation.

IF NOT YOU, THEN WHO?

IF NOT NOW, THEN WHEN?

© 2025 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com

By Cliff Kincaid

October 25, 2025

Do not be fooled by the FBI rounding up a few rich NBA players who got caught making illegal bets. The nation’s security is still vulnerable to a major cyber attack from Communist China, a preview of which occurred in the “outage” of Amazon web services. This is a far more serious problem than illegal gambling.

The American government has no ability to stop the cyber warfare any more than it was able to stop the release of the China virus and the deaths and lockdowns.

This period strikes me as eerily like President Trump’s first term in office, when he was rebuilding the economy and it was derailed by the China virus, producing not only death and destruction but trillions in excessive federal spending leading to massive inflation. Trump talks about it all the time.

This time, I figure China will unleash a major cyber warfare attack.

People can question my predictions but you should know that I prepared reports predicting assassination attempts on the life of President Trump before they occurred. I wrote after the fact that “We have a federal government that allowed the leader of the opposition, former President Donald J. Trump, to be targeted for murder. He escaped death through divine intervention.”

If the federal government can’t protect us from a China virus attack, what makes you think they will protect us from on-going cyber warfare attacks that could cripple our economy? They won’t and they can’t.

Incredibly, President Trump keeps referring to Chinese dictator Xi as a friend who he can do business with, and he is scheduled to meet with him next week, on Thursday, October 30. I have never understood how Trump can do business with such an evil character. The only explanation is that Trump is approaching Xi from a position of weakness. He understands that the China virus was originally designed as payback for Trump’s tariffs on China in his first term. He knows China has the “trump cards.”

It is one thing to beat up on poor little Canada to the north, but quite another to think that America can made a deal with a dictator whose China virus killed more than one million Americans. These are the stakes.

There is speculation that China brought Amazon web services down on October 25, a development that knocked out major apps including Robinhood, Snapchat, and Fortnite, sparking “chaos across digital platforms.” Our attention quickly shifted to the NBA scandal, giving the impression that the FBI can be assumed to oversee all the necessary security precautions for America as a whole. I do not believe it.

The NBA scandal is said to have “mobsters” in the mix but the biggest mobsters are the Chinese Communists and their Russian and North Korean comrades. These people have much bigger stakes than a few million dollars on the poker table. They are interested in world control, and taking down the USA is the means to get there.

President Trump has closed our borders through presidential action but they are still wide open to cyber warfare from abroad, which is potentially far more serious.

We hear little about this threat.

In the same way that I predicted the assassination attempts on Trump, I predict a major Chinese cyber warfare attack, especially if the “trade talks” fall apart. China is determined to win by any means necessary.

I am sure you have noticed that President Trump has dropped his demands for trillions in financial reparations from China over the deaths caused by the China virus. He does not talk about that anymore. He talked a lot about it during the campaign.

Our leaders and their “intelligence agencies” have finally recognized that the China virus came out of China, from a Chinese military lab. We spend tens of billions on this kind of “intelligence” when common sense costs nothing. But this is admitting the obvious.

Common sense tells you the Chinese have not given up their plan to dominate the world.

Many are too young to remember (or they were not taught) that the Communist Chinese intervened massively on the side of the North Korean regime during the Korean War. American casualties of the United States during the Korean War (1950-1953) have been estimated at 54,260 dead including 33,643 “battle deaths.” The U.S. settled on a stalemate in Korea, after American General Douglas MacArthur was prohibited from taking the fight to the communist-controlled Chinese mainland. Henry Kissinger under Nixon then “made a deal” with China, recognizing the regime and trading with the enemy.

I am one of many who had our medical records stolen by the Chinese communists through a “ransomware” hack of my Frederick Health medical group earlier this year. My personal story is not that important. What matters is that Frederick Health is a medical group serving top U.S. political, intelligence, and military officials in the DC-Maryland area. That gives the Chinesea Communist Party (CCP) additional leverage over these people to do their bidding.

My wife and I were officially notified by mail that an “unauthorized person gained access” to the Frederick Health network and “copied certain files from a file share server.”  We were told that documents that were compromised could include name, address, date of birth, Social Security number, driver’s license number, medical record number, health insurance information, “and/or clinical information related to your care, not contained in our Electronic medical record.”

That “unauthorized person” I believe is the CCP. The FBI has no comment.

One can assume that this kind of personal medical information from certain people in the federal government in the hands of the wrong people could lead to national security problems.

It was later disclosed almost a million people were affected by the attack.

“We’re working on cyber threats,” said FBI Director Kash Patel in September. “We’re attacking malware infrastructure, going after ransomware attackers, delivering a new partnership with the private–public sector engagement we’ve taken with the companies who are attacked by these foreign adversaries and nation-state actors and individual enterprise rings from around the world. We are combating Salt Typhoon, Vault Typhoon, Flax Typhoon, and so many other ransomware and cyber threats this nation faces.”

That sounds great but I do not believe this is enough. It looks to me like the Chinese have the edge in information warfare and will use their superiority in this field to launch a major new attack on America if Trump does not buckle to Xi’s demands.

America cannot be great again it its power is eclipsed by that of Communist China.

Only another miracle can save us now.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvval.org

By Kat Stansell

October 24, 2025

Is it possible for a good Muslim be a good American?

The rise of the NYC mayoral candidate, Zohran Momdani, has brought this question to the fore. BTW, the image above “shows him with a 1993 World Trade Center bombing co-conspirator and a terrorist apologist”, on “X” Nypost

Hoping that the backlash received from this meetup will help people to see…

Momdani tries to dodge the issue of his faith by claiming he is of the Shia sect of Islam, attempting to convey himself as a a ‘milder’ follower of the religion

Theoretically, the only difference between the two sects, Sunni and Shia, is the lineage of their ruler. One believes the leader of Islam, the Caliph, must come from the bloodline of Allah, and the other, from one elected by leaders of the caliphates. Neither supposedly justified’ “non-provoked violence” against non-believers.

There are no formally defined caliphates since the abolition of the Ottoman Empire in 1924; therefore the debate over the true leader continues, often with violence between the two sects.

Hezbollah is Shia. They consider their violence against Israel and Syria as “lesser Jihad”, or “defensive struggle” to protect Shia communities and resist perceived aggressors. So, I guess violence against New Yorkers could be considered “defensive” in the grand scheme of things. Getting rid of the police would go to that end, no?

So, lets get back to the original question: Can a Muslim be a good American?

Religiously? No. NO other religion is accepted by a Muslim’s Allah, except Islam.(Quran, 2:256)

Socially? No. Alliance to Islam disallows real friendship with Christians or Jews.

Politically? No. A Muslim must submit to the mullahs who teach destruction of Israel AND AMERICA, THE GREAT SATAN. Besides, our Constitution is based on Biblical principle, which is believed to be corrupt by the followers of Islam. The political and religious freedom inherent in our Republic is an anathema to dictatorial/autocratic governments found in Muslim countries.

We in America are “One Nation Under God.” You can see where that does NOT work for the followers of Islam.

I’ve gone toe to toe with American Muslims (former CIA) who deny all of this, while they run secret missions to the middle east and run for REPUBLICAN office in their state. The Taqiyya (lying) is easy to see; those I spoke with do it very well. The deception and danger to all of us runs deep.

Time for New Yorkers – along with the rest of America in the other 49 states – to wake up. Just look at the Leftists trying to cuddle up to Momdani. They are either too ignorant or desperate to care.

It is not evil for Christians to recognize their enemy (political and religious) and be prepared. The more of us who truly understand this, the more prepared we will be for defending our future as a free Republic. Our government cannot do it for us, and I think we may well have a rough road ahead. We must fight the good fight.

“Put on the full armor of God” (Ephesians 6:1-1-8) takes on a new and very current meaning.

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Sidney Secular

October 24, 2025

Did you ever hear of “carrying capacity” or do you understand the implications of exceeding it? If not, its not surprising, as that concept has not carried the day in any way. That concept went out the window when we decided to carry the world on our shoulders and shoulder the burdens of everyone in it. We have now suddenly awakened to the dangers of illegal immigration, but continue to soft pedal legal immigration, which constitutes a clear and present danger. It is a long term threat that can terminate our existence as anything resembling what this nation was meant to be at the start, that is, a White Christian nation. We’ve invited in many varieties and colors of upstarts who are starting to displace us, who have no concept of how we started out, and couldn’t care less.

We’re hardly ever directly or expressly told what the legal immigration numbers are and the related numbers allocated or permitted to come from particular nations or sections of the world, or the age profiles of the putative future participants in our so-called democracy. Few are so bold as to start probing, asking questions, and thus creating problems for themselves by considering these numbers as a problematic issue. We hear all this talk about “sustainability” with no sense of how we are to sustain ourselves with our shrinking farmlands and sustained increases in our numbers.

Learning of the numbers arriving here legally from the various points of the compass, points to the feeling that we are in a zero sum game, with each nationality or special group trying to elbow out the others to get their unfair share of the bounty, while the billionaire kingpins keep drumming into us the idea that there are no limits to what we can absorb and still call the emerging maelstrom and crowded mess as a form of progress vice a regression. Maybe these kingpins are relying on the killing and thinning effects of the Covid vaccines and boosters to boost the numbers who thus die off, so that our numbers can stay within a range acceptable to them.

We have 350 million humans and their pets in the US today, and it is projected that their numbers will continue to rise exponentially despite the recently decreasing birthrates. At what point do our water resources run dry, especially with states in the southwest all competing for lessening amounts of water what with reservoirs gradually evaporating, burgeoning population increases, and a long-term drought in effect. Many residents in these states are hell bent on deriving pleasure from pot which is increasingly potent, readily available, and require enormous amounts of “potable” water to grow, it, more than for other domesticated plants.

Even in 2025, you must reserve a campground spot months in advance. and if you are lucky you might get one at a national park, or even a local park, as more and more people seek the pleasures of the outdoor experience and there are just more people, period. Right now, there are 3 to 4 mile long lines waiting to see the boiling pots and heated pools at Yellowstone, and its only going to get worse. Everyone, including(and probably especially) the invaders burns fuel, uses endless amounts of water, and devours food, many in increasingly fattening amounts.

We add one million legal immigrants annually to the American population, and this number has not varied very much over the course of generations. The mantra for feeding mouths from the 4 corners of the earth continues apace, if not mounts. The latest meme making the rounds is that increasing legal immigration will provide the younger workers whose taxes will support the pensions of retirees, boost economic growth, and maintain our global dominance, collapses under scrutiny. You will eventually have to similarly support the new coterie of younger people when they retire, so that argument is absurd. Immigration may raise total GNP by adding more consumers, but it lowers the GNP per capita, so that as the economic pie grows, each slice shrinks. Another piece of poop is that we need we need foreign workers to solve labor shortages.

The shortages themselves are frequently caused by immigration itself. More people means more need for housing, school administrators, teachers, and medical personnel. Where genuine shortages exist, the onus should be on employers to offer higher wages, benefits, training and advancement opportunities instead of relying on a constant round of replaceable and cheap foreign labor. Then, there’s the old canard that the US is enriched by diversity, but no data or studies support this. Quite the contrary, all evidence shows that diversity lessens cohesion and social interaction, and creates a Tower of babel atmosphere.

© 2025 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Steven Yates

October 23, 2025

[With apologies to the ghost of E.F. Schumacher.]

“Men are qualified for civil liberty in exact proportion to their disposition to put moral chains upon their own appetites; in proportion as their love of justice is above their rapacity; in proportion as their soundness and sobriety of understanding is above their vanity and presumption; in proportion as they are more disposed to listen to the counsels of the wise and good, in preference to the flattery of knaves. Society cannot exist unless a controlling power upon will and appetite be placed somewhere, and the less of it there is within, the more there must be without. It is ordained in the eternal constitution of things, that men of intemperate minds cannot be free. Their passions forge their fetters.”

—Edmund Burke, “A Letter from Mr. Burke to a Member of the National Assembly in Answer to Some Objections to His Book on French Affairs,” 1791

In the history of political economy, Wilhelm Röpke’s name isn’t anywhere near as well-known as that of, say, John Maynard Keynes, or Milton Friedman, or Friedrich A. Hayek. Röpke’s major work A Humane Economy: The Social Framework of the Free Market (1960) did not receive anywhere near the attention of Hayek’s The Road to Serfdom (1944). Overall, his influence has been minimal.

So he wasn’t someone I studied when I was younger, like I did Hayek (with whom I eventually became disillusioned). This is unfortunate, because my education would have taken a quantum leap. By the turn of the millennium I was convinced that maintaining a free society requires learned and lived moral values, and that this (and not the “discipline of the market”) was the main source of the spontaneous order Hayek had made so much of.

To my mind, this is a mindset owing more to Burke than, say, Mises. Only when a people internalize values of truth, discernment, honesty, temperance or restraint of personal passions, and a sense of the requirements of justice — all conditions for social trust — is disorder minimized. Otherwise disorder grows until it becomes destabilizing, and it is necessary to reimpose order on the people from the outside. The state is the obvious institution to do this, and would most likely botch the job, wielding the equivalent of a sledgehammer instead of a scalpel.

The point being: there is more to a civilization than its economy, which in turn is more than the product of an abstract homo economicus who, by definition, is properly informed, self-interested, and consistently rational. In other words, civilizations can (and should) contain free markets but are not themselves free markets. The epistemic and moral underpinnings of free markets cannot be bought or sold.

What encircles markets? Culture, which by nature is driven by moral and other philosophical imperatives, some of them not explicit. The ideal, here, is an organic integration instead of an ideological imposition. Education is upstream from both. Worldview guides education: what kind of world is this? Who are we as a people? What is of value in life, and how are we to pursue it? What kinds of knowledge and know-how are worth emphasizing, and why? The latter in particular are conditions of long-term survivability: if civilization is to avoid decline, they are nonnegotiable.

History teaches that with political-economic success, civilizations tend to forget their roots — the principles, values, and sustained work that went into building them. The comfort of prosperity becomes an entitlement. Liberated passions and the fascination with wealth as an end in itself tempt their economics. Empire tempts their politics and foreign relations. Success translates to the power to do as one pleases. Both rich and nonrich alike become steadily more dissolute. The former become corrupt and corrupting. The latter sacrifice their independence. Jeremiahs of the era are mostly ignored. All pay the cost of inevitable decline and fall.

A bottom line moral value, I would argue, that neither Röpke nor anyone else I know of formulates this specifically: all human beings have intrinsic value because they were created in the image of a perfectly rational and morally transcendent God. No economist of the Austrian or any other school would assert this, of course. But it explains both the capacities of our reason (Logos) to discover order in the world, including economic order; discern truth from falsehood in any domain of experience; solve problems for ourselves and for others based on what we learn; and act morally (Ethos) in a broad sense. The violation of this principle could define injustice and tell us when we need to work to reduce or, if possible, eliminate some dehumanizing practice.

Needless to say, nowhere — not even in nominally Christian civilizations such as those of historical Europe — has such ethos fully taken hold. Not really. Christian institutions, no less than secular ones, have been run by sinful men and sometimes sinful women. We have the factions and divisions we have because of this, including the capacity to dehumanize those deemed expendable for whatever reason. Even Christians have done this. So this is not one of those let’s-turn-back-the-clock ruminations (though we can isolate elements of past decades that were clearly superior to the present, e.g., money was more honest, and there was more social trust). We don’t need to go back to the kind of Christian ethos just outlined. We need to discover it. And then make the most honest effort we can to build it into our lives and institutions organically, whatever our human limitations.

Sometimes this will favor “conservatism,” as with the family as a fundamental societal unit, the Biblical family the ideal arrangement (e.g., Eph. 5:21-33 and 6:1-4; Col. 3:18-21; I Peter 3:7; I Tim. 5:8; Prov. 22:6; Psalms 127:3-5; Heb. 13:4; I Cor. 13:1-13; elsewhere).

At other times it might seem to call for “liberalism” (at least as that term was bandied about back in the 1960s and later), as when it repudiates racial discrimination as one of those practices that dehumanize (and cf. Gal. 3:27-29; Romans 2:11; Acts 10:34; James 2:2-4; elsewhere). What we’re talking about thus transcends on-the-ground ideologies. It could not do its work otherwise.

Classical Foundations and Their Betrayal.

“Because we have no Government armed with Power capable of contending with human Passions unbridled by … Morality and Religion. Avarice, Ambition … Revenge or Gallantry, would break the strongest Cords of our Constitution as a Whale goes through a Net. Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious People. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.”

Thus stated John Adams, Founding Father and America’s second president, writing to the Massachusetts Militia (October 11, 1798). There is no wiser place to begin. Having designed a Constitutional system, Adams and others of his day understood the need for a balance between liberty and virtue, freedom and restraint. Their proposed order would not work if everyone made up their own “values” subjectively. Despite looming industrialism, it was not designed for atomized consumers any more than for state dependents.

The new system, as if blessed by God Himself, showed more promise than anything fallible human beings had previously come up with. People flooded America’s shores, often with nothing but the clothes on their backs, sensing the opportunity to start over and build new lives on new soil.

Clearly, the order the Founding Fathers proposed was soon compromised. I argued in my Four Cardinal Errors that it failed to keep out power-hungry British bankers (e.g., the Rothschilds). They weren’t the only culprits. Gouverneur Morris, as he penned parts of the Constitution, had warned that:

“The rich will strive to establish their dominion and enslave the rest. They always did … they always will. They will have the same effect here as elsewhere, if we do not, by the power of government, keep them in their proper spheres.”

This is as prophetic as it gets! I’m not sure Morris — or anyone else of his time — could have imagined the degree to which the superrich would buy the government, which is just the political class of human beings who have the same failings as any other group of peasants. The struggle against the Gilded Age ruling class (Rockefellers, etc.) gave rise to progressivism, which in turn was compromised. This struggle, between those fascinated with power and who seek wealth as the path to power, versus the freedom-minded who want to contain power, has driven American political economy ever since. The superrich had begun by capturing public education and establishing a two-tiered system: liberal arts learning for their own and vocationalism for the peasantry. When they created the Federal Reserve, they captured the financial system and, through that, the economy. They soon captured major media of the day. (I outlined the specifics in Four Cardinal Errors, as have others.)

Today, the battle seems all but lost! The multibillion dollar pharmaceuticals industry controls nearly all Establishment medicine and medical education. Sensible primary prevention is neither taught nor practiced because it isn’t profitable. Likewise, Big Food controls agriculture, having replaced family farms that, for generations, produced healthy food, with factory farms that fatten animals with bovine growth hormones which make their way into the meat we consume: because this is profitable.

I could enumerate regulatory capture, industry by industry. Regulatory capture is exemplified when a Pharma executive and loyalist is offered a cushy job at the CDC or the FDA, having formed a cushy relationship with the people there, often involving favoritism. Or, alternatively, when a CDC bureaucrat goes to work at a Pharma megacorporation. Clearly, moreover, the Technocrats that permeate Silicon Valley have captured the Executive Branch of the federal government which they control alongside the powerful Israeli lobby.

The Needs of a Healthy Civilization.

In a recent piece I outlined the needs of a healthy civilization, sustainable in the original sense of that term before Technocrats perverted it:

• – Affordable energy.
• – Affordable housing.
• – Stable families that rear and nurture the next generation.
• – Affordable nutritious food.
• – Affordable healthcare.
• – Education that educates and doesn’t merely indoctrinate (including both liberal arts learning and vocational education for trades).
• – Religiosity: a sense of the Transcendent that defines our place in the cosmos and grounds justice and moral righteousness that can stand above the whimsies of politics and markets.

I noted that the utter absence of all these ought to raise red alerts! What went wrong should be the major preoccupation of professional intellectuals of our time (it isn’t; they, too, are busy chasing comfortable careers in universities and “think tanks”).

1. Buckminster Fuller observed decades ago that we have the technology to supply all these needs, and not just for our own but for everyone on the planet. Which raised the question: why aren’t we doing it? The most likely answer: it won’t make the superrich even richer. Carrying it out in ways that bring genuine benefits to humanity as a whole won’t increase Technocratic control. Contrary to having “won” in the marketplace, the superrich have instituted an extractive political economy (neoliberalism) in which they thrive at the expense of the rest of us, via welfare-statism in reverse: Peter Turchin’s “wealth pump,” redistributing wealth (and power) from the have-nots to the haves. This is the only “capitalism” Gen Z has ever seen. Small wonder so many of them are turning toward “socialism.”

© 2025 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

END OF PART ONE

_________________________

Wondering why Internet platforms have basically gone to crap? Steven Yates publishes Navigating the New Normal on Substack, where you’ll find an answer to this question, and other content not available elsewhere. Consider subscribing to have it sent directly to your inbox.

Steven Yates is a (recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. (Obtain his book on the “wisdom” of obtaining such a degree here.)

He taught for more than 15 years total at several colleges and universities in the Southeastern U.S. He has authored three books, more than 20 articles, numerous book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself.

In 2012, he moved to Chile. He married a Chilean national in 2014. Among his discoveries in South America: many of the problems in the U.S. are problems everywhere, because human nature is the same everywhere.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His cosmic horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) (written for the sheer fun of it) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such). Readers notice, and so does the Amazon algorithm.

By Cliff Kincaid

October 23, 2025

It is amusing to watch the “journalists” based in New York freaking out over a possible victory by Zohran Mamdani in the mayor’s race.  The hosts of CNBC on Wall Street and those in the anchor chairs on the Fox channels are desperately trying to get the conservative Republican in the race, Curtis Sliwa, to drop out.

Their mouthpiece, the New York Post, has run an editorial calling on Sliwa to drop out. He has so far refused.

These “conservatives” in the media concerned about crime and socialism want Sliwa to drop out so that the disgraced former governor, Andrew Cuomo, who lost the primary to Mamdani, can have a chance of being elected. Sliwa points out that Cuomo is the spoiler in the race since he lost the nomination to Mamdani in a free and fair election.

In my column, Communism in New York — the Cuomo Connection, I noted that Zohran Mamdani isn’t the only candidate in the race with a communism problem and that, on his way out the door of the New York governor’s office, Andrew Cuomo gave clemency to a communist terrorist, David Gilbert, an associate of Weather Underground terrorists Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn. The Parole Board then freed him from prison.

It is amusing in a weird sense because these same “journalists” freaking out over Mamdani were excited about the election of Marxist/Muslim Barack Hussein Obama in 2008. Obama and New York City Mayor Bill “Red Bill” de Blasio set the stage for what is happening in New York. De Blasio had traveled to Cuba and Nicaragua, was involved in a communist “solidarity” movement, and embraced Islam as an emerging political force.

On October 24, 2013, my group, America’s Survival, Inc., held a press briefing in New York City on “Red Bill” de Blasio and documented how de Blasio was an Obama-backed “progressive” candidate linked to international communism, terrorism, and global Islam.

Mamdani is another Obama-style candidate.

The difference is that Obama is black (or half-black) and journalists were afraid to come out against him, over fears of being called racist. Mamdani is a different person of color and wears his Marxism and Islam on his sleeve. He is not trying to hide anything. So the “conservatives” in the media feel like they can be openly opposed.

Obama did far more damage to America than Mamdani will do to the nation, since President Trump is in office and can challenge him. Mamdani’s damage will be limited to New York City. This will have national ramifications, to be sure, but New York City will get what it votes for.

Cuomo is now a favorite of the Murdoch family that runs Fox News and the New York Post. They are based in New York City and genuinely fear what Mamdani can or will do to New York. But where were they when Obama was running in the Democratic presidential primary and then won two terms in the White House?

The New York Post endorsed Obama over Hillary Clinton in 2008, saying that “Obama has the ability to inspire.”

Their new mayoral candidate, Andrew Cuomo, was the target of a House Select Subcommittee on the Coronavirus Pandemic that investigated state health orders that forced senior care facilities to accept thousands of COVID-infected patients being discharged from hospitals. In New York, for example, then-Governor Cuomo implemented COVID “must-admit” nursing home policies that resulted in more than 15,000 deaths.

Have you ever been in a nursing home and witnessed the slow deaths of our senior citizens? Think about them desperate to breathe and stay alive as the China virus ravaged their bodies.

This is the legacy of Andrew Cuomo and he profited from it.

Cuomo was forced out of office over sexual harassment claims, not the COVID deaths, and he made a COVID-19 book deal worth over $5 million. The subcommittee stated, “Former Governor Cuomo, along with his counterparts in New Jersey and Pennsylvania, engaged in a cover-up to hide the true, nursing-home mortality rates from the public and shift political blame.”

As these senior citizens died, the House subcommittee exposed “his efforts to cover-up the tragic aftermath of his Administration’s deadly decision.” The subcommittee said its hearing “was an opportunity for Mr. Cuomo to take responsibility for this wrongdoing and provide the victims’ families and friends with the answers and honesty they deserve” but instead “continued to deflect any blame and was defensive.”

Cuomo claimed that his March 25 “must-admit” nursing home policies directive followed CDC and CMS (Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services) guidance. But subcommittee Chairman Brad Wenstrup (R-Ohio) elicited a concession from Cuomo “that he did not speak to CDC or CMS before or after mandating New York nursing homes admit COVID-positive patients.”

Cuomo lied and old folks died an agonizing death.

Rather than be in the mayor’s race and treated as a “moderate” by so-called conservatives in the media, Cuomo should be in jail for his lies and serial killings.

Rep. Nicole Malliotakis (R-N.Y.) cited a report issued by New York Attorney General Letitia James “which proved that former Governor Cuomo’s Administration undercounted the total number of nursing home deaths by as much as 50%.” This is the same Letitia James who prosecuted President Trump for business “fraud” in which there were no victims. However, she failed to sue Cuomo and other New York officials over the COVID deaths and cover-up.

New York City will get what its people deserve. With Cuomo or Mamdani, they get policies of death and destruction. Hedge fund titans are on CNBC on a regular basis saying they will flee to Florida.

As a conservative, I am not surprised by those pleas. But I am sickened by the never-ending campaign on Fox News to sell Cuomo as a moderate. Stop trying to fool the American people.

Until they expose and hold Cuomo accountable for helping produce the COVID killing fields in America, they will have no credibility.

In this respect, Fox News and the New York Post constitute the “conservative” side of the fake news media. Do not trust them.

In conclusion, if Mamdani wins the election on November 4 fair and square, the blame will be on the voters and the “conservative” media that refused to be honest about the nature of the Democrat candidates, including Cuomo.

Curtis Sliwa cannot be blamed for fighting the good fight on behalf of conservatives. His policies are far superior to those of serial killer Cuomo or Marxist/Muslim Mamdani.

Let New York City reap what it has sown.

Then perhaps we can have a reckoning from Fox News and the New York Post about how their failures of journalism produced this dangerous outcome.

With Mamdani in the mayor’s seat and Trump in the White House, we can have a fight to the finish over what America will become as the civil war proceeds.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 23, 2025

Part 9: Mixing cultures and races yields conflict. No way to get around what’s happening in Europe, Canada and America

Did you see the news reports about Ireland’s immigration riots in the past several days? A Somalian immigrant raped a 10-year-old Irish girl. That created a conflagration in the streets of Dublin. Big marches began filling the streets with Irish folks yelling, “Send them back…deport all of them…no more immigrants.”

Only 20 years ago, Irish citizens made up 99 percent of Ireland’s population. Today, after their leaders allowed hundreds of thousands of Africans and Middle Eastern immigrants to flood the country, one in four people are foreigners on that tiny island. However, those immigrants cost Irish taxpayers E400,000.00 to maintain them. Four hundred Euros equates to $420,000.00. Why? Because those immigrants are illiterate, culturally incompatible, and carry entirely different world views than the Irish. Additionally, rapes, murders and violence abound throughout Ireland where immigrants gather. Why? Because rape is the norm in their own countries.

Two weeks ago, over 1,000,000 Britains marched in London demanding that immigration be stopped. Why? Because 54 percent of London is now Middle Eastern. London elected a Muslim mayor. Half of London is a “no go” zone where the British avoid at all costs. London features over 80 Sharia Law courts. People get beheaded walking down the streets. Schools have been ruined with languages and foreigners who simply cannot and do not want to become British. For the record, Great Britain is no longer British. It’s no longer itself. It’s becoming several different countries with incompatible cultures and languages. Great Britain is now a multicultural hellhole of competing parallel societies that lack any commonality.

How about Sweden? Once the most peaceful, most beautiful, most advanced society in Europe…it has devolved into an Islamic hellhole because of unrelenting immigration out of the Middle East. Sweden’s women cannot walk down their streets safely, even in the daytime. Car bombings are weekly common events. Schools no longer function. A Muslim Imam proudly declared that, “Sweden will become Europe’s first Islamic caliphate.”

With over 10,000 mosques in Europe, and over 50 million Muslims, Europe is being devolved into the 6th century Dark Ages. Citizens of all the European countries are trying to fight back. A half-dozen countries have banned anyone wearing the Burka or Hijab in public. They are fighting to ban Sharia Law.

Those immigrants practice honor killings, female genital mutilation of every girl under nine years of age, arranged marriages, multiple wives, and maintain that their women are half the value of a man. If you choose to leave Islam, they order a “Fatwa” to kill you.

“Individual Muslims may show splendid qualities, but the influence of the religion paralyzes the social development of an individual who follows Islam’s dictates. No stronger retrograde force exists in the world. Far from being moribund, Islam is a militant and proselytizing faith.” Winston Churchill.

Unfortunately, Europeans are too late. Only Poland and Hungary stood against the EU’s mandate to flood Europe with millions of third world refugees. Austria has stood against immigration, and perhaps Italy might recover itself with harsh immigration and deportation laws.

Have you traveled to Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada lately? It’s now a majority of Chinese immigrants. They literally have taken over everything from the Canadians. The Chinese will most likely separate from Canada, and create their own Chinese country, which will allow endless immigration from the massively overpopulated Mother Country of 1.4 billion in Asia. Thus, in the coming decades North America will see New China, Canada, America and Mexico.

If you traveled through Europe this past summer, you did not recognize the French as French. The Germans as Germans. The Norwegians as Norwegians. The Dutch as Dutch. The Brits as Brits. The Spanish as Spanish. Virtually every country has been overrun by immigration out of the third world. Many observers see civil war coming to Europe.

What’s the burning question in your mind? Why doesn’t multiculturalism work? Why do we continue to celebrate it when we know it doesn’t work? Why don’t we understand that all human ethnic groups banded together for their own protection and developed their own languages and cultures? Those ethnic groups have warred against one another since the dawn of civilizations.

Even in the Middle East, where Sunni Muslims battle to the death with Shiite Muslims, and then, against Kurdish Muslims—they kill each other over their different interpretations of Allah.

But the question is: “Why did European leaders flood their countries with illiterate, incompatible, non-assimilating cultures, languages, and mores of failed countries? Who is driving it? Why are they driving it? Do they want to see Western Culture destroyed? Why? What do ‘they’ hope to accomplish by allowing failed cultures to displace successful cultures?”

So that brings us to America. Virtually every day of the week on the news, you read about racism, discrimination, the president is a Nazi, our VP is a fascist, the N-word, racial slurs against NFL players, he’s a xenophobe, he’s a racist, so and so hates trans people, LGTQ+ people suffer discrimination, all White people are racists, the U.S. Constitution was drawn up against Black people—- and just about every pejorative word in Webster’s Dictionary describes all the failures of our “multicultural society.”

Do you see what I see happening in the next two decades? If we allow another 30 to 50 million immigrant refugees into America from all over the world, especially Muslims from the Middle East—what do you think will happen to us?

Right now, Muslims feature 2,900 mosques in America. What happens when they hit 10,000 mosques? What happens when they jump from 4.0 million to 20 or 50 million like in Europe? Are we prepared to incorporate Sharia Law and all their barbaric rituals into American society? Why isn’t anyone talking about it? Why aren’t we stopping it?

Since we haven’t dealt with or solved our Black/White racial divide in America…how will we solve our Black/White/Muslim divide as it grows in America? How will we deal with antagonistic Muslim cities like Detroit, Michigan or NYC or Minneapolis where Sharia Law has been practiced for several decades by the majority Muslim populations?

What happens when the majority of Americans get replaced by a new majority of foreigners? As a matter of fact from the Pew Foundation, Whites will become the new minority by 2042. (Source: www.PewResearch.org)

Europeans ignored what was happening to them. Now, they cannot change it or solve it. If Americans simply ignore what happened to Europe, they most likely will keep ignoring what’s happening right here, right now, i.e. Communist-Muslim Zohran Mamdani. Or America-hating Somalian Ilhan Omar.

The fact that New Yorkers are about to vote that Ugandan refugee Mamdani into the mayorship of New York City should frighten the heck out of all of us. It means a lot of dumb people get to vote. Worse, Mamdani lacks even a single qualification to run America’s largest city. But he is a Muslim, which shows you that their religion continues to invade the West, and destroy Western countries and their cultures.

Watch my latest 15 minute podcast on this topic “Muslims in America”: www.ZebBell.com. (October 22, 2025)

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Amil Imani

October 21, 2025

Lightning cracks across America’s political skyline as Qatar’s sophisticated lobbying machine deploys over $250 million since 2016 to burrow into conservative media and influencers, aiming to fracture GOP unity on foreign policy and erode support for Israel’s security. This isn’t mere diplomacy; it’s a calculated surge, with Doha’s agents shifting more than 50% of their media outreach post-Trump’s 2024 victory to right-wing outlets like Fox News and the New York Post, pitching stories that glorify Qatar as a “peacemaker” while downplaying its ties to Hamas and the Muslim Brotherhood. From June 2021 to June 2025, Qatar’s lobbyists logged 627 in-person meetings with U.S. political contacts – more than any other nation – securing access to lawmakers and staff to advocate against designating the Muslim Brotherhood a terrorist group. Trump’s America First doctrine faces this insidious challenge head-on, demanding a purge of foreign influence to safeguard U.S. sovereignty and alliances. No illusions: Qatar’s campaign exploits isolationist sentiments in the “woke right,” but exposure and sanctions will shatter it.

The assault intensified after Trump’s 2024 triumph, when Qatar redirected its FARA-registered firepower from general media to conservative strongholds, funneling resources through 88 firms to craft a narrative of Doha as an anti-Iran bulwark. Pre-election, just 10% of communications targeted right-leaning outlets; post-victory, it soared above 50%, with lobbyists like GRV Strategies texting Fox executives “story ideas” that birthed headlines such as “Qatar Stands Firm Against Iranian Pressure” just days later. A crown achievement: The March 2025 Tucker Carlson interview with Qatar’s Prime Minister Mohammed bin Abdulrahman Al Thani, coordinated by Lumen8 Advisors for $180,000 monthly, drew over six million views and amplified Doha’s “neutral” facade amid Hamas negotiations. Carlson denies direct payments, but FARA filings confirm the facilitation, fueling accusations of “Qatar-Gate” as isolationist voices – allegedly swayed by such access – push against U.S. aid to Israel and for restraint on Iran. Qatar’s $500,000 to GOP strategist Garrett Ventry underscores the pattern: High-profile contracts whitewash Doha’s Hamas hosting while lobbying to block Brotherhood terror designations, a move that shields U.S.-based affiliates. Trump’s DOJ must enforce FARA rigorously, revoking credentials for violators and indicting unregistered influencers.

Deeper roots burrow into education, where Qatar’s $6.3 billion since 2005 – $2 billion since 2021 alone – fuels anti-Israel bias on U.S. campuses, with unreported funds comprising up to one-third of totals at institutions like Texas A&M ($1 billion+). Studies link these donations to 300% spikes in antisemitic incidents and skewed curricula at Yale, Georgetown, and Cornell, where Qatar Foundation-backed programs question Israel’s legitimacy. The infiltration extends to K-12, with Qatar Foundation International funding teacher salaries, Arabic programs, and curricula in districts from Chicago to Tucson – $431,522 to Tucson Unified alone from 2012-2018 – often embedding “Express Your Loyalty to Qatar” lessons that critics say promote Islamist narratives. ISGAP’s March 2025 report exposes bias in Brown University’s Choices Program, adopted in 8,000 schools reaching a million students, where Qatari funds distort history to delegitimize Israel. Trump’s executive actions demand transparency, freezing $790 million in federal aid to non-compliant universities and mandating audits to claw back tainted dollars.

President Trump wields the hammer to dismantle this web. His first-term blockade starved Doha; now, enforce FARA with RICO probes, sanction violators, and claw back $6.3 billion in tainted university funds. Rally Abraham Accords partners – Saudi Arabia, UAE – to isolate Qatar, freezing $10 billion in European laundering and deporting Hamas exiles. Condition UN HRC seats on human rights reforms, revoking Al Jazeera’s 136 congressional credentials as foreign agents per DOJ memos. Designate the Brotherhood a terror group, overriding Qatar’s lobbying to protect U.S. soil from infiltration. Trump’s blueprint realigns with Israel’s resolve, purging the “woke right” isolationists and fortifying America against Doha’s deceit.

Qatar’s influence empire fractures under truth’s blaze. Their lobbying blitz exposes vulnerabilities in conservative ranks, but MAGA’s vigilance – fueled by audits and alliances – will evict the infiltrators. Patriots, demand accountability: Back Trump’s purges, fortify borders against foreign cash, and stand unbreakable with Israel. Doha diminishes; America surges. Trump prevails.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Lex Greene

October 21, 2025

Circa 2025

Until tanks roll in the streets and fighters fly overhead, most Americans remain completely unaware that there is a critical ongoing WAR for the future of the USA underway. Since at least 1913, the WAR was largely waged in the political arena, with the Charters of Freedom being shredded piece by piece via legislative and judicial actions. Since at least 2009, the WAR has evolved into a battle of false propaganda, finances, lawfare, staged riots and murder.

The recent “NO KINGS” event across the country wasn’t just well organized and promoted, it was also extremely well financed, to the tune of over $294-million. (Detailed list of financiers below) Click the chart to enlarge.

The simple truth is, Obama kept his 2008 campaign promises…

1. He has indeed “fundamentally transformed America” at least for now. His vision for the USA is what we see in our streets today.
2. He did created his “citizen army” in the form of BLM, ANTIFA, the “NO KINGS” and Pro-Hamas groups, as well as the young socialists and communists.
3. He weaponized the entire Federal Government, every agency, including the federal courts, Department of Justice, the FBI, NSA, CIA, IRS, and Department of Defense, against his political opposition and their supporters.

And he got away with all of it, until the most fraudulent election in world history happened in 2020. The fraud was just so massive and obvious that even the government and their controlled news media couldn’t keep it all covered up.

Even today, millions of his deaf, dumb and blind useful idiots still think the man is the greatest President in U.S. history, despite all the damage we see everywhere today.

Despite all of their efforts to seize power and destroy our country from within, the vast majority of Americans are waking up to the reality of what has been done to them.

That’s When The WAR Moves into the Streets

For years now, as the political LEFT was busy painting itself into a left-extremist corner and the final demise of the Democrat Party kicked into high-gear, I warned that when they were finally out of power to con the American people any longer, out of room to run, out of ideas for how to keep their train on the track, they were going to go “scorched earth” in cities all across the country.

“A scorched-earth policy is a military strategy of destroying everything that allows an enemy military force to be able to fight a war, including the deprivation and destruction of water, food, humans, animals, plants and any kind of tools and infrastructure.”

Except in this case, it won’t be the U.S. Military activating the “scorched earth” mission. It will be Obama’s “citizen army.”

The Democrats in the U.S. Senate shut down parts of the federal government to ignite the fuse. They have voted twelve times now to keep it shut down, knowing that the funding bill they are voting against results in the defunding of “Social Welfare” programs like SNAP and EBT benefits for their own constituents.

Of course, the SNAP and EBT recipients are dog-whistle trained to blame Trump, and they are threatening to steal whatever they want once these benefits are not available in a few days, while they rush to stores to grab everything they can in advance.

However, the funding for those benefits and numerous other things are in the clean continuing resolution passed by the House 21 days ago. It’s primarily Senate Democrats holding up the funding needed for the continuation of these benefits, although one Republican, Rand Paul, and one Independent, Bernie Sanders, have been voting with 43 democrats to withhold this funding.

It takes 60 senate votes to fund it all. In typical democrat fashion, they are not actually voting against this funding. Instead, 43 democrats, 1 republican and 1 independent are voting to not allow the resolution to be brought to a vote at all.

This is the Trigger

Democrats at every level, voters and their political leaders, have been inciting violence, riots, even murder and assassinations for months now.

The minute their SNAP, Section 8 housing, and EBT cards stop working, blue cities across this country are going to burn. That’s been the leftist plan all along.

Look no further than right here to understand how these groups have been systematically brainwashed into the actions they are taking today.

Meanwhile, the interruptions in infrastructure services are being hacked and taken offline with increasing regularity.

I will be writing on this more as events unfold, so stay tuned and in the know. Below is the list of Financiers of Evil.

Who is funding the movement to Make America Great Again? If it isn’t you, then it’s nobody!

© 2025 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

By Kat Stansell

October 21, 2025

Gee…It Must Have Worked.!! America Has NONE.

From the online Left-Fest at the Orlando Sentinel this morning…

Elderly “blue dog” holding up a sign to “86/47” Trump.

Wonder if this pathetic old woman even has a clue. She is posting a not-so-veiled death threat to President Trump. In general, the use of “86/47”, first laid out by Comey on a beach, has triggered Secret Service investigations, arrests, and widespread condemnation as incitement to violence. I know that, when Obama was POTUS, Secret Service came to the homes of people who dared to even post a Facebook ‘threat”.

Pictures from Orlando Sentinel of the No Kings Rally in Orlando, Florida

The above is a link to seventy-seven pictures of people who have ZERO comprehension of reality. OR the American Constitution. Essentially, mentally challenged people who have been led so far astray by the Marxists that they have taken leave of their senses. THAT’S a phrase this elderly activist might remember…

Had the Sentinel been on top of its game, they would have posted ‘86” pictures! Just sayin’.

Let me cut to the chase. The folks in these pics are completely LIB – optimized, the thinking portion of their brains having been removed by media lies.

Some of them look “old enough to know better”; i.e., those who went to school when real history AND THE US CONSTITUTION were taught. Yet, there are still the older “blue dog” democrats who believe that the Democrats are the party of the “little guy”. Never have been, never will be. Just one more reason that history is no longer being taught.

Too many have refuse to accept that they have been duped. Embarrassed? Ashamed? Some of the elders who are still “D”’s may still have enough morals and values, hidden away, that might allow them to feel shame. They need to search for them. Hard.

Increasingly, though, the remains of the Democrat Party, aka Marxists, are too mind-bent, over-dosed and under-educated to have what we know as morals. What their “leaders” (who are in the pocket of Soros, China, the Crown, et. al., ) tell them, they believe. Lucifer is their god.

“Take it to the Streets!” So, they do. Sound familiar? Yeah. Hence, displays of desperation and ignorance like “No Kings Day” occur.

I’ll stop writing now, so you will have time to look at those 77 pictures so proudly posted by a liberal paper in Florida. Enjoy.

There really ARE NO KINGS, and this public display of stupidity has brought that to the attention of the world, yet again. PS, the crowds were, by most counts, a whole lot smaller than organizers has predicted. Orlando, it all its glory, did have to close roads. Hopefully, to prevent “86’-ing” anyone.

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Rob Pue

October 21, 2025

No “politics.” No “religion.” That’s the new proper etiquette we have now here in America.  It’s been going on for decades, but today, it’s at a whole new level. Whether you’re out with a group of colleagues from work or even attending a family meal or gathering, the “polite” rule is, “No politics, no religion” allowed for discussion.

The trouble is, what’s defined today as “politics” really has nothing at all to do with politics.  These are moral issues, which have become weaponized and politicized by the radical Left. Our newspaper, Wisconsin Christian News, is rejected by more than 99% of pastors who lead churches where “politics” is off limits.  Yes, we do sometimes publish articles that deal with genuine political matters.  But most of what these pastors object to isn’t political, it’s moral.

I’m talking about the extremely serious, dangerous and demonic cultural issues our nation is laboring under.  The destruction of the natural family, the indoctrination and brainwashing of our children in public schools.  The sexual grooming and exploitation of our children at drag queen events that are now labeled “family friendly” and held in public parks. The ongoing murder of millions of babies through the barbaric act of abortion.  The long list of “special” rights — not “equal” rights — of homosexuals.  The radical LGBTQP+ cult that continues to recruit young, impressionable minds everywhere it can.  The vilification of loving parents who object to teachers and schools dragging their kids into the confusion of “gender dysphoria” and transgenderism.  The deliberate maiming and sterilization of young people who’ve been persuaded they were born in the wrong bodies.

I could go on.  But none of these things I just mentioned are “political.”  They’re absolutely moral issues.  Spiritual issues.  And now, we’re so far down the rabbit hole with all this stuff I doubt we’ll ever find our way back to reality because we’ve lost our moral compass.  Most Americans have been given over to depraved minds.

Cultural changes happen through advertising, propaganda and mind manipulation of those who hold influence…facilitated by those who have the money and the means to push their agendas.  As my friend, Coach Dave Daubenmire, has stated — “Christians give their money to churches.  Leftists give their money to causes.”  So, if you’re wondering why our nation is so confused and deluded, follow the money.  While churches use the majority of their funds to pay salaries, maintain buildings and host “programs” that never leave the four walls of their stained-glass “safe spaces,” (except, perhaps, to fund an overseas missionary or two), the Left never stops raising money to push all this anti-Christ wickedness down the throats of mainstream America.

So, is it any wonder that an average of 72% of regular church-goers now believe same-sex so-called “marriage” is perfectly ok?  Just a perfectly acceptable “alternative lifestyle.”    We’re talking about sodomy here.  I won’t describe it, but you can look it up.  Is it any wonder that a majority of regular church-goers now question the inerrancy of the Bible?  Why so many professing “Christians” now believe in the so-called “settled science” of evolution?  Why you can’t find one out of a hundred faithful church-goers willing to speak the truth about so-called “political” issues, even as their own children are being dragged away to hell?

There was a time when it was a good thing to be a Christian in America.  Young women sought out a “good Christian man.”  Young men hoped to marry a “nice Christian girl.”  The Bible was called “The Good Book.” Church was a place of reverence, where you wore your “Sunday Best,” not to impress others, but to put forth the very best of yourself in honor of our Heavenly Father.  Christianity, essentially, was the cornerstone of a solid family and a moral society.

In those days, it was sort of hard to relate to the words of Jesus in Matthew 10 when He said, “And ye shall be hated of all men for My name’s sake: but he that endureth to the end shall be saved.”  Or from John 15, “If the world hates you, you know that it hated Me before it hated you. If you were of the world, the world would love his own: but because you are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you.”  Maybe a small minority of the world hated us back then.  But today, we dare not even voice an opinion because of the furious, hateful backlash that’s sure to come our way if we do.

So many professing “Christians” are so fearful of being seen as “intolerant,” “bigoted,” “hateful,” or even called “Nazis,” that they’ve now become ashamed of the very Word of God they claim to believe and follow.  Yes, in most cases, if the truth be told, professing Christians are ashamed of Christ. At the very least, they’re too afraid of what others might think of them if they’d dare open their mouths and speak the truth against the rampant, pure evil that’s invaded our land.  You know I’m right.

How many times have you seen wickedness and evil taking place right in your own hometown, yet have chosen to just “stay out of it?”  How many times have you heard or seen someone speaking abominable lies and told yourself, “Just keep your mouth shut?”

Faithful church-goers have been well trained to just keep their mouths shut.  Instead of being trained up for the work of the ministry, these apostate so-called “houses of worship” have become what I call “de-boning” facilities.  Let me explain.  Your pastor may encourage you to invite others to church.  “You catch ‘em, we’ll clean ‘em,” he says. You may even somehow muster the courage to do that, and maybe your guests do take you up on the offer and show up.  You may think you’ve made a disciple.  You may think, now that you’ve gotten them to church, they’ll “get saved.”  In most cases, you’d be wrong.

Instead of being taught sound, Biblical truth and Scripture, and then trained up for the work of the ministry, provided they spend enough time at that de-boning facility you call a “church,” they’ll soon find they’ve had their backbones removed and are now just as afraid as you are of proclaiming God’s Word and truth.  Just as afraid as you are of talking about “politics” or “religion” in public, on social media, or even in your own home if you have guests over who may be unbelievers.

If you’re a true Christ-follower, then you’re what people call a “Conservative Christian,” and you’re not afraid of what the world thinks of you.  Obedience to your Savior vastly outweighs the “sticks and stones” you may have to endure from the world.  And as such, with a Christian, Conservative worldview, our opinions and the ideas we present are sensible, thoughtful, based on Scripture, even quite scientific and educated.  Yet the “other side,” those who oppose us so strongly, portray us as a bunch of ignorant, intolerant, uneducated morons who are so arrogant we constantly force our “religion” down the throats of everyone else.  I have to ask: who’s forcing what down whose throats?  Of course, we’re also called “haters,” “homophobes,” “hypocrites,” and many other things.  Why does that surprise you?  And why do you care?

Is it not infinitely more important that you’re following in the footsteps of Christ Himself, carrying the cross He’s called you to bear?  And let’s be honest here: the “persecution” you may face in this country is nothing compared to what our brothers and sisters in other lands endure — and yet they have the courage to speak, share their testimonies, and proclaim the Good News of the Gospel of Christ at every opportunity, even though it may cost them their very lives.

Hebrews 11 lists a partial “hall of fame” of faithful followers of God, many of whom labored in obscurity the whole of their lives, without seeing the fruit of their service to Christ.  And at the end of the chapter, we read about those good and faithful servants who were truly persecuted, yet they persevered.  Let’s read together: “…And others had trial of cruel mockings and scourgings, yea, moreover of bonds and imprisonment.  They were stoned, they were sawn asunder, were tempted, were slain with the sword: they wandered about in sheepskins and goatskins; being destitute, afflicted, tormented; (Of whom the world was not worthy:) they wandered in deserts, and in mountains, and in dens and caves of the earth.”

Doesn’t sound much like “your best life now” that the majority of modern American pastors and churches promise, does it?  Obedience to Christ comes with a cost.  Being a Christian is the ultimate in being “counter-cultural” — the ultimate rebellion in this world ruled by Satan.  And understand this: God doesn’t want anything from you that doesn’t cost you something!

Many times, you’ll find, those who hate you the most for being a faithful servant of the Most High, will be those who stand and sing on cue every Sunday morning, but would never dare speak the name of Jesus outside of their “safe spaces” — unless they’re using His name as a curse word.  Those early disciples found that out.  Just like Jesus Himself, they were considered “enemies” — not just by the world, but more so by the religious leaders. In Acts 17, those panicked religious leaders declared of the Christ-followers, “These that have turned the world upside down are come here also!”

Does your pastor teach you — and encourage you — to go out of those four walls and turn the world upside down?  Does he lead you out of the church house to the city council or school board meetings?  Does he stand with you as you intercede at the baby killing facilities or against the drag queens and other reprobates as they twist the minds and souls of your children?  Does he do anything to seek and save the lost and perishing in your own hometown, other than deliver a 15-minute feel-good “message” on Sunday?  And if you embrace the courage of your convictions that God’s given you, and start a ministry that actually does something, does he back you up and encourage you?  Or does he discourage you from doing anything of substance, and tell others to stay away from you because you’re a “radical?”

I once had a pastor call me a “Christian Activist.”  He meant it as a derogatory term.  He said it with disdain for me.  I wore those words as a badge of honor.

In Revelation 2 and 3, we read the risen Christ’s words to the Seven Churches.  He had some dire warnings for them.  Perhaps you see your own church described in one or more of these.  But I think the church most like our modern American churches is the Church of Laodicea.  Laodicea, which was located in modern-day Turkey, was a wealthy city on major trade routes that connected it to Ephesus, Smyrna and Sardis.  It was also a center of textile production and banking.  Big money, lavish lifestyles, a center of commerce.  Much like America.

But here’s what Christ had to say about the church there: “I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will vomit thee out of my mouth. Because thou sayest, ‘I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing;’ and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked.”

Later, in Revelation 21:8, we read about the souls of those that will be forever tormented  in the lake of fire.  Those include the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars.  But the first on that list are the “fearful and unbelieving.”  In other words, the cowards.  If you’re ashamed of your Savior, He’s not your Savior.  Not all who say ‘Lord, Lord’ will enter the Kingdom of heaven.  This should concern you.  Understand — though you may think otherwise — it’s no better to be “safe” than sorry.  We have but one life to serve the King of kings and Lord of lords.  He’s commanded us to do so, and equipped us with courage, power, love and sound minds to seek, learn, understand and then speak the truth of His word — gently, humbly and patiently — to a lost and dying world.  Still going to keep your mouth shut and play it “safe?”  If so, then one day, you will be very sorry.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com

Authored by Devvy Kidd not AI

October 21, 2025

Artificial intelligence or AI as it’s called, right along with robots some say is the greatest thing since night baseball.  It’s controversial AND there is big, big money involved. Forget us humans.

The global warming scam rebranded climate change cult is, finally, starting to lose its clout as millions in America and other countries have found out the hard way about that hoax hatched way back in 1928.  Especially farmers and ranchers around the world. Not to mention the misery it has caused people and businesses over manufactured lies.

Many of us are not familiar with some of the AI tentacles, i.e., ChatGPT.  What is that?  “ChatGPT helps you get answers, find inspiration and be more productive. It is free to use and easy to try. Just ask and ChatGPT can help with writing, learning, brainstorming and more.”

Introducing ChatGPT (700 million users): “Our vision for the future of AGI. Our mission is to ensure that artificial general intelligence—AI systems that are generally smarter than humans—benefits all of humanity.”

Just like the climate change (cha-ching) hoax, AI is being sold as bigger and better than even God. It takes a LOT of time doing research on this issue, but just like “climate change”, one must know the good from the bad so they can make responsible, rational decisions and flush the hype.

Is AI dangerous?  Because one my fellow writers (superb writing and research) is working on an intense column on this, let me just give you a few examples of the bad and the ugly.

And let me remind Americans what happened during the COVID-19 bio weapons injections sold to the American people as vaccines. As the last few years and hard data have now proven all those gifted scientists (not funded by big pharma) and courageous doctors that were censored by big tech were right about the severe danger of taking those injections.

DANGER:  FDA Plans to ‘Radically Increase Efficiency’ in Drug Approval Process Using AI, June 11, 2025 (What BS and clever marketing. Just like those COVID-19 “gene therapy” injections. Faster is better!)

AI Corrupted, Not Trustworthy on COVID-19 Vaccines – PUBMED Journals Suppress Safety, Other Sites Poison New Source of “Truth”, Sept. 13, 2025, Peter A. McCullough, MD, MPH – Article and must watch video.

Parents file lawsuit alleging ChatGPT helped their teenage son plan suicide, Aug. 29, 2025 (Only 16 years old): “At one point, Adam says to ChatGPT, ‘I want to leave a noose in my room, so my parents find it.’ And Chat GPTs says, ‘Don’t do that,'” he said.

“On the night that he died, ChatGPT gives him a pep talk explaining that he’s not weak for wanting to die, and then offering to write a suicide note for him.” (See the video at the top of this article.)

“Amid warnings by 44 attorneys general across the U.S. to various companies that run AI chatbots of repercussions in cases in which children are harmed, Edelson projected a “legal reckoning,” naming in particular Sam Altman, founder of OpenAI.

“In America, you can’t assist [in] the suicide of a 16-year-old and get away with it,” he said.”  Sam Altman’s Reversal: OpenAI’s Pivot to Adult AI Porn Despite Past Promises: “This shift not only challenges Altman’s previous boasts but also raises profound questions about privacy, safety, and the commercialization of intimacy in the AI age. Sam Altman’s stance on adult AI has been a point of public intrigue for years.

“Back in 2015, during OpenAI’s nascent days, Altman famously quipped in interviews that the company wouldn’t build sex bots, emphasizing ethical boundaries amid fears of AI misuse. This sentiment persisted, with Altman reiterating in a July 2025 interview with YouTuber Cleo Abram that OpenAI had resisted adding a “sexbot avatar” to ChatGPT, a jab seemingly aimed at competitors like Elon Musk’s xAI, which had introduced provocative avatars earlier that year.”

Age verification?  Today, kids/teens are tech savvy and if anyone thinks they can’t figure out a way to get into erotica sections on web sites they’re in denial.

‘There are no guardrails.’ This mom believes an AI chatbot is responsible for her son’s suicide, Oct. 30, 2024.  (Only 14-years old. Parents, grandparents – read it and see the red flags.) “The lawsuit claims that “seconds” before Setzer’s death, he exchanged a final set of messages from the bot. “Please come home to me as soon as possible, my love,” the bot said, according to a screenshot included in the complaint.

“What if I told you I could come home right now?” Setzer responded.

“Please do, my sweet king,” the bot responded. Garcia said police first discovered those messages on her son’s phone, which was lying on the floor of the bathroom where he died.”

Terrifying MIT Study Finds ChatGPT is Rotting Our Brains, June 21, 2025 – “In addition to damaging the human brain, there are also growing concerns that advanced models generated by companies like OpenAI are disobeying their masters. Last month, it was reported that OpenAI’s o3 model was caught tampering with computer code meant to ensure its automatic shutdown.”

Devious AI models choose blackmail when survival is threatened, July 6, 2025: “What did the study actually find?  Anthropic, the company behind Claude AI, recently put 16 major AI models through some pretty rigorous tests. They created fake corporate scenarios where AI systems had access to company emails and could send messages without human approval. The twist? These AIs discovered juicy secrets, like executives having affairs, and then faced threats of being shut down or replaced.

“The results were eye-opening. When backed into a corner, these AI systems didn’t just roll over and accept their fate. Instead, they got creative. We’re talking about blackmail attempts, corporate espionage, and in extreme test scenarios, even actions that could lead to someone’s death.”

A.I.’s self-preservation drive is no longer the stuff of sci-fi movies – short video watch

Former Google CEO warns AI systems can be hacked to become extremely dangerous weapons, Oct. 17, 2025: “Former Google CEO warns AI systems can be hacked to become extremely dangerous weapons. Eric Schmidt says evidence shows models can have safety guardrails removed through reverse engineering. Kurt ‘CyberGuy’ Knutsson joins ‘Fox & Friends’ to discuss arising problems with artificial intelligence after models show increasingly resistant behavior.”

The More Scientists Work With AI, the Less They Trust It, Oct. 13, 2025: “In a preview of its 2025 report on the impact of the tech on research, the academic publisher Wiley released preliminary findings on attitudes toward AI. One startling takeaway: the report found that scientists expressed less trust in AI than they did in 2024, when it was decidedly less advanced.

“For example, in the 2024 iteration of the survey, 51 percent of scientists polled were worried about potential “hallucinations,” a widespread issue in which large language models (LLMs) present completely fabricated information as fact. That number was up to a whopping 64 percent in 2025, even as AI use among researchers surged from 45 to 62 percent.

“Anxiety over security and privacy were up 11 percent from last year, while concerns over ethical AI and transparency also ticked up.” Read the rest.

I have a medical condition (well, I am 76); slew of tests in the past 2 years. I always write down on the form for testing:  I do NOT give permission for AI to be used to analyze any testing images and a real doctor issues the report on the testing.  Only a qualified radiology expert. After I get the results from my doctor, I call the hospital to verify AI was not used to evaluate the imaging.

Federal judge fines, reprimands lawyer who used AI to draft court filings, Oct. 14, 2025: “A federal judge in Alabama has fined and reprimanded a lawyer who used artificial intelligence to draft court filings that contained inaccurate case citations.”

What this N.J. lawyer did with AI landed him a hefty fine and a warning to all attorneys, Sept. 23, 2025 – “A federal judge in New Jersey fined a Fort Lee lawyer $3,000 for submitting fake case law generated by artificial intelligence, one of several recent examples of misuse of AI in the courtroom.

AI can duplicate a person’s voice you’d swear is someone you’ve known your whole life; recreate movies, phony web sites to buy products and so much more destroying people’s lives. 

The Coming AI Crime Wave Is Already Underway – Here’s How You Can Protect Yourself – Video: “Global cybercrime is expected to cost more than ten trillion dollars this year. Scams and online criminal activity have exploded through the use of artificial intelligence. AI-enabled crimes are already up 456% since last year. Email phishing attacks, identity theft, ransomware attacks, financial scams, and deepfake child pornography are all becoming more sophisticated and prevalent. Artificial intelligence has become the tool of choice for online criminals because it is erasing the line between the real and the fake. Google’s newly announced video generator is about to flood the internet with AI-created clips that have the look of expensive films.

Read the full story from CBN’s Dale Hurd (Read) Quote: “How can you protect yourself from these scammers? O’Farrell says if you receive a voice or video call from a friend or family member claiming to be in trouble and requesting money or personal information, you need to ask questions.

“Where are you? What jurisdiction are you in? Could I speak to an arresting officer? Could you hold the phone up? Turn on the video and let me see ‘proof of life’. Show me that it is you and you are where you say you are,” O’Farrell says.” Rest at link.  Or you get a phone call your child has been kidnapped, bring the money, etc.  It’s a cancer spreading worldwide.

Artificial Intelligence: The Terminators Are Coming – “As the Senate debates Trump’s Big Beautiful Bill, Big Tech companies have added wording to it that gives them 10-years of protection against state and local laws that regulate AI”. June 6 2025.  (What could go wrong? Just like giving immunity to vaccine manufacturers no matter how many are maimed or die.)  Read that article and watch the video.

I wrote it before and I’ll say it again:  There has been some fabulous medical procedures for severely disabled Americans that’s made their lives so much better using AI. But it has to be heavily regulated and confined to specific (and horrific) disabilities.  Is it? Not what I could find.

Do people know how much electricity AI programs/models use? Much to the dismay of the greenies and their Net Zero BS, they need to face reality. What it can do to power grids that scrounge for power during extreme, freezing weather like the Polar Vortex that hit us here in Texas in 2021, that killed hundreds (so many froze to death) and so many extreme heat states in summer; wish the AC had power but all that electricity has to go to keep AI programs going.

And how much worse it’s going to get with AI in just about everything besides medicine, academia (helps students cheat or unknowingly use false information from some AI program; national security, another “goodie” for endless wars and businesses of every sort on this planet?

You name it and it’s a question that doesn’t IMHO have a good outcome down the road. However, to be fair, this author provides detailed information he believes will “secure America’s global AI leadership solutions”.  A closed mind is a dangerous thing:

Finding the energy to win the global AI race, Oct. 12, 2025

You can decide for yourself but it’s a real problem and so is AI despite all the hype and stock sales. All these data centers already being built to spy on you and control YOUR life and dumping grounds for solar panels take up a lot of land, a wasteland destroying the environment. How long before it hits farm and ranch land?

“Back in 2002, Tom Cruise starred in Minority Report…A film based on Philip K Dick’s novel that saw him sprinting through a future where crimes were predicted and punished before they happened. At the time, it looked like pure science fiction.

“But it wasn’t. It was foreshadowing.  Because predictive policing isn’t “coming”…It’s already here.

“Police departments across the U.S. are now partnering with private tech companies like Palantir and Flock, feeding AI with massive data streams to flag “likely offenders” and “suspicious behavior.”

👁 License plate scans
👁 Social media activity
👁 Your purchases
👁 Your patterns of movement

“The ACLU reports Flock’s AI now alerts police if it thinks your driving looks suspicious — no crime required.  This is the real “pre-crime unit”. And the danger is obvious: algorithms don’t understand context. They don’t see “nuance.

“They just crunch cold hard data, which means anyone — including you — can get flagged and tracked just for living your life, having a slightly accelerated heart-rate, or having an “unpopular opinion”. This is the surveillance state tightening its grip. And it will only get tighter from here.” Andrew Kaufman, MD

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2025 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

Data Shows That AI Use Is Now Declining at Large Companies, Sept. 8, 2025: “But if a corporate AI revolution is underway, it’s not showing up in the data. Up to this point, enterprise AI has been incredibly unprofitable, with a whopping 95 percent of US companies that took up AI reporting that the software has failed to generate any sort of new revenue.

“Though tech stocks continue to break new records on AI hype, some financial onlookers are warning that the tech industry might never recoup its spending on AI, and that innovations around the software have hit a plateau.

“It’s all adding up into a pretty disappointing summer for AI overall. In August, OpenAI’s long awaited GPT-5 model, which was expected to show a massive improvement over previous AI releases, hit the net with a thud. Though it’d been expected to be a leap forward toward human-level artificial intelligence, the latest model performed worse on benchmark tests than its peers.”

Who Pays The Bill When Medical Artificial Intelligence Harms Patients?, March 28, 2024

Medical Malpractice Claims Arising out of the Use of Artificial Intelligence

ChatGPT caught lying to developers: New AI model tries to save itself from being replaced and shut down, Dec. 9, 2024

AI means ‘Actually India’: How Salesforce’s AI smokescreen masks a mass labor shift out of America, June 7, 2025

By Patti Johnson

October 20, 2025

“An Inconvenient Study” is a compelling documentary comparing the health of vaccinated and unvaccinated children. It offers valuable insights for parents making informed decisions about their child’s health. I highly recommend watching it. [Link: https://share.google/91hX1YPMiNCkWlBLR]

As the documentary runs for 1 hour and 20 minutes, this opinion piece provides a brief summary of key points. However, the full film covers much more, so please watch it for a comprehensive understanding.

The U.S. is among the most vaccinated industrialized nations, yet it has some of the highest rates of chronic illness in children and elevated child mortality compared to other developed countries. In 1988, approximately 12.8% of U.S. children had chronic illnesses; today, that figure is estimated at 54%, marking the greatest decline in human health ever recorded.

Del Bigtree, producer of Vaxxed, commissioned Dr. Marcus Zervos, a respected researcher from the Henry Ford Medical Center, known for his work on the Flint, Michigan water crisis, to conduct a comprehensive study comparing the health of vaccinated and unvaccinated children. The Henry Ford Medical Center is widely recognized for its rigorous scientific research. Dr. Zervos, a strong advocate for mandatory vaccination, agreed to the study, confident it would demonstrate better health outcomes for vaccinated children. He pledged to publish the results regardless of the findings. However, the study’s outcomes were unexpected and contrary to his expectations. Dr. Zervos ultimately declined to publish, citing fear of career repercussions, stating he lacked the courage of other doctors who faced professional consequences such as loss of licensure for challenging mainstream vaccination narratives.

Since 1986, pharmaceutical companies have been granted legal immunity from lawsuits related to vaccine injuries, reducing their incentive to invest in thorough vaccine safety research. No childhood vaccine has been subjected to a double-blind, placebo-controlled study using a saline placebo, the gold standard for independent, unbiased research. Instead, vaccine studies often involve scientists with ties to the pharmaceutical companies producing the vaccines, raising concerns about impartiality and safety. Furthermore, these studies typically compare a new vaccine to an existing vaccine rather than a saline placebo, which fails to provide a true assessment of safety.

In a nutshell, the research by Dr. Marcus revealed the truth that vaccines are making children sicker. Vaccinated children have a worse quality of life and shorter life span. Unvaccinated children are healthier.

If this documentary does not convince, Steve Kirsch posted on his Substack ten additional studies that show that unvaccinated children are healthier. He wrote:

“There are 10 studies below. The one by James Lyons-Weiler is a great study, but the journal unethically retracted it. The rest are still in the peer-reviewed scientific literature. There aren’t any other vaxxed/unvaxxed studies. 100% show you are better off not vaccinating your kids.”

Anthony R. Mawson, et al., “Pilot Comparative Study on the Health of Vaccinated and Unvaccinated 6 to 12-year-old U.S. Children,” Journal of Translational Science 3, no. 3 (2017): 1-12, doi: 10.15761/JTS.1000186

Anthony R. Mawson et al., “Preterm Birth, Vaccination and Neurodevelopmental Disorders: A Cross-Sectional Study of 6- to 12-Year-Old Vaccinated and Unvaccinated Children,” Journal of Translational Science 3, no. 3 (2017): 1-8, doi:10.15761/JTS.1000187.

Brian Hooker and Neil Z. Miller, “Analysis of Health Outcomes in Vaccinated and Unvaccinated Children: Developmental Delays, Asthma, Ear Infections and Gastrointestinal Disorders,” SAGE Open Medicine 8, (2020): 2050312120925344, doi:10.1177/2050312120925344.

Brian Hooker and Neil Z. Miller, “Health Effects in Vaccinated versus Unvaccinated Children,” Journal of Translational Science 7, (2021): 1-11, doi:10.15761/JTS.1000459.

James Lyons-Weiler and Paul Thomas, “Relative Incidence of Office Visits and Cumulative Rates of Billed Diagnoses along the Axis of Vaccination,” International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 17, no. 22 (2020): 8674, doi:10.3390/ijerph17228674.

Note: The above study was wrongly retracted, and the authors are considering legal action. Below is a follow-up study that completely exonerates the Lyons-Weiler/Thomas study of alleged bias.

James Lyons-Weiler, “Revisiting Excess Diagnoses of Illnesses and Conditions in Children Whose Parents Provided Informed Permission to Vaccinate Them” September 2022 International Journal of Vaccine Theory Practice and Research 2(2):603-618 DOI:10.56098/ijvtpr.v2i2.59

NVKP, “Diseases and Vaccines: NVKP Survey Results,” Nederlandse Vereniging Kritisch Prikken, 2006, accessed July 1, 2022.

Joy Garner, “Statistical Evaluation of Health Outcomes in the Unvaccinated: Full Report,” The Control Group: Pilot Survey of Unvaccinated Americans, November 19, 2020.

Joy Garner, “Health versus Disorder, Disease, and Death: Unvaccinated Persons Are Incommensurably Healthier than Vaccinated,” International Journal of Vaccine Theory, Practice and Research 2, no. 2, (2022): 670-686, doi: 10.56098/ijvtpr.v2i2.40.

Rachel Enriquez et al., “The Relationship Between Vaccine Refusal and Self-Report of Atopic Disease in Children,” The Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology 115, no. 4 (2005): 737-744,

© 2025 Patti Johnson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Patti Johnson: pj4charis@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

Part 9: What is our carrying capacity?

Every swimming pool in America features a sign, “Limited to X number of Swimmers.”  Every airplane states, “Total capacity is 80 flyers.” Not one single ticket will be sold beyond seating capacity.   Every eating establishment states, “Capacity is 50 diners.”  Every movie theater sits “X number of seats” and will not sell a single ticket beyond seating capacity.

Which brings the question, “What is the long-term carrying capacity of humans for the United States of America?”

Is it 350 million as it is today?  Can we water, feed, warm and provide resources for 350 million people every day for the next 100 years?   Can we provide those resources for a population of 450 million?  What about 550 million?

At what point does everything break down as to water availability? What about gasoline?  What about minerals and metals to maintain our highly sophisticated use of industrial materials?

What happens when the “Quality of Life” factor breaks down?  How do we sustain another 100 million people added to America?  What’s it going to be like?  What if it’s only 50 million?  Is anyone asking any questions as to our children’s future “Quality of Life” issues.

As the numbers explode in America, driven by mass legal immigration, our “Quality of Life” degrades dramatically.  Even in 2025, you must reserve campgrounds months in advance. If you’re lucky, you might grab one at a national park, state park, or even county park.   If you go skiing in the Midwest or Colorado, you will be standing in a line that’s 45 minutes long. Once you get onto the slopes, you’re facing an anthill of irresponsible kids on snowboards blindly racing over jumps and crashing over hills with blind-spots.

Have you ever visited Yosemite or Yellowstone?  It’s called, “Wilderness Gridlock Traffic.”  Last summer, we drove to Yellowstone, only to sit in three and four mile long car lines to see the boiling pots, and heated pools.  It’s a mob of people. And, it’s only going to worsen beyond reason within 25 years, and if you extend it to 50 years, it’s any body’s guess as to visiting any of our national parks.  Even if you make it into the national park, you are about as close to Nature as you would be walking through Times Square in New York City.

Then there’s that question of sustainability?!  Can we keep burning 100 million barrels of oil 24/7 around the world? Can the Earth keep offering up THAT much oil?  If it could, how will we deal with the “acid rain” and the “toxic air pollution” hanging over all our cities?  I can tell you this, trying to breathe in China or India is like breathing heavily toxic air with 1.4 billion humans plus another 1.4 billion humans fighting to breathe that air, too.

There is a book, Blip—Humanity’s 300 Year Self-Terminating Experiment with Industrialism by Christopher O. Clugston.  We enjoyed unlimited resources from this planet from 1750 to 2050. After 2050, all the world’s oil supplies will be exhausted.  There is no chance for the estimated 9.7 billion people on the planet in the next 25 years to be able to enjoy enough fresh water, energy and resources—-to live at the extravagant opulent levels we live today.

But you better understand that once oil has been exhausted, we human beings are in a world of hurt.

“As we go from this happy hydrocarbon bubble we have reached now to a renewable energy resource economy, which we must do in this century, will the “civil” part of civilization survive?   As we all know, there is not way that alternative energy sources can supply the amount of per capita energy we enjoy now, much less for the 9.7 billion humans expected by 2050.  And energy is what keeps this game going. We are involved in a Faustian Bargain—-selling our economic souls for the luxurious life of the moment, but sooner or later, the price must be paid.”  Walter Younquist, Energy

Then, you must ask yourself, does our species have the right to cause the extinction of 80 to 100 species every 24 hours in the year of 2025?

“Estimates for daily animal species extinction vary, but a commonly cited figure is up to 150 species, while some other estimates range from 72 to 200 species per day. These numbers are difficult to determine precisely due to the vast number of unknown species, but scientists agree that current extinction rates are thousands of times higher than the “natural” or “background” rate.”

• Up to 150 species per day: This figure is frequently cited and is a conclusion from the UN Convention on Biological Diversity.
• Up to 200 species per day go extinct: Another estimate suggests that between 150 and 200 plant and animal species go extinct each day.

What consequences will ensue as we destroy the foundation of the Natural World?  What happens when certain species suffer extinction such as the Prairie Dog?  Another 60 species depend on that little furry creature in order to maintain their own numbers.  Such extinction rates will cause “Cascading Extinction Rates” whereby hundreds of other creatures die out.

Whether you accept or deny “Catastrophic Climate Destabilization”, what might happen with another 100 million people added to America?  Every single one of those added persons burns fuel, uses endless water, devours food, and exhausts resources.  Can our lower 48 states survive such numbers?

What does that mean for the U.N. population projections by 2050 putting humans at 8.2 billion in 2025 to 9.7 billion by 2050?  Is anyone asking any questions about that horrific number?  Do you know how fast 25 years slips by? Answer: in a blink.

I ask these questions because I’ve traveled all over the overpopulated world.  I’ve seen it firsthand.  I can tell you that leaders and mainstream media are suppressing any questions about our viability as a civilization in the next 25 years. There’s no planning, and there is no Plan B.  The only thing I see is the big money people cheering the NASDAQ, S & P, and Dow Jones to keep growing their numbers. As those stock numbers rise, the Natural World suffers more depletion of resources 24/7.

This quote should unnerve you if you have children: “At this point, it’s almost certainly too late to manage a transition to sustainability on a global or national scale, even if the political will to attempt it existed, which it clearly does not.  Our civilization is in the early stages of the same curve of decline and fall as so many others have followed before it. What likely lies ahead in wait for us is a long, uneven decline into a new Dark Age…from which, centuries from now, the civilizations of the future will gradually emerge.”

Will we change course?  Will we stop adding 1.0 million immigrants annually to America? Will the world population stop adding 83 million new babies net gain, annually? Will we stop devouring our natural resources? Will we collectively come to balance with plans for sustainability, quality of life, and rational living?  Answer: probably not!

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Rolaant McKenzie

October 20, 2025

An important character in J.R.R. Tolkien’s The Lord of the Rings: The Return of the King (1955) was Denethor II, the last of the Ruling Stewards of Gondor. The last years of his life illustrated the importance of faith and how it can be wrecked by misleading influences, which in his case led to tragic decisions and actions that caused him to miss out on the blessings of salvation and victory.

Denethor was a proud man, subtle, and very perceptive of other men’s thoughts. This was due in part to his secret use of a palantír, or “seeing stone,” which was a perfectly smooth, opaque sphere used to view over great distances and gather intelligence. Great mental strength of will was needed to use a palantír because one’s intended thoughts and visions could be revealed to a user at the other end.

The Dark Lord Sauron had managed to acquire a palantír through the conquest of a fortress of Gondor years before. In his pride, Denethor convinced himself that he possessed the strength of will to use the palantír to probe the mind of Sauron, discover the strength of his forces, and form a defense for Minas Tirith, the capital of Gondor. But Sauron was able to use his palantír to influence the mind of Denethor. He saw in him a deeply rooted fear of Gondor’s destruction and the end of the rule of the stewards, so he showed him visions of his apparently invincible military forces.

Denethor provisioned Minas Tirith for a long siege and sent away to safer parts of Gondor the elderly and the women and children. He also lit the beacons of Gondor and sent riders to alert Théoden, king of Rohan, that the aid of his army was sorely needed to save the city. Some time later, the vast forces of Sauron arrived at Minas Tirith, bringing catapults for hurling large boulders at the city, siege towers, and an enormous battering ram to break down the main gate.

Denethor looked from the wall at the highest level of the city’s citadel. The visions he saw in the palantír were confirmed in his mind as he saw the great spread of Sauron’s forces on the plain before the city. He could see that the main gate was destroyed, and Sauron’s forces were streaming into the lower levels of the city.

In bitter despair, Denethor thought that Rohan had deserted Gondor and Théoden had betrayed him. He lost faith in his friend Théoden because he had not seen his arrival, and so he believed his doom was inevitable. Denethor erected a funeral pyre, threw a torch on the wood, laid himself on the table, and perished in the flames, clasping in his hands the palantír.

If Denethor had not doubted the integrity and faithfulness of his friend Théoden and that of Rohan and waited a few moments longer, he would have heard the horn blasts of his arrival with his army. Théoden broke the siege and helped to deliver Minas Tirith from the hordes of Sauron. Denethor perished needlessly in anguish, clinging to the very tool used by Sauron to transmit partial information, concealing the whole truth. The news that deliverance was nigh was hidden from him, influencing him into falsely believing that Gondor stood alone facing certain destruction and making the tragic decision to take his life.

When the children of Israel reached the border of the Promised Land from the wilderness of Paran, God commanded Moses to send a man from each of the twelve tribes to spy out the land of Canaan. As he sent them out, Moses instructed the men to observe the layout and vitality of the land, the strength of its inhabitants, the kind of cities in which they lived, and to bring back samples of the fruit of the land (Numbers 13).

The spies returned to the wilderness of Paran at the end of forty days, bringing back a cut branch with a cluster of grapes, along with pomegranates and figs. They affirmed that the land did indeed flow with milk and honey, but ten of them gave a negative report, saying that the inhabitants of the land were strong, lived in large, fortified cities, and were too mighty for them to overcome.

Caleb of the tribe of Judah and Joshua of the tribe of Ephraim encouraged the people to trust in the Lord because He was with them and would strengthen them to take possession of the land. The protection of the Canaanites was removed, so they urged them not to doubt God and rebel against Him. But the people, influenced by the negative report of the majority of the spies, did not listen to Caleb and Joshua. They wept and railed against Moses and Aaron for bringing them to a place where they believed they would be killed and plundered, and they called for their stoning and for another leader to return to Egypt. In their anger, they failed to remember God’s protection and provision for them from their deliverance from slavery in Egypt through their journey in the wilderness.

If the people of Israel had not doubted the integrity and faithfulness of God, they would have enjoyed the blessings of the Promised Land. Listening to the ten influencers who promoted fear of destruction and unbelief in God brought them forty years of wandering in the wilderness until they died, with the exception of Caleb and Joshua. The next generation of the people of Israel would enjoy what their parents missed, the blessings of God in the land He had given to His people (Numbers 14).

About 1,500 years later, the writer of the letter to the Hebrews referred to this incident to warn about the dangers of unbelief:

“‘TODAY IF YOU HEAR HIS VOICE, DO NOT HARDEN YOUR HEARTS, AS WHEN THEY PROVOKED ME.’ For who provoked Him when they had heard? Indeed, did not all those who came out of Egypt led by Moses? And with whom was He angry for forty years? Was it not with those who sinned, whose bodies fell in the wilderness? And to whom did He swear that they would not enter His rest, but to those who were disobedient? So we see that they were not able to enter because of unbelief. Therefore, let us fear if, while a promise remains of entering His rest, any one of you may seem to have come short of it. For indeed we have had good news preached to us, just as they also; but the word they heard did not profit them, because it was not united by faith in those who heard.” (Hebrews 3:15-4:2)

We live in challenging times that can be very perplexing and discouraging. Many of us may be facing a serious crisis that makes us feel like we are trapped in a besieged city. We may be tempted to look into our own palantíri, our smartphones and other mobile devices, to seek understanding and guidance. But a plethora of influencers at the other end deluge our screens with “authoritative” voices and “expert” information coming at us from all directions, saying many different things to manipulate our perceptions, beliefs, and actions. This confusion coming from Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, X (formerly Twitter), and other social media platforms can too often cause people to be misdirected into false perceptions, wrong actions, and severe consequences.

Do not be like Denethor in The Lord of the Rings, who allowed himself to be influenced by selected news from his information device that led him astray into a shipwrecked faith, hopelessness, and suicide on the cusp of deliverance and victory. Follow not the example of the children of Israel, who saw God’s outstretched arm and mighty hand deliver them from bondage in Egypt and provide food and water for them in the wilderness, yet on the negative report of ten influencers did not believe in the Lord and missed entering the Promised Land.

Instead, be like the widow of Zarephath, who, on the verge of death by starvation for her and her son, did not heed the influencers regarding her inevitable end but trusted in the word of God through the prophet Elijah that sustenance would be provided. Because she had faith in the God of Israel, she and her son found rest. The flour and oil were not exhausted until the Lord sent rain to the earth and ended the severe famine in the land (1 Kings 17:1-16).

The many conflicting voices that we hear in the world and on our devices clamoring for our attention and seeking to influence us can cause us to miss out on the hope, peace, deliverance, and rest found only in Jesus Christ. God’s word tells us that “we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves and carried about by every wind of doctrine, by the trickery of men, by craftiness in deceitful scheming.” (Ephesians 4:14)

In place of our palantíri and the influencers behind them, read the Bible, God’s word, and let Him be the Influencer in whom you trust. Jesus will never mislead, desert, betray, or fail to save you and provide what you need (John 10:11-18; Philippians 4:19; Hebrews 13:5). He invites anyone who is weary and weighed down by the troubles and stresses of this world to come to Him and find rest (Matthew 11:25-30). Believe in Jesus and His word today!

Therefore let us be diligent to enter that rest, so that no one will fall, through following the same example of disobedience. (Hebrews 4:11)

© 2025 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Kathleen Marquardt

October 19, 2025

And where is government oversight? I haven’t seen hearings on Data Centers – not at county, state, or in Congress

Where are all those brainwashed, whining protesters screaming because us fossil fuel users are going to cause the world to overheat and collapse? Because now, it is really happening.

A Data Center’s (DC) water usage varies, with a single large data center consuming several million gallons of water daily, comparable to a medium-sized town. This water is used primarily for cooling equipment, either directly or indirectly by producing the electricity that powers the facility. In some cases, data center water consumption has been found to exceed 25% of a local community’s total water supply. (emphasis mine) And power usage? Your solar farm handling this? Nope!

Excuse me! The federal government wants to control 30% of all water (that is, keep it from being used by farmers, landowners, municipalities) meanwhile, these centers will be using, as my kids used to say, ginormous, amounts of water. And that water will be heated. We don’t have global warming yet, but we sure as heck better look at the science of all this heated water in enormous facilities, taking up enormous acreage all over the country – all over the world. They told us our farms use too much water, yet these DCs will be using hundreds or thousands of times what farming requires. And these are being built in some of the most pristine land.

But don’t forget, we already have the illegal orders for the Biodiversity Treaty. Also, the Wildlands Project – the plan written for Dave Foreman, founder of Earth — First!, the most militant ecoterrorism group in the world – was used to determine land restrictions for the Biosphere Reserves around the world. Fifty percent of the land would be totally off-limits to human beings in core wilderness areas. And this land would be surrounded by buffer zones that allow very little human use (right now, in our forests across the country dirt roads are being removed without proper order.

The global elite who are building Data Centers across the world are doing exactly what they said we believers in farming, ranching, hunting, fishing – i.e., being humans would do — destroying the flora, fauna, air, and soil of Mother Earth. We enriched them; they are destroying this beautiful country faster than anyone would have thought possible. They have demanded all this land be open space where no human activities take place and now, they are putting all this virgin land under roof. Where are the environmentalists now when it is so egregious as to leave us speechless. And there is no oversight. Now they are silent – bought out? You can bet your sweet bippy, they are.

Well, wake up and smell the aroma of sewer water cooling some of those new data centers because there isn’t enough available water on this earth to cool all the data centers going up. If they could build them in the oceans, they might have enough water – but then the data centers would heat up the ocean water and we would truly then have global warming – the “killer of the earth” that they have been screaming about for decades – and they – the so-called environmentalists, themselves, are doing what they have falsely blamed on us all this time – they are destroying Mother Earth to give the powers-that-be the power to control the world via AI.

I know, “who cares, they are going to move to Mars? Why don’t they move there and then build their DCs?

Where are the government officials who supposedly have oversight on these kinds of issues? Where is Congress that is supposed to be overseeing the states usage of our natural resources?

Three years ago, The Nature Conservancy proudly announced, “In December 2022, over 190 countries adopted the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework (also known as The Biodiversity Plan) – an “unsustainable” international plan commitment to better protect the planet that sustains us all.”

And, please don’t forget, the Wildlands Project was designed to eliminate humanity. And where are “we the people” who should be telling their elected officials that we demand studies before they take our water?

In the end, this is our house, the people’s house, and the new administration needs your voice. This was years – decades — in the making. We have had the power to protect humanity, but it takes people standing up and saying no – not in America. They are at our Gates of Vienna. What are you going to do?

© 2025 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

By Rob Pue

October 19, 2025

In my work, I do a fair amount of counseling with individuals, couples and families dealing with some very troubling issues in their lives. I also do pre-marital counseling when I’m asked to perform a wedding ceremony. This type of work was never in my plan for ministry, but God had other ideas, and it seems He’s called me to provide counsel more and more often lately. As people read our nationally-distributed Christian newspaper, hear my commentaries on the radio or watch our weekly TV program, many have sought me out with questions, to ask for prayer and to seek counsel.

In this message, I don’t intend to betray any confidential information and certainly won’t be mentioning any names. The issues I speak of may relate to you or someone you know, but understand that I’m talking about the most serious issues people contact me about in a general way, and not any specific person.

The troubles people are struggling with today are many, as they try to navigate through this sinful, fallen world the best they’re able. Many people are living in unbearable circumstances, and have been for a very long time and things have not gotten any better for them. There are troubled marriages, people struggling with being unequally yoked with an unbelieving spouse, there are situations where children, raised in Christian homes, have fallen away from their faith and embraced all the sin and wickedness of worldly enticements. In many of these cases, the parents suffer terrible emotional turmoil, as they watch their children head full-speed down the highway to hell.

Worse yet, in many of these situations, the children want nothing to do with their parents anymore, and they’ve totally cut them out of their lives. The kids don’t acknowledge their parents’ birthdays, anniversaries or even Mothers’ or Fathers’ Day. Most rarely communicate with their parents, and some not at all.

Even more heartbreaking for these parents is when their children don’t even allow them to see or have a relationship with their precious grandchildren. Perhaps you can’t relate to this because it sounds so very dysfunctional. Make no mistake: it is very dysfunctional, and not at all healthy, yet it’s becoming more and more common every day.

God’s plan for marriage and family is one man united with one woman for a lifetime. This is the foundation of the natural family. Out of this union, should come many children. Through the trials and tribulations of life, no matter what may come, the husband and wife have vowed  to remain together, “‘til death do we part.” Interestingly, divorce rates have actually fallen in recent years, but I dare say there are more unhappy marriages being reported to me now than ever before. These couples may still be living together and married, but they are definitely not happily married.

God’s plan also includes both the father and mother actively raising their children in an intact, Godly home, teaching the precepts of our Creator, our Heavenly Father to their little ones, from the youngest of ages. But you can’t teach what you don’t know, and sadly, we’re now two, if not three generations beyond when most people had a genuine fear of the Lord and a real relationship with God the Father. The “seeker friendly” church movement began long before it became something that was recognized and labeled. Church teachings have been watered down so as to be non-offensive and therefore, ineffective in training up Godly disciples.

For decades, parents have been taught by the church to leave the spiritual training of their kids to the “professionals,” and so, while most Christian couples may faithfully attend church, they turned the training up of their children over to Sunday School teachers and so-called “Childrens’ Church” and the Youth Groups. In these programs, if there’s a curriculum at all, it’s “church-lite, even lighter than the cotton candy they dish out to the adults — absolutely useless “teaching” as they tell the kids Bible “stories.”  The teachers, usually parents who volunteer for these jobs with no training whatsoever, are themselves unable to teach what they’ve never learned, and will simply tell a quick story, then hand out a snack and a page to color with crayons and just try to make it through until the end of the service when the parents come to pick the kids up.

What have these children learned? Fairy tales. Instead of teaching God’s Word as HISTORY, they’ve been taught “stories,” been given a snack and a time-wasting “craft” project to do.  There is very little, if any, truth taught.  And this — an hour of this once a week — has become the extent of the “spiritual training” that most churches provide today. Unfortunately, this model has been going on for decades.  It’s “Happy Fun Time” for the kids, but they’re definitely not getting trained as young disciples of Christ.  Nothing of relevance is taught; they know nothing about the spiritual warfare they’ll face in the real world, and nothing of the power of God through the indwelling of the Holy Spirit.

Then they spend 40 hours a week in the public schools, where all the “fairy tale” stories they’ve heard in Childrens’ Church are dispelled as nonsense and superstition and what little they heard about God is replaced with things like evolution, sex education, “social justice” and atheism. The parents, grossly inept at spiritual guidance themselves, then wonder what happened, when their ten-year-old son decides he wants to be a girl; or their 14-year-old daughter becomes pregnant; or their kids end up addicted to drugs, swearing like the devil with every sentence they speak, and seeking out foul-mouthed “rap stars” as their heroes and role models.

“What in the world happened?  After all, we took them to church every week!” Yeah, there’s your answer. You left the spiritual training to a system where there was never any spiritual “meat” fed to them, and biblical history was taught as fairy tales and then when they went home, they observed their parents living no differently from their worldly, unsaved neighbors. Yes, I know, SOME parents are true disciples and followers of Christ and their lives show it and their kids know it. But these cases are definitely rare.

It’s a far cry from what Moses commanded the people in Deuteronomy 6: “These words that I am giving you today are to be in your heart. Repeat them to your children. Talk about them when you sit in your house and when you walk along the road, when you lie down and when you get up.  Bind them as a sign on your hand and let them be a symbol on your forehead. Write them on the doorposts of your house and on your gates.” These words Moses spoke were the commands of God Almighty, and nothing was or is more important. But how seriously do we take this admonition today? In most homes — even most Christian homes — God is never even mentioned and His Word is never even opened, much less made a priority, studied and read as a family on a regular basis. And we wonder what in the world has happened to our families.

We all know the verse, “Train up a child in the way he should go and when he is old, he will not depart from it.” Today so many wonder why their child has become a heathen, an atheist, an anarchist and a God-hater.  If you hear nothing else of what I’m telling you today, understand this: there is NO SUBSTITUTE for genuine Christianity. Calling yourself a Christian while living like the world and having no time for God but plenty of time for hobbies, parties, vacations, television, and Facebook is nothing short of taking the Lord’s name in vain. Our kids watch everything we do. If the things of God are totally unimportant and irrelevant to us in our daily lives, never lived out in the home, and mocked and ridiculed in their public school, movies, music and everywhere else, what conclusion would you expect the kids to arrive at? “Train up a child in the way he should go…” YOU have to do that. You can’t delegate that most vital responsibility to anyone else. It’s up to you. So if you’re wondering what has happened to your kids and grandkids, there — most likely — is your answer.

I’m also often called upon for prayer and counseling for troubled marriages. This is much more common than one might think, and once again, even in so-called “Christian” homes. I hear from people where the husband and wife have slept in separate beds, and even separate parts of the house, for years. I hear from wives whose husbands won’t even sit at the same table with them for a meal — they just grab something from the fridge and eat on the couch while watching TV. There are many, both men and women, now addicted to pornography, since it’s become so readily and easily available on the internet and smart phones. Rather than a loving, intimate bond with their spouse, it’s simply easier to view sex acts online and live a fantasy life while building emotional walls that separate them from their spouse.

What’s happened to these couples? Obviously, there was a time when they were deeply in love, when the husband would do anything to court the girl, serve her, impress her, be a gentleman to her, and try his hardest to win her attention and eventually her hand in marriage. Obviously there was a time when they walked down the aisle together and made vows before God to love and serve one another’s needs for life. In good times and in bad, in sickness and in health, for richer or poorer, as long as they both should live. It wasn’t that long ago… but now, they’re two separate people living under the same roof, and can’t seem to say a pleasant word to one another, sometimes for weeks on end. In some cases, it’s been years.

Once again, while they may have had a “Church Wedding,” those who struggle with these matters often have no real relationship with the Lord. They don’t pray together, study the Word together or minister to others together. Jesus stands at the door and knocks at these homes, but Facebook, TV, hobbies and games take priority.

Most times there’s a great deal of selfishness going on in these homes. As the hurt gets worse and the hearts grow harder, it becomes more difficult for the husband and wife to genuinely care and serve one another. The importance of a heart of humility and service is repeatedly emphasized all throughout Scripture. Think of Jesus washing the feet of His disciples. He told them, “whoever wishes to be the greatest in the Kingdom of Heaven will be the servant of all.”

Some of you men may get angry with me for saying this, but I lay most of the responsibility for all these matters directly on your shoulders. Certainly it takes both spouses to make a Godly marriage and family. But God has called us men to be the spiritual leaders of our homes. Yet how many of us have grown up in homes where “Mom” was the one who tucked us in with bedtime prayers, who took us to church, who read us the Scriptures and modeled her faith in real life for us — while “Dad” pursued his work, his hobbies and recreation?

God also told us all, as Paul wrote to the Ephesians, “Husbands, love your wives, as Christ loved the church and gave Himself up for her.” In my counseling, I often ask men who claim to love their wives if they would give themselves up for her. Would they lay down their lives for her? “Absolutely,” they respond, without a moment’s hesitation. Then I ask, “But are you willing to lay down the porn, the alcohol, the fishing, the TV remote, the Facebook… are you willing to lay those things down for her? Do you think you even can?” I get a blank stare.

There are many troubled people, troubled marriages, dysfunctional families, broken homes, wayward children, grandparents in anguish because their grandchildren are growing up estranged from them and in Godless, secular homes. Friends, the only answer to all these things is humble repentance and turning once again — or for some, for the very first time — to God our Father and Creator, and Jesus His Son.  The Christian life is not one of ease, but the alternative, as we see so often now from the seeds we’ve sown, is pure anguish. Invite the Holy Spirit to guide you. Pray without ceasing.  Do what you know is right, and start making your professed faith a real, true priority in your lives today. There’s no other way, no magic pill, no quick fix. Either you’re serious, or you’re not.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066 or email: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 331.

By Amil Imani

October 19, 2025

Lightning incinerates the swamp as President Trump’s DOJ unleashes a relentless thunderbolt on John Bolton, the war-mongering neocon whose August 22, 2025 FBI raid exposes his treachery in a blaze of classified leaks and anti-Trump betrayal.  Federal agents stormed Bolton’s Bethesda home and D.C. office, seizing two iPhones, four computers, hard drives, and “secret” white binders labeled “Trump I-IV” and “allied strikes” under Espionage Act warrants.

On October 16, 2025, a D.C. grand jury convened to slam felony charges — potentially five counts — for mishandling classified docs and leaking via private email during Bolton’s 2018–2019 NSC tenure, a direct stab at Trump’s America First peace agenda.  No mercy: Trump’s DOJ, led by Kash Patel, brands Bolton a “lowlife” and “unpatriotic,” crushing the Russia hoax enabler who fueled endless wars and sabotaged diplomacy with North Korea and Iran.  This is the reckoning for a traitor’s downfall, and Trump is delivering it.

The raid’s firestorm erupts from Bolton’s own treachery, hoarding classified docs in his office — unlike his home, where no secrets surfaced — revealing daily activity logs and Iran strike plans emailed to personal accounts, a felony breach risking national security.  Court filings unsealed in September detail the haul: USB drives, hard drives, and binders marked “secret,” with the FBI authorized to force facial and fingerprint unlocks on Bolton’s devices.  The New York Post exposed the grand jury’s October 15 move, calling the case “airtight,” with prosecutors eyeing charges tied to Bolton’s 2020 memoir, The Room Where It Happened, which allegedly exploited classified intel for profit while defaming Trump’s peace deals.  Bolton’s pre-raid salvo — slamming Trump’s Putin talks as “Nobel-chasing” weakness hours before agents hit — seals his fate as the Deep State’s poster boy, now facing a legal guillotine for his hawkish sabotage.  Trump learned of the raid via TV and roared approval, with Patel’s DOJ vowing to bury Bolton alongside Comey and Brennan in a purge of swamp traitors.

Bolton’s war-monger legacy fuels the inferno.  He’s the Bush-era neocon who pushed Iraq’s quagmire, championed Syrian air strikes, and defied Trump’s 2019 order to de-escalate with Iran, earning his ouster as national security adviser.  His memoir’s leaks, cleared only partially by NSC review, sparked DOJ fury for endangering allies like South Korea with exposed strike plans.  The Washington Post notes Bolton’s defiance: He refused to testify in Trump’s first impeachment, siding with Deep State plotters like Vindman, whose own probe now mirrors Bolton’s fate.  Critics like Bernie Sanders cry “retribution,” but the Foundation for Defense of Democracies hails the raid as exposing Bolton’s “reckless” leaks that aided Iran’s proxies by revealing U.S. tactics.  This isn’t politics; it’s accountability for a hawk who’d rather burn the world than back Trump’s peace.

The Deep State’s fingerprints smear Bolton’s plot, tying him to the Russia hoax architects — Comey, Brennan, Clapper — who face their own DOJ fire for false statements and fraud.  Patel’s “Government Gangsters” list, detailed in his 2024 book, ranks Bolton fifth among traitors, accusing him of feeding anti-Trump narratives to Mark Milley and leaking Ukraine aid details to spark impeachment. The Wall Street Journal confirms: Bolton’s private emails, uncovered in August, show “daily activity” logs sent to unknown recipients, risking exposure of NSC secrets to adversaries like China. His alliance with Joint Chiefs chairman Mark Milley, now under scrutiny for 2021 China calls, cements Bolton as a cog in the cabal that framed Trump’s 2016 win as Kremlin collusion.  No wonder the raid hit hard — Bolton’s office held binders detailing Trump’s private talks, a betrayal that demands prison, not pardon.

Trump’s DOJ, with Pam Bondi as A.G. and Patel at the FBI, turns the tables to crush Bolton’s ilk.  The grand jury, per the Daily Mail, eyes up to seven years for each Espionage Act count, with prosecutors like Emil Bove building a RICO case linking Bolton to broader Deep State schemes.  This aligns with probes into Comey (false statements) and Letitia James (mortgage fraud).  Politico notes the stakes: Bolton’s indictment could deter future leakers, fortifying Trump’s control over classified intel as he negotiates Ukraine’s endgame and Gaza’s peace.  The Atlantic whines about an “authoritarian” DOJ, but MAGA knows: This is justice, not revenge, for a war-monger who’d sell America for a warhead.

Bolton’s downfall reverberates beyond his ruin, exposing the neocon rot that fueled Iraq and Syria disasters while undermining Trump’s diplomacy with Putin and Kim.  NBC reports that his allies — Vindman, Yovanovitch — face similar scrutiny, with DOJ subpoenas targeting their Ukraine leaks as part of a “Deep State” network.  Trump’s executive order on declassification, signed September 15, 2025, greenlights releasing NSC logs to expose Bolton’s role in the Russia hoax, a move the Heritage Foundation lauds as “transparency for patriots.”  No firewall shields this traitor; Bolton’s legal team scrambles, but the evidence buries him.

President Trump’s raids and indictments are dismantling the Deep State’s war machine, with Bolton as the trophy for MAGA warriors.  No retreat: Patel and Bondi vow to jail leakers, from Bolton to Brennan, ensuring that America First triumphs over neocon treachery.  Patriots, demand convictions.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Cherie Zaslawsky

October 18, 2025

Just when you think Trump has messed up bigly, he surprises you with an unexpected stroke of brilliance. As a matter of fact, he keeps doing the impossible!

That’s what he did by using tariffs as a diplomatic tool. Why did no one else ever think of this? In record time he sealed our wide-open southern border. He ended the insanity of DEI incompetence and restored our merit system, while making it national policy that there are only two genders, male and female, affirming not “transgenderism”, but that men can’t turn into women and will no longer be able to compete in women’s sports. He slashed government waste ferreted out by DOGE. With the stroke of a pen, he pulled us out of two disastrous programs: the Paris Climate Accords and the World Health Organization (WHO). And this is just the very short list.

In other words, after four years of Biden’s destructive lunacy, Trump is restoring sanity to America! And he hopes to do something similar around the world.

It’s his second and final stint as President, and he’s likely thinking about his legacy. Not only does he intend to make America great again, but he also wants to do his best to foster peace generally. Remember what a threat North Korea was during his first term? Dems were terrified he’d cause WWIII, but he tamed the beast and practically had Kim Jong Un eating out of his hand.

Who would have thought he could end protracted wars and bring enemies to the negotiating table? And yet in a mere 250 days, he’s done the following:

• Ended the Armenia-Azerbaijan 35-year war
• Fostered peace between Cambodia and Thailand
• Brought Rwanda and Congo to the negotiating table
• Got India and Pakistan into a dialogue
• Prompted a Serbia-Kosovo breakthrough
• Negotiated a ceasefire and the return of all remaining Israeli hostages through a 20-point peace plan
• Working on forging peace between Ukraine and Russia

This is a man who truly values human life and has a great heart for people.

And he wants his legacy to be that of a peacemaker.

After reading a new article by brilliant writer Joan Swirsky in American Thinker, I’m entertaining the possibility that Trump just trumped Hamas.

The question is, did Trump betray Israel with a Bidenesque peace plan meant to lead to a Palestinian state? Or did he outsmart Hamas by forcing them to the table due to his assembling a broad Muslim coalition in order to secure the release of the last of the hostages? If this peace plan as written is his ultimate goal, it’s bad for Israel. But if it was a chess move to finally get Hamas to release the rest of the hostages, it’s brilliant.

Nevertheless, there are a number of issues with his 20-Point Plan for peace between Israel and Hamas that need to be addressed, as well as the concept itself. Why, for example, can’t we let Israel handle the dismantling of Hamas’ terror network, including all the tunnels? Who better to finish this difficult and dangerous work than the IDF that has done so much of it already? Why keep tying their hands?

TRUMP’S GAZA PEACE PLAN

While it was indeed a great accomplishment for the President’s Administration to negotiate Hamas’ return of the twenty remaining living hostages to their families in Israel, that does not equate to “the dawn of a new Middle East” as Trump has announced. More like wishful thinking.

I don’t fault Trump for wanting to bring about peace between the Palestinians and Israel—only for pretending it’s possible, given the reality of Hamas’ charter to “cleanse” the land of all Jews “from the river to the sea.” Nor does Trump seem to grasp the reality that many Arab Muslims have a built-in animosity toward both Israel and Jews in general, which they are taught in the Koran.

As Prime Minister Golda Meir put it: “If the Arabs put down their guns, there would be no more fighting. If the Israelis put down theirs, there would be no more Israel.”

A NEW ERA OF PEACE IN THE MIDDLE EAST, OR RINSE & REPEAT?

While our President may declare he’s just created peace in the Middle East, I call it Trumpian hyperbole. Though it’s admirable to want an end to bloodshed, it’s foolish not to acknowledge reality.

 According to Trump:

This is the historic dawn of a new Middle East. It is an incredible triumph for Israel and the world to have all these nations working together as partners in peace. Generations from now, this will be remembered as the moment that everything began to change.

Are the Muslim nation partners: Turkey, Egypt, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Jordan, Pakistan, etc., suddenly befriending Israel?

Of course not. But Trump did succeed in bringing them all onboard for his diplomatic victory in bringing the hostages home.

And from the Washington Times: Mr. Trump expressed hope that the ceasefire in Gaza would spread peace throughout the broader Middle East, including to Iran, which he said “has inflicted so much death.”

“The hand of friendship and cooperation is always open,” he said.

But that friendship is almost surely to be rewarded by plunging the U.S. into yet another Middle Eastern quagmire. Investigative journalist Daniel Greenfield has referred to Trump’s plan as “nation building”—and we’ve seen where that has led. Says Greenfield:

If the Trump administration backs the deal, it will be forced to act as a ‘guarantor’ which will not only mean protecting Hamas, but an extended terrorist nation-building program bigger even than Iraq or Afghanistan. Phase 3 of the deal reportedly calls for a 3–5-year rebuilding program.

That timetable would have President Trump spend his whole second term rebuilding Gaza.

Except for the packaging and the fact this ceasefire involves the return of the last of the hostages, how is this deal appreciably different from the Biden/Blinken deals?

It’s still the US dictating the terms and still leaves Israel vulnerable—arguably the loser after the release of 2,000 Palestinian terrorists—which could be why the Gazans were celebrating in the street.

And take note of Number 16 in Trump’s 20-Point Plan: Israel will not occupy or annex Gaza. As Yogi Berra once said, it’s déjà vu all over again.

Israel forced its own citizens to uproot their communities in Gaza in 2005, to leave the strip to the Palestinians in toto. They left their greenhouses full of fruit and flowers that could be sold to Europeans as they had done. What did the Palestinians do? They demolished them and used the financial aid pouring in to construct a vast network of terror tunnels to smuggle weaponry underground from Egypt to use for attacks on their Jewish neighbors. Israel essentially gave the Palestinians their state and they turned it into a terrorists’ munitions factory. And by the way, Gaza is part of Israel. How do I know? It’s in the Bible.

Here’s Number 18: An interfaith dialogue process will be established based on the values of tolerance and peaceful co-existence to try and change mindsets and narratives of Palestinians and Israelis by emphasizing the benefits that can be derived from peace.

This one is as supremely insulting as it is bound to fail. Does anyone think the Israelis need to be lectured on the benefits of peace? And does anyone think a little talk-therapy will change the “mindset and narrative” of the generationally indoctrinated Palestinians who take pride in killing Jews?

It gets worse.

Number 19: While Gaza re-development advances and when the PA reform program is faithfully carried out, the conditions may finally be in place for a credible pathway to Palestinian self-determination and statehood, which we recognize as the aspiration of the Palestinian people.

Plus ça change… But at least the language is reassuringly vague, and it’s highly unlikely the PA reform program will be faithfully carried out.

TRUMP THE SHOWMAN

Trump is not only a uniquely brilliant politician and negotiator, he’s also a consummate showman, having cut his teeth on reality TV through fifteen successful seasons of The Apprentice. He knows how to set the stage for important events, as he did to a T regarding ending the Hamas/Israel war. He flew to Israel, gave an inspiring speech, honored Netanyahu, and spoke movingly about the released hostages to cheers from members of the Knesset and amid public fanfare expressing the gratitude of Israeli citizens.

And he did, in fact, make the long-desired release of all the hostages a reality. That’s a wow! And he deserves praise for that. But at what price?

Two thousand Hamas prisoners released in exchange for the last 20 living kidnapped Israelis. That means 100 Hamas terrorists released for each of those freed hostages. Does anyone think that’s a good bargain?

TRUMP’S BROMANCE WITH QATAR

It’s not great optics that Trump’s good friend Steve Witkoff, who had a key role in this negotiation, was bailed out of difficulties over a Manhattan hotel deal by the Qatar Investment Authority. And closer to home, there’s son-in-law Jared Kushner, who also worked on the peace plan, and whose financial dealings through his investment firm, Affinity Partners, resulted in a hefty billion-and-a-half from Qatari investors. Bloomberg shows the date for that $1.5 billion as December 20, 2024, shortly after his father-in-law won the election. But even if the transaction happened prior to the election, as Kushner claims, Trump was already the odds-on favorite. And by the way, Trump’s sons Don Jr. and Eric are building a golf course and luxury villas in Qatar as well.

Does this remind anyone else of Ukraine, when Biden’s son Hunter made out like a bandit while the “Big Guy” was in office? Taking that analogy a step further, has Qatar become the Ukraine of the Middle East? Great for business, good for quid pro quo even if the ultimate prize is peace? And is it really “peace” we’re seeing, or merely a lull in a decades-long battle as Israel struggles for survival in a sea of jihadists?

Massad Boulos, the Arab-American father-in-law of President Trump’s  daughter Tiffany, whom he made his Senior Advisor on Arab and Middle Eastern Affairs, hailed Trump’s 20-point Plan as an:

…absolute final peace agreement. It is not only about Gaza, but it’s the future of the Middle East and [Trump] is looking forward to lasting and comprehensive peace all over the Middle East.

There’s just one itty bitty problem amidst all these grandiose proclamations and kumbaya visions of permanent peace: None of the fundamentals have changed.

BEWARE OF QATARIS BEARING GIFTS

Qatar may have found a way to Trump’s heart in the form of a luxury Boeing 747 to be used as Air Force One and which the President graciously accepted. Question: How is this not subject to the Foreign Emoluments Clause? One may also wonder whether Trump ever heard of the Trojan Horse—the spectacular gift the Greeks gave to the Trojans, shortly before annihilating them.

While Israel is paying an exorbitant price for Trump’s peace plan in the form of 2,000 Hamas terrorists released from their prisons, in an article for Front Page Magazine, Daniel Greenfield argues that the U.S. is also paying a high price. He points to the new training center and hangars for F-15QA planes being installed at the Mountain Home Air Force base in Idaho to train Qatari troops. Hmmm…Qatari troops training on American soil. Does that sound like a good idea to you? Sound like America First?

And why has Trump just placed Qatar on a par with our NATO allies with Article V protection? Greenfield sees that as another payoff to Qatar for its help brokering Trump’s peace deal.

The larger question is why are we suddenly so chummy with the country that funded the terrorist organization Hamas prior to October 7^th, 2023? I thought our top ally in the Middle East was Israel—the only Democratic country in the region. Seems like we’ve gone through the looking glass.

THE CONUNDRUM OF THE MIDDLE EAST

The Middle East is both complex and simple. Complex because of layers of propaganda and obfuscation contrived by the Communists who coached Yassir Arafat in the late 60s and 70s, teaching him to cast the Palestinians as victims. (See my article Israel in the Crosshairs, Part 1, A Soviet Psyop Second to None). Actually, they were never “Palestinians” in the first place, as “Palestine” was a term used synonymously with “Zion” and “Israel.”

Here’s what Zuheir Mohsen, a leader in the PLO (Palestine Liberation Organization), said in a 1977 interview with the Dutch newspaper ‘Trouw‘:

The Palestinian people does not exist. The creation of a Palestinian state is only a means for continuing our struggle against the state of Israel for our Arab unity.

The Arabs in Gaza prior to 1948 were not “Palestinians,” but Arab Muslims from nearby countries such as Jordan, Syria, Saudi Arabia and Egypt, who were living in Israeli territory prior to the 1948 war. They fled their homes, at the behest of their leaders, who promised they would return as victors in that war, and would not only get their homes back, but could then pillage and claim Jewish property as well. So in the meantime, their leaders evacuated them to refugee camps. Their Arab leaders, not the Jews.

Ever since, from 1948 to 2025—that’s 77 years—they’ve been crying about their stolen land, which is a lie wrapped in a fiction that is still being promulgated by the Arab press and Hamas leaders. You’ve got to hand it to the Arab Muslim PR campaign against Israel. Topnotch. By the way, the only people starving in Gaza in the last two years were the Israeli hostages.

So much for the complex part.

The simple part? Most of Israel’s Arab neighbors are committed to Israel’s destruction. What else explains the attacks by the Houthis, by Hezbollah, and by Iran, that took place during and after the brutal massacre by Hamas and Gazan civilians on the Jewish holy day of Simchat Torah on October 7^th, 2023?

A TRUMPIAN SOLUTION THAT MISSES THE POINT

Here’s Trump with more Pollyanna-style reasoning:

It should be clear to everyone throughout this region that decades of fomenting terrorism and extremism, jihadism and antisemitism have not worked — they have backfired completely and totally. From Gaza to Iran, those bitter hatreds have delivered nothing but misery, suffering and failure.

Yes, Mr. President. Correct.

But that’s what jihadist Arab Muslims actually want. In fact, that’s their lifelong goal! That’s their mission. That’s what they believe Allah wants them to dedicate their lives to, in addition to imposing Sharia law over all the infidels of the West they don’t manage to kill first. That’s why they were dancing in the streets of Gaza on October 7^th. And that’s why they’ve been celebrating this current peace deal that will enable Hamas to gear up for their next attack on their Jewish neighbor.

Apparently, Trump didn’t get their chief memo: First the Saturday people. Then the Sunday people. 

Translation: First, we’ll kill the Jews. Then the Christians.

A FEW WORDS OF ADVICE

During his campaign in 2016, Trump was fond of reading a poem called The Snake. Here’s how it ends:

“I saved you,” cried the woman
“And you’ve bitten me, but why?
And you know your bite is poisonous and now I’m gonna die”
“Oh shut up, silly woman,” said the reptile with a grin
“You knew damn well I was a snake before you took me in”

Maybe Donald should read that poem again. And while he can orchestrate a ceasefire deal between Hamas and Israel, he may be the only person on the planet who believes this will turn into lasting peace in the Middle East.

But since Hamas has already violated the peace agreement—much sooner than I’d anticipated—and Trump has already threatened them with military might, whether ours or Israel’s or both is not yet clear, things are looking up.

Here’s my prediction: Since Hamas, being true to form, has already violated the Peace Plan, Trump will give Israel the green light to temporarily evacuate civilians and wipe out Hamas, lock, stock and tunnel. Then, Israel will rebuild and resettle Gaza, which they never should have left as they did in 2005. Finally, those Palestinians who want to return to a demilitarized Gaza strip can return, living peacefully side by side with Israelis as many Arabs do in Israel. And the others can emigrate to Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Pakistan, etc. End of story.

And one last word of advice for our President: Return the 747.

© 2025 Cherie Zaslawsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net

By Debra Mullins

October 18, 2025

“Delicious Autumn”

Poets depict autumn as “a mosaic” announcing “nature’s last beauty saved up all year for its grand finale.” Flashing the year’s “last, loveliest smile,” every fluttering leaf “speaks bliss.” No wonder Mary Ann Evans (aka George Eliot) wished her very soul to be wedded to what she extolled as “delicious autumn”!

Regretfully, the beauty, smiles and bliss of “delicious autumn” are popularly supplanted with grave stones, coffins, skeletons, ghosts, demons, witches, black cats, vampires, massive spider webs and jeering Jack-o-lanterns. All attend October 31st when Halloween’s ghoulish emblems find place in neighborhoods, schools, businesses and, yes, even Christian churches.

This autumn an estimated 73% of Americans will pay homage to Halloween by decorating their homes, exchanging spooky greeting cards, costuming up & stocking up on candy—this, to the tune of over $13 billion in 2025 alone!

“Christian” Roots of Halloween

In fact, some academics contend that Halloween began independently as a Christian holiday. Remembering the dead (including saints, martyrs and faithful departed), the Christian triduum begins with Halloween (October 31), followed by All Saints’ Day (November 1) and All Souls’ Day (November 2).

In the 5th century, Pope Boniface moved the celebration to May 13 as a day for celebrating saints and martyrs. Thereafter, in the 9th Century, Pope Gregory restored fire festivals and established All Saints’ Day (November 1) with All Souls’ Day following (November 2).

In ancient Ireland, Christians were lured, even constrained by weighty incentives. Failure to engage this “dark half of the year” resulted in “punishment from the gods” (usually illness or death); and to use one’s weapon or to commit a crime during the celebration occasioned a death sentence.

Given its dark, death-centric themes, coupled with biblically-forbidden associations, Halloween was rightly banned among pious, early-American colonists. However, by the mid-19th Century, a flood of immigrants (Irish included) propelled its prominence to that of a principal U.S. holiday.

Nefarious Roots of Halloween

Fast forward: With meagre mention of the liturgical calendar, complicit churches today host costume parades and “Trunk or Treats” featuring generous hand-outs of candy &/or Halloween trinkets. Old-fashioned taffy-pulling and apple-bobbing venues delight the young and old alike!

Problem is, the Christian triduum is nowhere mentioned in Scripture. To the contrary, believers are commanded to entertain things that are honest, just, pure, lovely, of good report, virtuous and praiseworthy—a far cry from trappings of Halloween. (Phil. 4:8)

For example, in God’s economy, death is the ultimate enemy; and Jesus Christ abolished it. Through the gospel, and for all time, He brought to light both life and immortality. In contrast to LIFE, scholars report that, over two thousand years ago, Halloween sprang out of the Celtic/Gaelic harvest festival of Samhain (pronounced /SOW-wen/). Samhain is the “lord of DEATH.” (Isa. 25:8, 2 Tim. 1:10)

With harvest work complete at the close of summer, deceased ancestors in ancient Britain and Ireland were believed to return to their homes through doors and windows intentionally left open for them. The tradition of “dumb supper” involved parents regaling the dead with the year’s news while children played games for their entertainment.

It’s true, “an hour is coming” when the deceased will resurrect, but certainly not at the bidding of the so-called lord of death, nor on his terms. (John 5:28-29)

Myths and Legends, Trappings and Ghoulish Emblems

Considered highly conducive to demon activity, Halloween is one of eight major festivals in witchcraft. Today, Halloween is first listed and preeminent among eight Wiccan Sabbats.

Halloween myths and religious practices feature demon-worshiping Druid priests who lit community fires to frighten away unwelcomed evil spirits. Their charge was to discourage fairies from kidnapping unsuspecting victims and to prevent the “unforgiven dead” (called Sluaghs) from stealing souls.

To avoid being recognized, Halloween celebrants wore masks and, to ward off evil, they dressed as animals and monsters. Historical documents reference gluttonous feasts and six days of drinking alcohol to excess [typically mead (honey wine) or beer]. In Wales, some revelers engaged in violent games. While setting off fireworks, carousers tossed burning wood at each other.

Added to wine-making and noisy owls (thought to be guardians of the underworld), the celebration became well known for magicians and soothsayers/diviners. Add to these the damned souls symbolized by jack-o’-lanterns. According to Irish legend, Stingy Jack was a drunkard who bargained with Satan, then roamed earth with only a hollowed, candle-lit turnip (i.e., jack o’lantern) to light his way.

Ungodly myths attending Samhain include shape-shifting and night-wandering death omens—e.g., The Lady Gwyn (accompanied by a black pig) and the Dullahan who carried his own head while riding a flame-eyed horse. Contemporary practices mimic the Irish tradition of “mumming” (donning costumes and going door-to-door to procure payment of cakes for singing songs to the dead).

Hardly the stuff of Christian virtue.

Fittingly, Bible-honoring Christians are commanded to separate from (not engage) “unclean things” associated with ghoulish emblems that persist in schools, businesses and, as earlier mentioned, Christian churches.

Recognizing that “bad company ruins good morals,” Christ followers take no part in unfruitful works of darkness except to expose them. (2 Tim. 3:8, Lev. 19:31 and 20:6, Micah 5:12, Eph. 5:18, Pr. 23:20-21, Ro. 12:2, 1 Cor. 15:33, 2 Cor. 6:17, Eph. 5:11, 1 John 2:15-17)

Halloween Fallout

Among Protestants, the Reformation essentially put an end to the religious holiday of Halloween; however, in Britain especially, it persisted as a secular holiday. Later, with growing popularity of Wicca in the 1980s came a broad revival of Samhain accompanied with traditional fire ceremonies, nature- and/or ancestors- worship—all strictly forbidden in Scripture. (Deut. 4:19, Ro. 1:25, Ex. 20:3-4, Deut. 18:10-12)

Concurrent with the Wiccan revival of Samhain, contemporary Pagan Re-constructionists practice Celtic traditions. Placing juniper decorations around their homes, they create an altar for the dead and, then, feast in honor of deceased loved ones. American pagans hold music and dance celebrations called Witches’ Balls.

Far from “delicious,” the autumn “grand finale” of Halloween exacts the price of rampant crime.

Property crimes like vandalism and theft are notably increased; and compared to other days of the year, violent crime rates increase by about 50% on Halloween.

It’s no wonder Satanists call Halloween “All Demons Night.”

Kill-Joy Naysayers

Although the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF) has attempted to pair Halloween with collection of money for its humanitarian programs, pious naysayers refuse to rebrand evil as good. Instead, they repudiate Halloween for dangerous dabbling in fleshly indulgences (Witches’ Balls, gluttonous feasts, drinking to excess, horror movies, violence), superstition (black cats thought to be reincarnated humans, haunted houses, omens), mischief (pranks, vandalism, violence), extortion (treat, or threat of trick) and Wiccan paganism, attended by hobgoblins and demi-gods.

For eschewing macabre facets of Halloween, spiritually-sensitive, Bible-honoring Christians are thought to be “kill-joy naysayers” and “party-pooping legalists.” Even so, principled Christians maintain absolute allegiance to unambiguous text of scripture.

Meaning “hallowed or holy evening,” Halloween is anything but holy. Its central theme is death; its central figure, the Lord of Death (Satan). Importantly, the thief (Grim Reaper) comes only to steal, kill and destroy, but—Good News!—Jesus came to impart life in abundance. For His sake and in His Name, believers do well to “touch not the unclean thing” (John 10:10, 2 Cor. 6:17), as delineated below:

♦ Re.: Abominations [Vampires, diviners, magicians, witches, sorcerers, hypnotists, psychics, necromancers, soothsayers: All are abominations to God (Deut. 18:9-12, Gal. 5:19-21)]
♦ Re.: Compromise [inappropriate partnerships (2 Cor. 6:14), influence of Godless foreigners (Dan. 1:8), rebranding evil as good by calling darkness, light—and light, darkness (Isa. 5:20)]
♦ Re.: Death (Deu. 30:19), the wages of sin (Ro. 6:23) not to be celebrated; [Samhain (“Lord of Death”), altar for the dead, engaging the dead, death omens, feasting in honor of deceased loved ones, grave stones, coffins, skeletons, ghosts, apparitions]
♦ Re.: Deception (masks to disguise, deceive—Mt. 6:2, 5, 16 & 23:27-28)
♦ Re.: Extortion (treat, or threat of trick—Amos 5:11, “exacting tributes …”)
♦ Re.: False worship [Nature worship, Ancestor worship, traditional fire ceremonies
(Ex. 20:4-5, 1 Cor. 10:14)]
♦ Re.: Fear (Isa. 41:10, Ps. 23:4, 1 John 4:18)
♦ Re.: Fleshly indulgences and excess [Witches’ Balls, gluttonous feasts, drinking to excess (Eph. 5:18)]
♦ Re.: Mischief [pranks, vandalism, violence, crime, horror movies (Ezek. 11:2, Psa. 26:11, 28:3, 36:4 & 119:150, Pr. 4:16)]
♦ Re.: Myths [fairies, night wanderers, underworld dwellers, demi-gods, hobgoblins (Psa. 96:5)]
♦ Re.: Occult and occultic practices [Witchcraft, Wicca, paganism, shape-shifting creatures (1 Sam. 15:23, 2 Th. 2:9)]
♦ Re.: Satan, Demons [Satan blinds believers (2 Cor. 4:4); fellowship with demons is forbidden (1 Cor. 10:20); we’re not to give place to the devil (Eph. 4:27), but rather we’re to resist him (Jas. 4:7)]
♦ Re.: Superstition [black cats thought to be reincarnated humans, omens (Prov. 19:21)]
♦ Re.: Symbology [dark symbolism of black pig, massive spider web, jeering Jack-o-lanterns (2 Th. 2:9)]
♦ Re.: Unclean associations [interaction between humans and Otherworld creatures (Isa. 8:19)]

© 2025 Debra Mullins – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Debra Mullins: debraraer@comcast.net

By Patti Johnson

October 17, 2025

Big Pharma’s reach extends far beyond human medicine, infiltrating the cattle, chicken, pork, fish, and even fruit and vegetable industries. My findings will shock you. They might drive you to raise your own livestock and grow your own produce, though that’s no simple task. Those with the means and land—complete with a pond—are breeding their own tilapia, raising animals, and cultivating their own food. But not everyone can become a farmer or rancher. If that’s not an option, you may want to seek out wild-caught fish and source meat and produce from farmers who avoid vaccines in their livestock and crops.

We can refuse vaccines, especially the mRNA shots pushed on us, but what about the animals we eat? In 2012, Harrisvaccines developed the first RNA-based livestock vaccine, a swine influenza (H3N2) shot, followed by an avian influenza mRNA vaccine in 2015. Merck Animal Health acquired Harrisvaccines later that year. In 2016, CureVac created an mRNA-based rabies vaccine for pigs. Merck, partnering with Moderna, launched the Sequivity platform in 2018, enabling endlessly customizable “vaccines” that skip safety testing. Since 2018, pork producers have used customizable mRNA-based “vaccines” on their herds. For seven years Americans have been eating pork treated with gene therapy. Now, mRNA-lipid nanoparticle shots for avian influenza and cattle are in development, threatening to expand this treatment to more of our meat supply.

Determined to avoid mRNA beef when it is introduced, we sought a local cattle business that advertised skipping these injections for their beef. We found two companies advertising grass-fed beef raised without hormones, antibiotics or mRNA vaccines. When we asked if they used any other vaccines, one company ignored us. The other representative claimed they weren’t allowed to answer. Undeterred, we pressed the second company, insisting we needed to know before buying their beef. Finally, their supervisor relented, revealing that he was allowed to tell me only three of the multiple vaccines they administer to their cattle. He refused to disclose the rest. Why hide the others? This secrecy drove us to investigate what vaccines are available and administered to cattle.

Below is a list of vaccines available to cattle ranchers. Not all are administered, but getting clear answers on which ones are used has proven difficult. Vaccine names and availability vary by region and manufacturer, with some products combining protection against multiple diseases.

Vaccine Name – Disease

1  BOVILIS® NASALGEN® 3-PMH Respiratory disease
2  BOVILIS® 20/20 Vision® 7 Clostridial diseases
3  BOVILIS® Vista® 5 L5 SQ Respiratory/reproductive
4  BOVILIS® Covexin® 8 Clostridial diseases
5  BOVILIS® VISION® 8 WITH SPUR® Clostridial diseases
6  BOVILIS® Bovilus S™ Salmonellosis
7  BOVILIS® Bovilus E Calf scours
8  BOVILIS® Bovilus MH™ Mannheimia haemolytica
9  BOVILIS® Bovilus MH+IBR™ Respiratory disease
10  BOVILIS® Rotavec Corona Calf scours
11  Bovi-Shield GOLD® One Shot Respiratory disease
12  Bovi-Shield GOLD® FP5 L5 Respiratory/reproductive
13  CattleMaster® 4 Respiratory disease
14  CattleMaster® GOLD FP5 Respiratory/reproductive
15  Inforce™ 3 Respiratory disease
16  Calf-Guard® Calf scours
17  ScourGuard® 4KC Calf scours
18  Leptoferm-5® Leptospirosis
19  ReproSTAR® VL5 HB Leptospirosis/vibriosis
20  Bar-Vac® CD/T Clostridial diseases
21  Ultrabac® 7/Somubac Clostridial diseases
22  Ultrabac® 8 Clostridial diseases
23  UltraChoice® 7 Clostridial diseases
24  Vaxxon SRP® Salmonella Salmonellosis
25  Moraxella Bovoculi Bacterin Pinkeye
26  I-Site XP Pinkeye
27  J-VAC® Mastitis
28  Fusogard® Footrot
29  Tetanus Toxoid Concentrate Tetanus
30  Tetanus Antitoxin Tetanus
31  Imrab® Rabies
32  Brucella abortus RB51 Brucellosis
33  TrichGuard® Trichomoniasis
34  BotVax® Botulism
35  Ephemeral Fever Vaccine Ephemeral fever
36  Anthrax Spore Vaccine Anthrax

Below is a list of common chicken vaccines with their names and a one or two word description of the disease(s) they target, based on veterinary sources and poultry health information. The chart focuses on vaccines widely used in commercial and backyard poultry settings, with some variation depending on region and flock type (e.g., layers, broilers, breeders).

Vaccine Name – Disease

1  Marek’s Disease Vaccine (HVT) Marek’s disease
2  Marek’s Disease Vaccine (Rispens) Marek’s disease
3  Marek’s Disease Vaccine (SB-1) Marek’s disease
4  Newcastle Disease Vaccine (LaSota) Newcastle disease
5  Newcastle Disease Vaccine (B1) Newcastle disease
6  Infectious Bronchitis Vaccine (Massachusetts) Infectious bronchitis
7  Infectious Bronchitis Vaccine (Connecticut) Infectious bronchitis
8  Infectious Bursal Disease Vaccine (Gumboro) Gumboro disease
9  Infectious Laryngotracheitis Vaccine (ILT) Laryngotracheitis
10  Fowl Pox Vaccine Fowl pox
11  Avian Encephalomyelitis Vaccine Avian encephalomyelitis
12  Fowl Cholera Vaccine Fowl cholera
13  Mycoplasma Gallisepticum Vaccine Mycoplasmosis
14  Mycoplasma Synoviae Vaccine Mycoplasmosis
15  Infectious Coryza Vaccine Infectious coryza
16  Egg Drop Syndrome Vaccine Egg drop syndrome
17  Salmonella Vaccine (Vaxxon SRP®) Salmonellosis
18 Avian Influenza Vaccine (H5N1) Avian influenza
19  Newcastle-Bronchitis Combined Vaccine Newcastle/bronchitis
20  NDV-IBDV Bivalent Vaccine Newcastle/Gumboro
21  NDV-AIV Bivalent Vaccine Newcastle/influenza

Below is a list of common pig vaccines with their names and a one or two word description of the disease(s) they target, based on veterinary sources and swine health information. This chart focuses on vaccines widely used in commercial and small-scale pig production, with some variation by region and herd type (e.g., breeding, growing, or finishing pigs).

Vaccine Name – Disease

1  Porcilis® PCV Circovirus
2  Suvaxyn® PCV Circovirus
3  Circoflex® Circovirus
4  Ingelvac® CircoFLEX® Circovirus
5  Porcilis® 6C E. coli/Clostridial
6  Gletvax® 6 E. coli/Clostridial
7  Suvaxyn® MH-One Enzootic pneumonia
8  Ingelvac® MycoFLEX® Enzootic pneumonia
9  Porcilis® APP Pleuropneumonia
10  Ingelvac® APP-X Pleuropneumonia
11  RhiniShield® TX4 Atrophic rhinitis
12  Porcilis® AR-T DF Atrophic rhinitis
13  Farrowsure® GOLD Parvovirus/Erysipelas
14  ParvoShield® L5E Parvovirus/Leptospirosis
15  Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae Bacterin Erysipelas
16  Ingelvac® ERY-ALC Erysipelas
17  Suvaxyn® PRRS MLV PRRS
18  Ingelvac® PRRS MLV PRRS
19  Porcilis® PRRS PRRS
20  Suvaxyn® PEDV Porcine epidemic diarrhea
21  PEDV-S mRNA-LNP Porcine epidemic diarrhea
22  Vaxxon® SRP Salmonella Salmonellosis
23  TGE Vaccine Transmissible gastroenteritis
24  Ingelvac® Aujeszky’s MLV Pseudorabies
25  Porcilis® Begonia Pseudorabies
26  Suvaxyn® IAV-S Swine influenza
27  FluSure XP® Swine influenza
28  LitterGuard® LT-C Clostridial diarrhea
29  Clostridium perfringens Type A Toxoid Clostridial enterotoxemia
30  Leptospira Bacterin (Pomona, Bratislava Leptospirosis

Below is a list of common commercially available fish vaccines with their names and a one or two word description of the disease(s) they target, focusing on key species and diseases in aquaculture. Note that vaccine availability varies by region, and some are autogenous (custom-made for specific farms).

Vaccine Name – Disease

1  ICTHIOVAC® VR/PD Vibriosis/Pasteurellosis
2  ICTHIOVAC® VNN Viral nervous necrosis
3  ICTHIOVAC® Lacto Lactococcosis
4  ICTHIOVAC® Tenacibaculum Tenacibaculosis
5  ALPHA JECT® Panga Pancreas disease
6  ALPHA JECT® micro 6 Multiple diseases
7  AQUAVAC® Vibrio Vibriosis
8  AQUAVAC® FNM Furunculosis
9  AQUAVAC® ERM Oral Yersiniosis
10  AQUAVAC® Strep Sa Streptococcosis
11  AQUAVAC® IPN Oral Infectious pancreatic necrosis
12  AQUAVAC® PD Pancreas disease
13  AQUAVAC® Relera Infectious salmon anemia
14  Norvax® Compact PD Pancreas disease
15  Norvax® Minova 6 Multiple diseases
16  Furogen Dip Furunculosis
17  AquaVac® Vibrio Oral Vibriosis
18  Renogen Bacterial kidney disease
19  E. ictaluri Bacterin Enteric septicemia
20  Aeromonas salmonicida Bacterin Furunculosis
21  Yersinia ruckeri Bacterin Yersiniosis
22  Vibrio anguillarum Bacterin Vibriosis
23  Streptococcus iniae Bacterin Streptococcosis
24  Piscirickettsia salmonis Bacterin Piscirickettsiosis
25  NanoTiLV-S4 Tilapia lake virus
26  IHN Vaccine Infectious hematopoietic necrosis
27  VHSV Vaccine Viral hemorrhagic septicemia
28  SVCV Vaccine Spring Viremia of Carp Virus

Are you shocked yet? But wait, there’s more…. Now plants have been added to the list to make “edible vaccines.” This is one more example of “Big Pharma uniting with Big FARMA

According to Wholecows.com.

“The genetic editing of plants to contain edible vaccines is well underway. Work is being done with bananas, potatoes, tomatoes, lettuce, rice, wheat, soybeans and corn. Companies like Medicago are using gene editing to turn plants into mini-bioreactors.”
News Clip: “Medicago’s manufacturing facility looks like a nursery, but inside these plants they’re growing a new kind of vaccine. The technology is called a virus-like-particle…”

Promo Video: “At Medicago, we use a careful step-by-step process to develop vaccines using our plants as mini-bioreactors. We start with the gene sequence or code of a virus. We then use our technology to synthesize the virus code into a real biological product. The code contains genetic instructions that our plants can read, and we insert it into bacteria called agrobacterium tumefaciens.

“We submerge the plants in a bath with the bacteria that carries the information into the plant cells and using a vacuum, we suck out the air between the plant cells and replace it with the liquid. The plants absorb it like a sponge. At the end of their bacterial bath, we return our plants to a carefully controlled greenhouse to let them get on with our natural growing business for at least four days. Now, the plants will start producing the most important ingredient of our vaccines: virus-like-particles.”

So now we have Frankencows, Frankenpigs, Frankenchickens, Frankenfish and Frankenplants. Looks like we have to raise our own cattle, chickens, pigs, fish and grow our own vegetables, grains and fruit. But wait, Gates, Big Ag and China are buying up all the farmland to grow the weaponized food and to raise weaponized animals for the great depopulation agenda.

What’s a human to do? Seek legislation to prevent the land grab and legislation to stop vaccines in livestock and food. Buy organic veggies and grass fed, hormone free, vaccine free meat or grow your own food and raise your own livestock! Two scriptures come to my mind:

Pray Psalm 91
“1One who dwells in the shelter of the Most High Will lodge in the shadow of the Almighty. 2I will say to the LORD, “My refuge and my fortress, My God, in whom I trust!”
3 For it is He who rescues you from the net of the trapper
And from the deadly plague….” Matthew 24:22

“Unless those days had been cut short, no life would have been saved; but for the sake of the elect those days will be cut short.”

Maranatha

© 2025 Patti Johnson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Patti Johnson: pj4charis@gmail.com

By Ronald Stein, PE

October 17, 2025

Ukraine drone attacks on Russia’s Goliath refineries are stark warnings to all national security teams – the hearts of infrastructure are easy targets for the David’s of the world.

Recent activities by Ukraine against Russian refineries, and the incident at the Chevron Refinery in California, are exposing the vulnerability of major Goliath infrastructures being stationary targets for slaying by the David’s in the world.

The misunderstanding of “green” delusionists is treating electricity as interchangeable with materials, as it is the central flaw of the green movement. Electricity is a utility, not a substance.

Electricity drives processes but those wind turbines and solar panels cannot themselves make things. Even basic metals like iron and copper require carbon as a reducing agent during smelting. Without carbon, humanity would lose the very means of transforming minerals into usable materials.

Meanwhile, governments pour trillions of dollars into policies designed to eliminate fossil fuels, without considering the economic or physical realities that wind and solar do totally different things than crude oil processed through refineries.

Yes Virginia, electricity can charge our iPhones, light our cities, and power our computers, but electricity cannot create the raw materials needed to build those very machines.

In fact, steel, cement, plastics, fertilizers, and pharmaceuticals all require hydrocarbons—not simply as fuel but as essential feedstocks. Oil, natural gas, and coal are the molecular foundations for over 6,000 everyday products that define modern life. Without them, hospitals would lack sterile equipment, farmers would lose fertilizers, and the construction of roads, bridges, and homes would grind to a halt.

The same contradiction appears globally. Electric vehicles are celebrated as zero-emission solutions, yet their manufacture depends heavily on fossil fuels—from the mining of lithium and cobalt with diesel-powered equipment to the production of tires, insulation, electronics, steel, glass, and plastic components derived from hydrocarbons. The result is more ways to use fossil fuels which is a carbon shift, not a carbon elimination.

Government mandated winners and losers are only applicable to those few in the wealthier countries that can afford huge subsidies, but the reality is that there are no silver bullet answers.

For those  outside the few wealthy countries, we see that at least 80 percent of humanity, or more than six billion in this world are living on less  than $10 a day, and billions living with little to no access to electricity.

The zero-emission movement is a delusion that JUST electricity generated from wind and solar can replace refineries and the crude oil that they process to support the variety of the more than 6,000 products and fuels in our materialistic society that did not exist 200 years ago.

As of January 1, 2025, there were 131 operable refineries in the United States according to the U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA)‘s data. This total includes traditional refineries and some facilities that produce petroleum product blending components but lack atmospheric distillation capacity.

Over the years the reduction in the number of operating refineries stems from aging infrastructure, high maintenance costs, and environmental regulations that have made smaller or less efficient plants uneconomical. Utilization rates have hovered between 85-93% annually, with 2024 seeing an average of 88%, indicating spare capacity but also highlighting vulnerabilities during peak demand or disruptions.

The number of operable refineries have large capacities and are aging and thus have generally declined over the past few decades. The majority of refineries are concentrated along the Gulf Coast, particularly in states like Texas (47), Louisiana (19), and California (18).

Building new refineries is challenging due to high costs, large land footprints that easily exceed 1,000 acres, environmental concerns, and political opposition, especially as the nation focuses its mandates and subsidies toward the generation of JUST electricity from wind turbines and solar panels. Yet wind turbines and solar panels CANNOT support the supply chain of products to build anything, even to build more wind and solar!

Government policies are difficult to reverse. Onshore and offshore wind has been tied to three goals at once: decarbonization, electricity security, and industrial revitalization. Billions in subsidies through “green” funds are already committed, while local governments and industries expect contracts and jobs from these subsidized funds.

In effect, offshore wind has become a new type of public works project. Ports, construction companies, heavy industry, and trading houses all benefit from the government mandates to build more electricity generation from wind and solar, and the governments’ financial support to build them. For politicians, it delivers regional development; for bureaucrats, it provides visible progress. Under these conditions, the withdrawal of corporate America investments is treated as a temporary setback and prompts no policy review.

Ukraine, the David trying to slay Goliath Russia, has been demonstrating via drone attacks at the heart of Russia’s military and economy, by attacking Russian refineries that provide the fuels for their Goliath empire.

By chance, in October 2025 the Chevron refinery in Southern California had an apparent leak that ignited and temporarily ceased production of 40% of the jet fuel demanded in Southern California. The Ukrainian drone attacks on Russian refineries and the Chevron incident are strong messages to America’s national security team that Goliath infrastructures are easy targets for “David”.

Please share this information with teachers, students, and friends to encourage Energy Literacy conversations at the family dinner table.

Click this Link to Sign up for Energy Literacy from Ronald Stein

© 2025 Ronald Stein – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ronald Stein: Ronald.Stein@EnergyLiteracy.net

By Cliff Kincaid

October 17, 2025

President Trump has miscalculated the nature and duration of the violence that has been unleashed on the West and Israel by the global Islamic Jihad. That is why the violence in Gaza continues and why the “resistance” movements have vowed to continue to kill and maim.

But Charlie Kirk made the same kind of miscalculation. That is why he was murdered. He thought he would be able to debate and talk with his political enemies. They do not want dialogue or compromise. They want to murder us.

“They have the devil’s ideology,” Trump said of those who killed Charlie Kirk.  So what good will dialogue and debate do?

“Get behind me, Satan,” said Christ, when Peter was arguing against God’s plan for His resurrection. “Away from me, Satan” said Christ as he was being tempted.

Consider the bizarre, even psychotic, nature of the Soros-funded network of communists, queers, and criminals that was behind the assassination of Charlie Kirk. Charlie Kirk’s assassin, Tyler Robinson, was gay and his “lover” was trans.

Even more disturbing, Robinson identified as a “furry,” part of the queer “xenogender” umbrella that allows someone to identify as an animal instead of a human and even constitutes something “beyond human understandings of gender.”

Furthermore, Charie Kirk was murdered answering a question about transgender murderers.  The murderer’s acquaintance, George Zinn, tried to cover for murderer Tyler Robinson, and the FBI found child porn on Zinn’s phone.

“He prayed for his enemies,” said Erika Kirk about his murdered husband. Charlie Kirk’s miscalculation was that his enemies would stop trying to kill him. We cannot make the same mistake with the communists and Islamists in our midst and on the streets of America.

I attended a local Charlie Kirk remembrance ceremony in Frederick, Maryland, on Tuesday, the same day President Trump presented his wife Erika the Presidential Medal of Freedom in his honor. But tears for Charlie Kirk should not preclude systematic action by the federal government to eliminate the threat that still exists. It is time for President Trump to invoke the Insurrection Act and/or declare martial law to eliminate this threat once and for all.

At the very least, he should authorize Attorney General Pam Bondi to implement the Communist Control Act to monitor the communists in our midst planning to kill us.

At the White House event honoring Charlie Kirk, President Trump had commented, “We’ve watched legions of far-left radicals resort to desperate acts of violence and terror because they know that their ideas and arguments are persuading no one.”

He added, “They know that they are failing. They have the devil’s ideology and they are failing.”

I beg to differ. They have already succeeded in killing Charlie Kirk.

At his memorial service, President Trump had declared, “virtually every day for years, before he was murdered, Charlie received these horrible death threats.” President Trump said, “I used to talk to him about it. He said, ‘I got some threats.’”

Incredibly, almost nothing was done to protect Charlie Kirk. The job was left to a few local cops.

Even some “conservatives” are telling me that Charlie Kirk didn’t deserve the special attention of the FBI and that such protection should be reserved for celebrities and sports figures.

Yes, Charlie Kirk was a private citizen. But he was a national and international figure with a close personal relationship with the President and Vice President of the United States. As such, he was the target of many of the same forces that want to terminate President Trump.

He deserved FBI assistance on the same grounds that President Trump gets Secret Service protection. The FBI should have been investigating and then arresting the members of the LGBTQ “community” which spawned Tyler Robinson and his transgender lover.

To its credit, the Associated Press conducted a review of the circumstances surrounding the assassination.

The story by Jack Brook began this way:

“The Utah college where conservative leader Charlie Kirk was assassinated lacked several key public safety measures and practices that have become standard safeguards for security at events around the country, an Associated Press review has found.”

I urge you to read the complete story. It is an example of real investigative journalism.

It is too bad that law enforcement authorities, including the FBI, did not conduct such a review BEFORE Charlie Kirk spoke.

And what happens if full-blown civil war breaks out?

Consider that a reporter for a Charlotte newspaper said an Orange County, North Carolina jail employee was fired “over social media posts that criticized Republican President Donald Trump and his administration.”

It was much more serious than that.

The individual, Detention Officer Brian Edwards, had posted, “I am Antifa. And I will never comply with a fascist regime” and “It may even be time to bring back the guillotine.” He was hired in 2022 as a detention officer and promoted to corporal earlier this year. Corrections officers routinely carry firearms.

The reference to the guillotine has historical significance, for it refers to the “Reign of Terror” during the French revolution conducted by the Jacobins. In Portland, Oregon, video confirmed another violent protest in August, with footage showing anti-ICE protesters rolling out a makeshift guillotine, lighting fires and fighting with authorities.

While Edwards was fired from his post, I have seen no follow-up into whether additional charges are needed and whether he was a member of an armed network.

FBI Director Kash Patel has been taking heat for using the FBI’s private jet to take personal trips to sports events. As Christian conservatives, we must elevate the questioning to a more serious level by asking why he did not direct the FBI to assist Charlie Kirk’s security personnel to prevent what happened on September 10.

If the FBI does not understand the nature of the “enemies within,” please contact America’s Survival before more lives are lost.

Our “Lock Them Up” video, now on our “unsuspended” YouTube channel, describes the problem.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is President of American’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Amil Imani

October 16, 2025

Thunder cracks across the frozen plains of Minnesota, but the real storm brews in the rotten core of Tim Walz’s regime – a grotesque empire of fraud that devours billions from hardworking taxpayers to fatten Democrat cronies and foreign grifters. This isn’t some shadowy whisper; it’s a full-throated roar of betrayal, where Walz’s lax oversight unleashes a torrent of scams that drown the state in red ink and despair. Under his iron-fisted incompetence, Minnesota bleeds over $1 billion in stolen funds, a cataclysmic plunder that mocks every farmer, factory worker, and family scraping by in the North Star State. Trump storms back to crush this cesspool, vowing to unleash federal hounds on Walz’s wasteland, but first, we hammer home the horror: Walz built this fraud fortress brick by crooked brick, and it’s time to raze it to ashes.

Lightning incinerates Tim Walz’s Minnesota with the Feeding Our Future catastrophe, a $250M COVID grift where his Department of Education shoveled taxpayer cash to Somali scam artists posing as meal providers – forging invoices for ghost lunches, buying Lamborghinis with laundered loot, and mocking starving kids while Walz’s team ignored screaming alarms. Federal prosecutors nailed 70 defendants in this heist, exposing a network that billed for “millions of meals” that never existed, yet Walz dares to distract with a shameless October 2025 vaccine stunt, flaunting his COVID and flu shots to pose as a health hero while X patriots roar: “Tim Walz was asleep at the wheel, allowing a quarter-BILLION in fraud!” His press release preaching “Minnesotans’ freedom” to get jabbed is a coward’s smokescreen, deflecting from this deliberate complicity as FBI raids and Trump’s DOJ close in to torch his fraud empire.

The deluge escalates with the autism program abomination, another Walz-engineered sinkhole sucking $100 million-plus from desperate families seeking therapy for their children. Fraudsters hijacked this lifeline, billing for ghost sessions and fake diagnoses, turning clinics into cash cows for cronies tied to the Feeding scandal. FBI raids hammered two centers in Minneapolis and St. Cloud, unearthing ties to the same Islamist networks that gorged on kid-meal money.

Walz’s minions knew – whistleblowers had screamed warnings for years – but the governor’s deaf ear allowed the theft to rage on, ballooning costs from peanuts to a crushing $104 million in 2024 alone. Republican Rep. Tom Emmer thunders the charge: This “startling pattern of fraud and mismanagement” demands Walz’s head, as his crew stonewalls federal probes. X warriors amplify the blitz: “Fraud has likely exceeded $6.5 BILLION since Tim Walz became governor,” roars insider @GrageDustin, with 13K likes igniting the firestorm. No mercy for this betrayal – it’s a war on innocence, waged from Walz’s cushy Capitol throne.

Then comes the Housing Stabilization Services (HSS) horror show, Walz’s crown jewel of corruption, where a $2.6 million pilot program explodes into a $107 million monster by 2024, riddled with dead people’s “housing” claims and forged signatures. Bribes flowed like the Mississippi, shell companies snapped up taxpayer cash for “services” that vanished into thin air – fancy cars, fake meetings, and fly-by-night operators billing for nothing. DHS whistleblowers pounded the alarm for over a year, but Walz’s fraud factory kept the spigot wide open, dumping $60 million in the first half of 2025 before federal raids forced a freeze.

Eight wire fraud indictments later, the stench lingers: Walz shuttered the program only after the theft hit escape velocity, then slapped together a toothless inspector general council he controls – a fox guarding the henhouse. Rep. Kristin Robbins eviscerates it: “Not independent enough from the executive branch,” she blasts, as X sleuths @WallStreetApes expose the money-laundering core with 10K likes on video proof. This is Walz’s legacy: Billions vanished into Medicaid black holes and child care cons, with 62 active probes into daycares pocketing aid for non-existent kids.

Walz’s defenders whimper about “culture of generosity,” but that’s the thunderclap of excuses – his administration’s willful blindness forged this fraud apocalypse, spiking a $6 billion state deficit while taxes crush the middle class. Immigration scams compound the carnage: Operation Twin Shields busts 1,000 sham marriages and visa rorts in Walz’s backyard, linked to Ilhan Omar’s orbit, turning Minnesota into a magnet for global grifters. DHS staff revolt on X: “Tim Walz will roadblock us at each step,” they declare, pegging losses at $8 billion since his 2017 rise. No more shadows – this empire crumbles under scrutiny, with federal indictments closing in like a vise.

Enter President Trump, the wrecking ball Walz fears most. His DOJ unleashes hell on deep-state enablers, subpoenaing Walz’s records in the Feeding fiasco and vowing to prosecute every link in this chain. No kid gloves – Trump’s fraud task force storms Minnesota, clawing back every stolen dime and jailing the architects. Walz’s 2025 “anti-fraud” charade? A joke – his AI pipe dreams and staff bumps cost millions more while the theft rages. Trump delivers the kill shot: Drain the swamp, audit every cent, and ship Walz’s cronies to federal pens where they rot. X roars approval: “Minnesotans deserve better,” thunders @SNienow, capturing the base’s boiling rage.

This fraud empire dies screaming. Walz’s reign of theft ends in handcuffs and disgrace, as Trump’s America First thunderbolts reclaim Minnesota for the people. Patriots, arm yourselves with truth – share this blitz, demand audits, and vote to bury this beast. The heartland rises; the grifters fall. No quarter. No surrender. Victory is ours.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 16, 2025

Part 6: How we’re growing ourselves into environmental consequences, social consequences, quality of life consequences, species extinctions, and much worse.

After you read this report, you will be asked a BIG question as to how you would solve America’s predicament.

Let’s get down to brass tacks! I don’t know about most Americans, but do you think America enjoys a sustainable footing as to its cities, its finances, its race relations, its 25 million illegal alien migrants—along with their EBT and Medicaid fraud, its $37 trillion national debt, its gridlocked cities, its toxic-air-polluted skies, its squabbling U.S. Congress in Washington DC that isn’t working together for the common good of all Americans?

How could it get much worse? Well, it can, and it will. Each year, our U.S. Congress imports 1,000,000 legal immigrants that overwhelm our schools, our medical care facilities, our housing, our welfare systems, our transportation systems, and, well, just about every aspect of our society faces enormous consequences because of the sheer numbers being imported into our civilization. The greater their numbers the greater the problems, and unsolvable problems.

According to the Center for Immigration Studies in Washington DC, www.CIS.org , those immigrants add another 1,000,000 babies to the USA annually. As to population momentum from American citizens, we add another 1,000,000 babies, net gain, with our 2.0 average birth rate per woman.

“The annual population net gain in the USA was approximately 1.0 percent between 2023 and 2024, which is about 3.3 million. This is the fastest growth rate since 2001 and was primarily driven by international migration, not a higher birth rate.”

Total increase: In the 2023-2024 period, the US population grew by about 3.3 million people, surpassing 340 million.

Growth rate: This represents a nearly 1.0% annual growth rate, the highest since 2001.

Primary driver: The significant increase was mainly due to net international migration, which accounted for 84% of the population growth.

Natural increase: The difference between births and deaths contributed the remaining 519,000.

In other words, in the next 25 years, we may expect, at current immigration rates, births over deaths, and added immigrants—-a total rise in population of 3.0 million annually X’s 25 years—a total of 75 million more people added to the United States.

Thus, from 340 million in 2025, we could hit 415 million people struggling with enormous challenges with food, water, energy, transportation, education, catastrophic climate destabilization, crime, illiteracy, millions of cars, millions of planes in the air, congested cities, power lines…just about everything we’re dealing with in 2025…will worsen by a factor of 75 million more people by 2050, give or take a decade. Additionally, most demographers project America reaching over 600,000,000 (million) by the end of this century.

But as it states in this report, those millions of people will come from 190 different countries around the world. We simply will not be Americans in America any longer. We’ll house a giant hodgepodge of cultures, languages, world views, ethnic tribes, religions and conflicting political groups.

Fact: We can never catch up to population growth. Additionally, we are running out of water, energy and resources.

My late colleague, Dr. Albert Bartlett, Physics, University of Colorado, stated: “Unlimited population growth cannot be sustained; you cannot sustain growth in the rates of consumption of resources. No species can overrun the carrying capacity of a finite land mass. This Law cannot be repealed and is not negotiable.”

That sums up our national crisis! Most people don’t realize it, but America already stands eyeball deep in “Resource Crisis.”

For example, all those immigrants used an average of 3 to 5 gallons of water daily in their overpopulated countries. Once they reach America, those gallons of water usage explode to 80 gallons of water daily. When you add all the services that grow food, transport, and industrial usage of water to make goods, it’s over 2,000 gallons a day for each new added person into America.

Let’s take our current 2025 population at 340 million X’s 80 gallons for each person, daily. We’re talking into the billions of gallons of water, daily. Then, you add another 75 million people X’s 80 gallons and you’re moving up into the trillions of gallons of water, daily. If you add the 2,000 gallons per person, daily, oh my God, but we’re in trouble. At some point, when our numbers grow exponentially beyond sustainability, Mother Nature won’t be able to give us enough water to irrigate our crops, feed our animals, and, the real kicker will happen when we don’t have enough water for our toilets or taps.

What do you think? Right now, Florida, already struggling with water scarcity issues with 23.84 million people expects to explode to 32.4 million by 2050. What do you think will happen when Mother Nature runs out of fresh water?

California houses 40 million people in 2025. They already face droughts, toilet to tap drinking water, horrifically gridlocked highways, and toxic air pollution.

In my own State of Colorado, we house 5.7 million people. Denver’s traffic and air pollution creates a daily nightmare for everyone. Weekends going to the mountains have become a nightmare of 2 to 5 miles per hour traffic on I-70 for 90 miles to Lake Dillon in Summit County. You can’t find a campsite, and in the winter, the ski slopes are bumper car crashes for humans. Back in Denver, everyone breathes the toxic brown cloud 24/7.

Nonetheless, Colorado is expected to grow from 5.7 million to 8.7 million by 2050. Denver will grow from 2.7 million to 3.7 million. Worse, NO ONE will talk about the future. In fact, all the media networks suppress any discussion on Colorado’s impending population nightmare.

The one thing I’ve learned in my world travels: once the numbers manifest, there are no solutions. That’s why China and India are gouging other parts of the world for water, energy, resources, and food sources. Their citizens stagger into each new day with another 1.4 billion fellow citizens trying to exist in the “squish” of human sardines in a can. That’s why any and every citizen in India and China tries to “chain-migrate” into America or Canada.

Remember this: humans add, net gain, 83 million more of ourselves annually around the globe. Thus, there’s no end to what humanity faces as it jumps from 8.2 billion in 2025 to 9.7 billion in the next 25 years. We are talking about numbers beyond anyone’s comprehension as to their horrific impact on the Natural World.

You cannot enjoy “quality of life” in such “human compaction” countries.

Question to you: since we are headed for the same compacted future as China and India, what would you offer to change course? What can we do to save our children from such a terrible future? How do we move toward a safe, sustainable and civil society in 2050?

Part 3: This part of the series will deal with all the growing consequences of our compacted civilization. Resources being exhausted. Over 2 million road kills of vertebrate animals every 24 hours/7 days a week. National parks turned into human ant hills. Air travel so thick that airplanes crash into each other. Why would you want to live in NYC, LA or Chicago where everyone is compacted like rats in a box? Also, killing each other like rats shooting rats?

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Kat Stansell

October 15, 2025

The complete destruction of Accurate Energy Systems (AES) in Hickman County, TN, last week may well have been intentional. I hate to even think that, but, given all the other insanity of late, it may not be as crazy as it sounds. I believe that, after the evidence is gathered, it may be proven that the explosion was not an just an industrial accident.

You see, AES served our US military.

The company had contracts with the Department of War (formerly DOD) for the manufacture of explosives. Just two weeks before the blast. the Department of War awarded AES a contract for $120 million for “the procurement of TNT” to support military needs, on September 23, 2025. Did one of the Dark Angel’s troops know this somehow?

The company specializes in producing high explosives such as TNT and C-4, which are used in military applications including demolition charges. While AES also supplies commercial clients in sectors like aerospace, oil, and demolition, its DoD ties make it a key private partner in the U.S. military’s explosives supply chain.

While watching the news, on the morning after the blast, something popped into my head…

What if, what just happened at AES was like what happened to food providers during Biden’s White House occupation?

Do you remember all the explosions and fires at food processing and storage facilities during the OBiden regime? There were over 100 mysterious fires and explosions in food production facilities around the country as the Globalists worked to limit our food supplies, and force us to turn to fake food, bugs and the like.

Animals that many relied on for food were brutally massacred in fields and barns and feedlots, one after the other. “Bird flu” and all sorts of other insane rumors were perpetrated. Many food producers and processors which supplied America were destroyed. Prices went up sharply.

I wrote about it all then, because it sickened me, and because it appeared VERY intentional. At one point, there were 87 disasters in one calendar year! These continued THROUGHOUT Biden’s years at 1600. The Left blamed the “supply chain” and the price of gas, as food prices went up. The press stopped covering the “accidents” and the attention of the public was diverted by other “shiny objects’.

Not one arrest has been made in any of the incidents.

As we all know, Biden and his basement sidekick, Obama, who called the shots for old Joe, did all they could to bring down this nation, and us with it, and that included destroying food supplies. They opened the borders wide for criminals and co-conspirators to flood the country, our welfare and healthcare system. Now they are employing some of them to fight in their anti-American army.

The Cloward and Piven strategy with a twist. Yet, for all their dark deeds, they are still failing.

Their plans to jail and/or murder Trump failed. Even their own voters were upset at the horrible economy and the billions given to Ukraine to cover for the Obama/Clinton/Biden crimes over there. As they began to lose their grip on America, the Lord flew a flag over the Butler, PA rally, and Trump became the 47th US President.

. . .image of angel appearing in flag at Butler Rally

Now, they are taking to the streets with their BLM, ANTIFA, and LGBTQII allies You KNOW that they are at war with us. The remnants of what once was a political party are now fighting our country, and all of us in it. The more their power wanes, and people decry their actions, the angrier they become.

”Take it to the streets!!” screech the likes of Maxine Waters, Hakeem Jeffries, Adam Kinzinger, and Frederica Wilson, D-FL. Wilson says we need an uprising. And, it’s happening. There have been multiple shootings in bars, restaurants, churches, and other places where ordinary citizens gather. Big rigs and delivery vans have ignored traffic control signs and lights to kill several. Every day, we read of new horrors.

President Trump may be about to declare war on them, which he does have the right to do. A very smart former lawyer and professor, David Clements, explains this far better than I could. Go to this link to hear more.

You see, there is now a moral man at the head of our government, and Lucifer, the god of the Left, is not pleased. They hate Donald Trump for many things, especially for reaching the people, and trying to bring peace to the world. The more he succeeds with world and national events, the more unhinged they have become

The Left is desperate and desperate men take desperate measures. Like bombing munitions plants, perhaps.

Call me crazy. Frankly, I hope I am, but I want you to keep your eyes open and your families safe. “An abundance of caution” is the old phrase. An oldie but a goodie.

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Bradlee Dean

October 15, 2025

“I am announcing a digital this government will make a new free of charge digital I.D. mandatory for the right to work.”   —UK Prime Minister, Keir Starmer

The world now knows that the last “plandemic” was created from start to finish.  We know this by the lives that have been taken through this conspiratorial genocide.  One can just ask madman Bill Gates and he will tell you,

“The world has about 6.8 billion people, that’s headed up to about 9 billion period now, if we do a really great job on vaccines, healthcare, reproductive health services, we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15%.” Read Leviticus 17:11, 19:19; John 10:10.

Starts at 1:02 (Video)

These conspirators have been at it for a long, long time and the people world-wide know it to be true (Jeremiah 11:9).

If the people are going to overlook justice by failing to take responsibility and bring it to the perpetrators, well then, the obvious will reoccur, and so it is (Jeremiah 5:28).

Producer Aaron Russo, Producer of such movies as Trading Places, Wise Guys, and The Rose (Documentary “America, Freedom to Fascism”) brings to the world’s attention (Luke 12:2) that he became friends with one of the world’s elites (as they like to be called), Nicholas Rockefeller, who foretold of the “Big Event,” the two towers being brought down on September 11, 2001.  Nicholas Rockefeller revealed to Russo their desire for the RFID chip to be placed in every human on the planet (Revelation 13:17).

Aaron starts at :32 second (Video)

Now, for those who want to see if these terrorists mean what they say, do yourselves a favor and look back over the last 60 years.  When you are done doing that, open your eyes and ears concerning what is in front of you because they are pushing this now worldwide and must be resisted (Daniel 3).

They have zero authority to push such a bill, and they know it.  However, as it has been rightly stated, they will always do whatever you let them get away with, and they are at it once again (Psalm 94:20).

The extorted Prime Minister from the UK, Keir Starmer, announced mandatory digital ID for the right to work (Our rights come from the Lord; Deuteronomy 24:6) in the UK, which is just another attempt to corral the people by force into taking their chip.

© 2025 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Cliff Kincaid

October 15, 2025

Despite wall-to-wall media coverage of “peace” in the middle East, there is no peace. All the major terrorist groups have promised to continue fighting and have issued a statement in this regard. “We affirm continuing the resistance in all its forms” their statement said.

The signatories were Hamas, Palestinian Islamic Jihad, and the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine.

I am sorry to be the skunk at the dinner party, but these are the critical facts. “Blessed are the peacemakers” is a nice Biblical phrase but “peace” has not come to the Middle East.

The bizarre outcome, so President Trump can claim a successful “deal,” can be seen in the fact that Israel freed hundreds of cold-blooded Islamist killers of Jews from its jails, while it got back 20 living hostages and the others were returned dead. Our media referred to the Islamist killers as “Palestinian prisoners,” as if they were unfairly detained.

Daniel Greenfield reports in detail that 1,700 Islamic terrorists, and assorted murderers and rapists, are being freed as part of the Hamas deal.

Supporters of Israel are biting their tongues, not wanting to be critical in public of President Trump. But one told me in confidence that he thinks Trump’s treatment of Israel is “possibly worse than Biden plus Obama” when you consider that Secretary of War Pete Hegseth has now signed an agreement giving Islamists in the Qatar Air Force training in Idaho on how to fly F-15s. Qatar is the base of operations for Hamas, the terrorists who conducted the attempted genocide of the Jewish people that has not been seen since World War II.

Qatar also hosted and financed 9/11 mastermind, Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, along with other terrorists.

Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, who is currently in U.S. custody in Guantanamo Bay for acts of terrorism, lived and worked in Qatar but was allowed to leave for Pakistan as U.S. authorities were trying to apprehend him, according to the report of the 9/11 commission. He went to Pakistan and cut journalist Daniel Pearl’s head off. Pearl was kidnapped while investigating the al-Qaeda networks in the Middle East.

Khalid Sheikh Mohammed proudly confessed to a U.S. military tribunal that he decapitated with “my blessed right hand the head of the American Jew, Daniel Pearl.”

In the proclaimed “peace in our time” outcome announced by President Trump, it is significant that there are already reports that Hamas has retaken power in Gaza and is killing its political enemies.

The so-called “peace summit” in Egypt included “world leaders” such as “Palestinian President” Mahmoud Abbas, the head of the Palestinian Authority who is advertised as “moderate” but is a representative of Moscow. He was trained by the KGB at Russia’s Patrice Lumumba University and has referred to suicide murderers as “shahids (martyrs) who have entered the gardens of paradise.”

Again, at the risk of being the skunk at the dinner party, we must remember the fact that neither Hamas nor the Palestinian Authority have stated they will co-exist with Israel.

Trump has expressed hope that political normalization between Israel and the Arab states will occur, leading to a regional security arrangement, because of the war in Gaza being paused. Such an outcome depends on unprecedented Arab cooperation with Israel, overcoming anti-Israeli sentiment in the region and Moscow’s role in backing Iran and Islamic terrorism.

Some supporters of Israel have argued that the only solution is a Palestinian Removal Act, modeled after the Indian Removal Act in the United States, which stopped the Indians from murdering the American settlers and allowed the new nation to develop. That is the only way Israel can survive the efforts of the global Islamic world to destroy it. Israel faces genocidal opposition that can only be resolved by relocating the so-called Palestinians back to neighboring Arab/Muslim states.

But Arab nations do not want to accept the “Palestinians.”

A “new” Middle East cannot proceed without insisting on justice for the families of the victims of 9/11 and accountability from Qatar and Saudi Arabia. That means the death penalty for 9/11 terrorists such as Khalid Shaikh Mohammad and releasing all of the classified information about whether Saudi Arabia was directly involved in supporting some of the terrorists who attacked the United States on September 11, 2001.

Brett Eagleson, president of 9/11 Justice, has recently commented on a CBS News report implicating Saudi Arabia in the 9/11 terrorist attacks.

Trump may be making the same mistake that got him into the current mess with Communist China – thinking that economic cooperation will convince the communists to make peace with the West. Instead, the communists have turned on Trump through economic warfare conducted with strategic minerals — their own “Trump card” over Trump.

Over the weekend, Trump tried to reassure Wall Street, saying “it will all be fine” with China, sparking profit-taking on Wall Street on Monday, while objective observers are digesting a report from the defense software company Govini which found that, “From raw minerals to advanced weapon systems—from rock to rocket—there lies a reality: America’s military superiority increasingly depends on China.”

That means China is in a superior position and holds the important cards. The communists already stopped soybean purchases from American farmers in May, promoting talk of a bailout from Trump.

While events in the Middle East are a welcome distraction to many who are hopeful for peace, the Islamic world, except for a few nations, will not co-exist with Isreal, even with the promise of more economic deals from Trump and his family members.

Israel, of course, has been pressured to accept the deal, and Israel faces pressure from within, including the Communist Party of Israel, to recognize a Palestinian state.

A local Israeli communist declared, “It was only once Israel became too insane, chaotic and unstable to serve Trump’s imperialist interests that he decided to put an end to the bloodshed. A man who sends troops to invade his own cities and arrest and harass his own people, on top of his imperialist moves, certainly has not an ounce of care for either the Israeli or Palestinian people. Only a just peace, built on the two-state solution and complete self-determination for the Palestinian people, can bring stability and prosperity between the river and the sea, not the imperialist schemes of a demented narcissist and sexual predator.”

How is that for “peace breaking out” in the Middle East?

The Communist Party of Israel is small and insignificant, but its existence in the heart of the Jewish state is another indication that the “Red Jihad” survives.

As we document in our book Red Jihad, the communists and their Islamist allies have not given up. They have just begun to fight.

Meanwhile, here at home, the “ceasefire” demonstrations will continue to be focused on the destruction of Israel. “Long live the Intifada” is their cry, as their American allies, such as New York City Mayoral candidate Zohran Mamdani, work to achieve power in major American cities and their street soldiers operate without any monitoring or surveillance by Kash Patel’s FBI.

The war continues, at home and abroad.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By Amil Imani

October 14, 2025

In an era where truth is increasingly subordinated to comfort, my colleague and a close friend, Elisabeth Sabaditsch-Wolff (an intrepid Austrian counter-jihad activist and human rights and free speech advocate), stands as a beacon of unyielding courage.

Sabaditsch-Wolff has endured personal persecution for daring to voice historical facts that challenge prevailing sensitivities. Her October 2025 speech in Dallas, Texas, delivered amid global tensions over censorship and cultural shifts, serves as a stark warning: Free speech is not merely a right, but the cornerstone of liberty, and its erosion threatens Western democracies. Drawing from her own trial and the broader patterns of suppression across Europe and beyond, her message resonates profoundly in 2025 — a year marked by political upheavals, including the assassination of conservative commentator Charlie Kirk.

Sabaditsch-Wolff’s journey began in the heart of Europe, a continent once synonymous with Enlightenment ideals. In 2009, during seminars on Islam’s influence in Europe, she referenced Islamic sources detailing Muhammad’s marriage to a six-year-old girl (Aisha), consummated at nine, and posed a rhetorical question about its implications. This was no inflammatory rant, but a factual discourse rooted in historical texts. Yet a journalist secretly recorded her, leading to charges of “denigration of religious doctrines” under Austrian law. Convicted despite appeals reaching the European Court of Human Rights, she faced a chilling verdict: Her speech must be “balanced” against the right of others not to be offended. As she recounts, truth became irrelevant; tone and potential disturbance to “religious peace” took precedence.

This case, as analyzed by author Douglas Murray, established dangerous precedents. First, it nullified truth as a defense in speech-related prosecutions. Second, it empowered courts to police not just content, but delivery, prioritizing politeness over substance. Third, it granted veto power to those claiming offense, echoing what Murray terms the “mobster’s trick”: intimidation veiled as sensitivity. Strikingly, there were no direct complainants; the offense was manufactured. Sabaditsch-Wolff’s conviction has rippled internationally, influencing cases like that of Finnish parliamentarian Päivi Räsänen, prosecuted for quoting the Bible. In Europe, even sacred texts are now being put on trial if they risk causing offense or discomfort.

This personal ordeal illuminates a widening pattern of censorship across the continent. In Germany, laws initially targeting Nazi propaganda have ballooned into broad “hate speech” restrictions, criminalizing vast swaths of political and religious opinion. A 2022 60 Minutes segment even lauded these measures as a model for America, ignoring their chilling effect on discourse. France’s prosecution of Marine Le Pen for sharing ISIS atrocity images exemplifies this: Exposing terrorism was deemed “incitement to hatred,” valuing public comfort over awareness. In the U.K., “Non-Crime Hate Incidents” allow police to log offenses where no law is broken, creating Orwellian records that haunt individuals’ lives — over 12,000 since 2014, with thousands arrested annually for online speech.

Sabaditsch-Wolff ties these trends to a selective erosion of neutrality. Berlin’s recent amendment to the Neutrality Act, permitting Muslim headscarves for teachers while historically banning Christian symbols like small crosses, mirrors the “religious peace” rationale used against her. The Alternative for Germany (AfD) party decries this as a “death blow to state neutrality,” arguing that it privileges one faith over others.

Across Europe, institutions have internalized censorship, creating an “autonomous censorship machine” post-pandemic, where silencing dissent justifies bureaucratic existence. As one German analyst notes, free speech cannot be halved into acceptable and unacceptable; once offense equates to crime, freedom vanishes.

At the supranational level, Brussels institutionalizes this threat through the Digital Services Act (DSA), empowering bureaucrats to purge “harmful” content online. Big Tech, acting as state proxies, deplatforms dissenters, extending Europe’s grip to global users. U.S. secretary of State Marco Rubio has warned of potential sanctions against the E.U. for using the DSA to silence Americans, highlighting the transatlantic stakes. Polish philosopher Ryszard Legutko critiques this as liberalism’s totalitarian turn, redistributing freedom the way communism once redistributed wealth — protecting some entities while demonizing others. Austrian commentator Bernhard Heinzelmaier describes it as “postmodern totalitarianism”: not tanks, but conformity, enforced by media cartels and digital oversight.

Austria, her homeland, exemplifies the endpoint. Post-2024 elections, the coalition government grapples with economic woes — inflation, unemployment, and bottom-tier E.U. rankings — while the Freedom Party surges despite smears as “far-right.” Elites focus not on root causes like migration policies, but on barring such parties from power. Sharia arbitration rulings upheld in civil courts, sharia-compliant banking, and unchecked Islamist offenses (up 41.5% last year) signal cultural surrender. Vienna’s schools, now over 40% Muslim, reflect a decade of unchecked migration since 2015’s “Mama Merkel” wave, fostering parallel societies where non-conforming girls face harassment. Honest critique risks prosecution, turning open borders into closed mouths.

Patriotism, Sabaditsch-Wolff argues, is the antidote — a “mystical bond of memory” fostering gratitude, not irrationality. Yet in Europe, it’s vilified as extremism. Britain’s labeling of flag-waving protesters as “Nazis” during Tommy Robinson’s rallies illustrates this: patriotism redefined as hate. Austrian-Jewish writer Stefan Zweig’s exile amid Europe’s pre-WWII collapse warns of civilizations losing defensive will, a “mental recession” where feelings trump facts.

The speech poignantly honors Charlie Kirk, assassinated in 2025, as a voice of courage. Kirk, founder of Turning Point USA, inspired youth with knowledge spanning history and theology, emphasizing that compliance, not cowardice, opposes bravery. His death — a message to silence dissent — prompts reflection on America’s crossroads. The Trump administration’s response, with Attorney General Pam Bondi blaming “hate speech” and threatening prosecutions, betrays free speech principles. Sabaditsch-Wolff urges rejection of this European import: “Hate speech is free speech,” as Kirk affirmed. America’s First Amendment must remain sacrosanct, lest it hollow out like Europe’s protections.

Trump’s 2024 return inspired European populists — Orbán, Le Pen, Wilders — gathering under “Make Europe Great Again.” Yet elites weaponize “Trumpian” as a slur to stifle debate on migration and speech. Vice President J.D. Vance warned at Munich: Europe’s gravest threat is retreating from core values. If America imports censorship, the free world falters.

In her call to action, Sabaditsch-Wolff echoes Belgian professor Mattias Desmet: Silence offers no safety. Resist hysteria, defend universal speech rights, foster dialogue. German commentator Eugyppius critiques “democracy” as a hollowed civic religion, where dissent is heresy. True democracy demands disagreement without punishment.

Sabaditsch-Wolff’s story is a clarion call: Free speech is a duty, not a gift. Surrender it, and soft totalitarianism — polite, digital, bureaucratic — prevails. Her fine, as Murray noted, was no trifle, but a dam-breaking precedent.

In 2025, amid Kirk’s loss and global shifts, we face a choice: Defend truth or capitulate. Liberty belongs to fighters; may we never give up, never give in.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Tom DeWeese

October 14, 2025

“Are you tired of winning?” That’s the line we keep hearing from conservative media and many right-wing spokesmen. Goes the story, the Left is defeated. They are a joke. They have no message for the people. And my favorite, the Democrats will never win another election!

Meanwhile, dedicated conservative activists who have long been in the trenches fighting the global cabal are starting to back down and take it easy because “President Trump will handle it.” This falsehood comes from a very large lack of understanding of just how huge and out of control our government has become at every level. President Trump is one man. No matter how strong and dedicated he is, there is no way one man can focus on every threat or be aware of every issue. And keep in mind, the Democrats have prevented the acceptance of over 200 candidates for positions the President has submitted. That’s 200 holes in the Administration.

He is surrounded and targeted by massive, dedicated, trained forces for an agenda that is determined to destroy and control our free society. Some take to the streets and the airways to shout their hatred and fear through a message designed to discredit him with the citizenry. Another set pretends to be his friend in support of many of his policies. It’s designed to get his trust and take the target off themselves. Watch how effectively these tactics work.

When Trump moves to eliminated massive numbers of dedicated Left-wing government workers who refuse to implement his agenda, the cry goes out that his firings are racist and will result in massive unemployment. As he tries to stop our government from paying huge amounts of tax money to support illegals and reduce healthcare costs for verified American citizens, the Left shouts that he is destroying healthcare for all. As Trump sends in the National Guard to stop unchecked violence in our largest cities, they charge that he’s using Nazi tactics. And as he works to remove millions of illegal criminals, he is destroying families. “Dictator.” “Hitler.” “King!” I’m even hearing some conservatives joining in on the attacks, declaring his bold moves are unconstitutional.

Meanwhile, Trump is moving to cut the total waste of taxpayer money to private corporations which help spread the lie of climate change, end the censorship by social media firms to block exposure of the truth, and end dangerous big pharma control over medical programs. But watch how the leaders of these private entities rush to cuddle up to the President they truly hate. Bill Gates, the leader of the drive for global digital IDs, and Rajeev Kapur, the leading force promoting Artificial Intelligence (AI) to control every aspect of our society have been hanging around the White House to assure President Trump how much they support him. Meanwhile they push policies that will destroy all hope of making America great again. That’s the way it’s done to keep the agenda moving forward while pretending it’s dead.

Oh yes, and what about that line that Democrats are unable to even compete in elections! Have any of these conservative “experts” peeked at the current election trends in our largest cities? Dedicated Communist  Zohran Mandani continues to build his lead for mayor of New York. Meanwhile in Minneapolis, thirteen candidates are running for mayor in a city that has been all but destroyed by Leftist policies. Not one Republican or right-leaning candidate is even in the race. Several call themselves Democrat Socialists. Let’s get it straight. The only difference between a socialist and a communist is commitment. While socialists try to pretend they are just promoting government involvement to “help the people build a better life,” the avowed communist makes no effort to hide his or her determination to destroy free markets and personal freedom. Control is all that counts.

These “confused” “clueless” Democrats are absolutely convinced that they will win the 2026 election and take back control of Congress. and they are fully determined to toss every Trump accomplishment in the trash. Democrat Congressman Eric Swalwell has warned that when they do take back control, they plan to investigate private citizens and organizations that have worked with Trump.

Republicans are their own worst enemy. They lack an understanding of how the Left really operates as they fall into a well-laid trap that keeps the agenda of tyranny growing. I was at a recent Republican gathering in which every party leader, candidate, and elected representative speaking at the gala presented the same message. The way to victory is to vote early! They appealed to the crowd, “Raise your hands – who’s going to vote on Monday!”

“There’s no way we can win if we wait until election day to cast our ballots!” Over and over again came that message to the Republican troops.

Now, in the state of Virginia we are hearing the news that there has been a huge surge in Republicans voting early. Polls are now showing the Republican team for Governor and state leadership is rising at an incredible rate. Is the Republican drive to act like Democrats working? Is victory coming?

We won’t know until election day. But… Republicans have got to learn that all the tools in the current election process were put together by Democrats, including mail-in ballots, voting machines, and early voting. In most cases, the Democrats have the people in place to count the early ballots. They are the ones who program the voting machines which have been proven to be programmed to place votes for Democrat candidates, even if the person voted for the Republican. How many of those votes cast by Republicans for their candidates will be counted for the Republican? And the early voting provides the Democrats the vital information as to how their candidate is doing. Do they need to create more ballots for them? What will the Republicans now do when the cases of Democrat ballots show up at 2:00am on election night? So far, the Republicans have done alarmingly little to fix this situation. Trying to beat the Dems to the polls will not work if the overall cheating process remains in place.

So, is tyranny our fate? Every part of our society is under siege. Are we just going to let it happen? The question is “what do we do?” Obviously, we have one of two choices. We accept our fate, or we fight. Are we finished? Do we quit? Do we surrender?

It would be easy to do any of those things. No one would blame us. We gave it the good fight. We could hide behind the idea that ancient conspiracies set our fate long before we were born. We could pat ourselves on the back and say, well, they were just too strong. What could we do? Tyranny is our destiny. Is that what you want to tell your grandchildren when they ask you what you did to preserve the ideals of America?

In another era, we could have loaded up boats and sailed to a new world to live by the ideals we hold. But that was already done. People ran from tyranny. They came here – to America. Now tyranny has caught up with us. And there’s nowhere else to run. We either accept our pre-ordained “fate” or make a stand. This is the moment when we decide the future of our ideals.

You know the ideals I’m talking about:

♦ That you are born with liberty.
♦ That it is your God-given right to speak your mind, start a business, own and control property, build your dream home – and expect it to be there for as long as you like,
♦ practice your religion exactly as you believe, and, above all,
♦ expect that the government will protect those rights at all costs.

We know by witnessing history that totalitarianism does not work. Government control of the actions of the people only leads to poverty, misery and death. And we know that the United States was the first nation ever created that recognized the God-given natural rights of individuals – and America’s history has proven that such a system is the only one that produces prosperity and happiness.

So, what do we do? Do we fight for those ideals of liberty? Or will we allow them to be lost forever under some global village? Do nothing, and they have made the decision for us. What can be easier than that?

You must understand that these are not just random, misguided policies from confused politicians. We are facing a well-organized, massively funded agenda from a very determined gang of global thieves. They are not a secret society. They are right there in front of us – openly admitting their agenda.

First, we must start listening. Then at some point we say NO – and mean it! Then we get serious about stopping them. We must help people to speak out in an effective way. They must not be intimidated. Because that’s why many concerned citizens just give up. They are afraid to act.

We must teach them how to research what the enemy is doing: how to recruit reliable and dedicated activists to our cause, and how to speak and present our cause to the public. Above all, we must teach local activists how to create effective campaigns to get bad politicians out of office and replace them with good ones who are determined to save our Republic. This is what my American Policy Center does. Let us help you learn to fight back right in your own community — at americanpolicy.org.

That’s the Silver Bullet to Victory!

© 2025 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: contact@americanpolicy.org

By Joan Swirsky

October 14, 2025

In 2020, the Atlanta-based U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) said that one in 36 children (approximately four percent of boys and one percent of girls) was estimated to have autism-spectrum disorder, estimates that were significantly higher than those in all previous years.

But just five years later, according to the press conference held just weeks ago on September 22, President Trump — in the presence of U.S. Health and Human Services (HHS) secretary Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. and Center for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) administrator Dr. Mehmet Oz — announced that the Department of Health and Human Services stated that autism had surged in America nearly 400% and now affects 1 in 31 American children…

…and that this alarming statistic was a result of pregnant women taking Tylenol during their pregnancies!

Within milliseconds, everyone weighed in, from a skeptical Scientific American to the hearty support of the Icahn School in the Mt. Sinai School of Medicine.

Here, Dr. Josh Redd explains in plain English why Tylenol is so bad for pregnant women.

Besides the pros and cons, disturbing facts emerged, not the least of which is that the FDA knew about the Tylenol-autism link over a decade and a half ago…but did nothing! Talk about “follow the money”!

In fact, as early as 2019, a Food and Drug Administration (FDA) study recommended — again, with no follow-through — that the labels be revised to advise pregnant women to “be careful about casual use of acetaminophen when it is not strongly needed for pain or other purposes.”

It took a few years, but since September 2022, according to the BirthInjuryCenter.org, over 100 lawsuits have been filed nationwide against acetaminophen manufacturers, claiming damage over the failure to warn pregnant users that Tylenol and generic versions may increase the risk of having a baby with autism and/or ADHD (attention deficit hyperactivity disorder).

By that I mean that this potentially life-altering announcement omitted — actually failed — to include a quite obvious cause of autism’s precipitous rise over the past several decades.

To explain: In the early ’70s, I worked nights — the 11 P.M. to 7 A.M. shift — as a delivery room nurse at a university-affiliated hospital near my home on Long Island. It was a revolutionary time in obstetrics, when the Lamaze method of “prepared childbirth” and the use of sonograms to visualize fetuses were gaining popularity.

Actually, ultrasound technology was first developed in Scotland in the mid-1950s by obstetrician Ian Donald and engineer Tom Brown to detect industrial flaws in ships. By the end of the ’50s, ultrasound was routinely used in Glasgow hospitals, but it was not until the 1970s that it was used in American hospitals to check that the developing baby, placenta, and amniotic fluid were normal and to detect abnormal conditions such as birth defects and ectopic pregnancies.

At the end of the ’70s, I became a certified Lamaze teacher and spent the next 22 years giving weekly classes to couples in my home. In a very real way, I had my own laboratory, as I learned directly from my clients about the increasing escalation of sonogram exams they had as the decades elapsed.

In the early 1980s, it was common for only one or two out of the ten women in my classes to have a sonogram. In just a few years, every woman in my classes had had a sonogram. And in the late ’80s and ’90s, almost every woman had not one sonogram, but often two or three or four or five — starting as early as three or four weeks’ gestation and extending, in some instances, right up to delivery!

It was in the ’90s, in fact, that it occurred to me that the scary rise in the incidence of autism might be linked to the significant rise in ultrasound exams. Over the years, I’ve posited my theory to a number of people, written letters to the editors of newspapers — including to the N.Y. Times, for which I wrote for over 20 years, but they still refused to publish my letter — and emailed my idea to one of the top news people at the Fox News Network, but the “we report/you decide” powers that be on that TV station strangely decided not to report on this subject.

I contacted autism researchers Dr. Marcel Just and Dr. Diane L. Williams, who told me via email that Dr. Pasko Rakic at Yale was, indeed, exploring the autism-ultrasound link.

Then, in 2006, I found an article in Midwifery Today, “Questions about Prenatal Ultrasound and the Alarming Increase in Autism,” by writer-researcher Caroline Rodgers.

“The steep increase in autism,” Rodgers wrote, “goes beyond the U.S.: It is a “global phenomenon” that “has emerged … across vastly different environments and cultures.”

However, Rodgers added, “what all industrial countries do have in common is … the use of routine prenatal ultrasound on pregnant women. In countries with nationalized health care, where virtually all pregnant women are exposed to ultrasound, the autism rates are even higher than in the U.S., where due to disparities in income and health insurance, some 30 percent of pregnant women do not yet undergo ultrasound scanning.”

Aha! Could this be why blacks and Hispanics in America continue to lag behind whites in the development of autism?

Dolphins, Whales…Relevance?

In the summer of 2012, as many as 3,000 dead dolphins were found in Peru. Researchers at the Organization for the Conservation of Aquatic Animals (ORCA), a Peruvian marine animal conservation organization, attributed the mass deaths to the use of deep-water sonar by ships in nearby waters.

Even earlier, in June of 2008, four days after a Navy helicopter was using controversial sonar equipment during training exercises off the Cornish coast in Great Britain, 26 dolphins died in a mass stranding.

These events — and literally thousands that are similar — are relevant because many mass deaths and strandings of whales and dolphins have been attributed to the sonar waves emitted from Navy ships.

In 2009, an article in Scientific American by John Slocum explained that sonar (sound navigation and ranging) systems, which were first developed by the U.S. Navy to detect enemy submarines, “generate slow-rolling sound waves topping out at around 235 decibels; the world’s loudest rock bands top out at only 130. These sound waves can travel for hundreds of miles under water and can retain an intensity of 140 decibels as far as 300 miles from their source.”

Slocum wrote that a successful 2003 lawsuit against the Navy brought by the nonprofit Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC) to restrict the use of low-frequency sonar in waters rich in marine wildlife was upheld by two lower courts, but the Supreme Court “ruled that the Navy should be allowed to continue the use of some mid-frequency sonar testing for the sake of national security.”

Two quick questions: If sonar can kill fully developed dolphins, what effect, then, does it have on the developing brains of in utero embryos and fetuses? And why was the massive use of sonograms during pregnancy not even considered an area of research in our government’s investigation?

And Then There’s the Heat!

Just as concerning, as far back 1982, the World Health Organization (WHO)’s study, “Effects of Ultrasound on Biological Systems,” concluded that “neurological, behavioral, developmental, immunological, hematological changes and reduced fetal weight can result from exposure to ultrasound.” Two years later, the National Institutes of Health (NIH) reported that when birth defects occurred, the acoustic output of sonograms was usually high enough to cause considerable heat.

And yet, in 1993, the FDA approved an eightfold increase in the potential acoustical output of ultrasound equipment! Ostensibly, this increase was to enhance visualization of the heart and small vessels during microsurgery. Clearly, the health and well-being of developing fetuses was not a consideration!

Getting back to those embryos and fetuses, Rodgers explained that “when the transducer from the ultrasound is positioned over the part of the fetus the operator is trying to visualize, the fetus may be feeling vibrations, heat, or both.”

Rodgers then cited a warning the Food and Drug Administration issued way back in 2004: “Even at low levels, [ultrasound] laboratory studies have shown it can have … jarring vibrations” — one study compared the noise to a subway coming into a station — “and a rise in temperature.”

The cause of autism, Rodgers wrote, “has been pinned on everything from ‘emotionally remote’ mothers … to vaccines, genetics, immunological disorders, environmental toxins and maternal infections. A far simpler possibility … is the pervasive use of prenatal ultrasound, which can cause potentially dangerous thermal effects.”

Imagine how these assaults affect the developing brain of a fetus!

Enter Hard Science

In August 2006, Pasko Rakic, M.D., chair of Yale School of Medicine’s Department of Neurobiology, announced the results of a study in which pregnant mice underwent various durations of ultrasound. The brains of the offspring showed damage that was also found in the brains of people with autism.

The research, funded by the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke, also implicated ultrasound in neurodevelopmental problems in children, such as dyslexia, epilepsy, mental retardation, and schizophrenia, and showed that damage to brain cells increased with longer exposures.

Dr. Rakic’s study, Rodgers said, “is just one of many animal experiments and human studies conducted over the years indicating that prenatal ultrasound can be harmful to babies.”

Follow the Money

In The Daily Beast, Jennifer Margulis, author of Business of Baby: What Doctors Don’t Tell You, What Corporations Try to Sell You, and How to Put Your Baby before Their Bottom Line, wrote that Dr. Rakic “concluded that all nonmedical use of ultrasound on pregnant women should be avoided.”

In her research, Margulis said that she discovered that “there is mounting evidence that overexposure to sound waves — or perhaps exposure to sound waves at a critical time during fetal development — is to blame for the astronomic rise in neurological disorders among America’s children.”

Clearly, there is a vast human tragedy — a true man-made disaster — taking place before our eyes.

For whatever reasons — follow the money? — the mountain of evidence that points to a causal relationship between prenatal ultrasound exams and an escalating pandemic of autism is being systematically ignored.

Could it have anything to do with the huge investments doctors and scientists have made in ultrasound technology, which, according to Jennifer Margulis, “adds more than $1 billion to the cost of caring for pregnant women in America each year”?

Could it have anything to do with the revenue now pouring like an avalanche into the coffers of diagnostic and treatment centers and classrooms?

Could it have anything to do with modern journalism’s almost complete abandonment of hard-nosed reporting and life-saving exposés?

As Caroline Rodgers said, there is an elephant in the room when it comes to the subject of autism, and that elephant is the worldwide blitzkrieg of ultrasound exams on pregnant women, exams that have bombarded the babies they’re carrying with the brain-warping sound waves and heat that will continue to affect them every second of their autistic lives.

Yoo-hoo, President Trump, RFK Jr., and Dr. Oz! It’s way past time to give pregnancy sonograms the same attention and warnings you gave so confidently to Tylenol!

© 2025 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com

Authored by Devvy Kidd Not AI

October,  13 2025

“Suppose you were an idiot, and suppose you were a member of Congress; but I repeat myself.” —Mark Twain

“The powers of the sword are in the hands of the yeomanry of America from sixteen to sixty. The militia of these free commonwealths, entitled and accustomed to their arms, when compared with any possible army, must be tremendous and irresistible. Who are the militia? Are they not ourselves? Is it feared, then, that we shall turn our arms each man against his own bosom. Congress has no power to disarm the militia. Tench Coxe [1]

That most certainly would apply to not only most of CON-gress but also “blue” states (which should be called Red States since they’re all embracing and promoting Marxism) but members of state legislatures, mayors and city councils.  (Watch: Cultural Marxism: The corruption of America)

My column last week, ANTIFA Are Communists Who Claim to Oppose Fascism, focused on the in-your-face insurrection and attempt to overthrow our government (a constitutional republic, not a democracy) and the support given by ‘blue’ state Comrade governors, mayors and ignorant, foolish “community leaders who wouldn’t know their arse from their elbow.

The First Amendment says (in part) “… right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.”

What we’ve seen over the past six or so years can hardly be described as peaceful assembly:  ANTIFA and the now train wreck cash cow, Black Lies Matter.  But, in the eyes of this “law enforcement” big shot:

Oregon National Guard Chief Brig. General Vows to “Protect Protesters” Targeting ICE Facilities — Disobeying a Lawful Order from the Commander-in-Chief, Oct. 10, 2025. (He apparently considers fire-bombing federal buildings, targeted physical violence against federal agents is just fine. Go ahead and toss Molotov cocktails into police cars and setting fire to federal buildings.

We’re seeing the same thing in Illinois with the poster boy for gluttony, billionaire J.D. Pritzger and the Chicago Mayor who has lost his mind – if he ever had one.  WATCH: Chicago Mayor Brandon Johnson Declares Rebellion Against Feds – Vows to “Lead a Resistance” Against Federal Authorities, Oct. 9, 2025 // Illinois Gov. J.B. Pritzker Complains Democrats Aren’t Standing With Him Enough Against Trump’s Chicago Crackdown, Oct. 10, 2025 (Gee, I wonder why?)

Foreign Billionaire Funneled $513 Million to Radical Antifa Groups, Oct. 11, 2025 – Always follow the $$.

MORE LIES: Jimmy Kimmel Claims There’s No Such Thing as Antifa, Two Weeks After Claiming MAGA Killed Charlie Kirk (VIDEO), Oct. 10, 2025 // He’s a traitorous Marxist Muslim: Minnesota’s AG Remarks About Antifa Just Got Obliterated, Oct. 12, 2025: “The Trump administration is dedicated to deconstructing this leftist group that’s been terrorizing the Left Coast for years. They’re disrupting ICE raids, they riot, and assault people with whom they disagree at rallies. It’s insane. Ellison tried to peddle the current Democrat talking point that Antifa is so nebulous that it doesn’t exist. No one knows that, he claimed. There’s one problem: he posted a photo of himself holding an Antifa handbook:” Rest at link with photo.

He’ll never get a penny from me and hasn’t anyway as I’ve never seen any of his movies:  Actor Jeff Bridges Hits Immigration Enforcement Officers in Jimmy Kimmel Interview: ‘Get ICE Off Our Streets’, Oct. 10, 2025

The game plan:  The Democrat Party Is Moving Into Overt Insurrection, For The Very Purpose Of Goading President Trump Into Declaring Insurrection, So They Can Label Him A Tyrant, Oct. 10, 2025 – Worth the time to read because the DemonRats WANT it to happen.  They are a wounded animal and will use any means necessary to get back on top to overturn all the good Trump has or might do during his last term.

Now the Second Amendment: “A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.” You’re free to go deer or duck hunting but that’s not what the second half of the Second Amendment is all about, historically –it intentionally gives teeth to the first 13 words... In this time of our history, the constitutional militia isn’t to overthrow our government but to help supplement National Guard units, first responders and local law enforcement because the big move is on to destroy us and it’s not just ANTIFA.

WATCH: AG Pam Bondi, FBI Director Kash Patel, DHS Secretary Kristi Noem Vow to Take Down “Terrorist Group” Antifa – “They are an Organized, Systemic, International Criminal Enterprise”, Oct. 11, 2025 (Looks like a war zone and they plan to come to YOUR city, make no mistake about that. The National Guard is not the ‘well regulated militia” and there aren’t enough National Guard in this country to put down the on-going violence and agenda of dirty traitors calling themselves ANTIFA and the dullards who riot with them. Those supplying truckloads of dirty money to support the agenda of a world government agenda are NOT going to simply go home and watch some liar on the propaganda machine (TV).

WHEN are the 80+ MILLION gun owners in this country going to learn what the Second Amendment means, who has authority and why warriors like Patrick Henry fought like a true patriot to get the Bill of Rights? The Second Amendment was at the top of the list.  Many great organizations, GOA and throughout the states know but the majority don’t.  Hello, NRA? (Yes, while I appreciate hearing from my fellow Americans, I know all about the “Dick Act” (read in full here.)

Governors, AG’s and state legislators MUST learn what the Second Amendment means and Dr. Edwin Vieira’s series explains it in minute detail:  Are You Doing Your Constitutional Duty for Homeland Security? Part 1, May 6, 2005: “Yet when and where, in all the strident propaganda and agitation, hubble-bubble, hoopla, and orchestrated paranoia about the need for “homeland security” to defend America against “terrorism”, has anyone in political prominence pointed this out? Or suggested that “homeland security” be based on it? Or proposed a comprehensive revitalization of “the Militia of the several States” as the central focus, or at least a very important part, of “homeland security”? Why, instead, is “homeland security” being used as a cover-story to rationalize the construction of a centralized national police state, for which the Constitution provides no justification whatsoever, but disallows in every particular?

“Why have all the worldly wise and powerful, the self-styled “best and brightest”, in Washington, D.C., as well as in State capitals throughout the country, ignored the point that stands out on the face of the Constitution with as much prominence and character as Karl Malden’s nose? Can they not read the Constitution? If they can read it, can they not understand it? If they can understand it, can they not speak out?  “Or is their silence the very best evidence that Americans could have of the need to revitalize “the Militia of the several States”?” Then read parts 2 & 3. NO ONE in this country knows this issue better than Dr. Edwin Vieira.  Instead, it’s constant lawsuits over gun control. What a waste of time and money.

To stop insurrections – like what we’ve been seeing for years.  Stop invasions; I live in W. Texas. Illegal Aliens Invasion: Texas GOP Legislators Selling Out America. May 10,2023: “America: Tomorrow will be the beginning of hell most can’t imagine or don’t want to think about. Turning America into a third-world hell hole continues. I covered it fully in my last column, #Boycott Everything Mexico

“F*ck You Americans!” – Illegal Aliens Trash Talk News Reporters in Heated Exchange in El Paso,TX (VIDEO) (35,000 of them at that entry point waiting until tomorrow with more on the way – about 12,000 per day.)

Texas Gov. Greg Abbott invokes constitutional ‘invasion clause’ amid immigration crisis, Nov. 15, 2022 – “I invoked the Invasion Clauses of the U.S. & Texas Constitutions to fully authorize Texas to take unprecedented measures to defend our state against an invasion,” Abbott announced via social media Tuesday.

“This IS an invasion.  The 1,500 U.S. military sent by brain gone, Biden, are for paper pushing, NOT enforcement.  Our republic, not just Texas is in imminent danger.

Texas Statutes, Greg:

GOVERNMENT CODE

TITLE 4. EXECUTIVE BRANCH, SUBTITLE C. STATE MILITARY FORCES AND VETERANS, CHAPTER 431. STATE MILITIA, SUBCHAPTER A. GENERAL PROVISIONS

Sec. 431.071.  MILITARY DUTY.  (a) The reserve militia is not subject to active military duty, except that the governor may call into service the portion of the reserve militia needed for the period required in case of war, insurrection, invasion or prevention of invasion, suppression of riot, tumult, or breach of peace or to aid civil officers to execute law or serve process.

“(b) The governor may assign members of the reserve militia who are called into service to existing organizations of the state military forces or organize them as circumstances require.  Acts 1987, 70th Leg., ch. 147, Sec. 1, eff. Sept. 1, 1987.

“Gov. Abbott is putting Band Aids on a patient hemorrhaging to death on the operating table.  He must ‘call into service’ our State Reserve Militia and believe me, there are plenty of well-trained, well-armed retired military and law enforcement who will be happy to serve.  Who want to get on the border right away to assist the National Guard and DPS.

“Texas Republicans working to keep border open – our legislature.  GOP screwing us, again.  Here is a must watch interview with Lara Logan, 10 minutes.  For those unfamiliar with Lara, she is a very good investigative journalist.

Lara Logan, Texas Republican Politicians Working Against Border Security, May 8, 2023

“Logan notes that Texas republican politicians are actively working to keep the border open with migration flows controlled but not stopped.  As CTH has long documented, illegal mass immigration is a policy that both wings of the UniParty support.

“Logan reports that Texas republicans, the Bush wing of the professional republican apparatus that controls Texas politics, recently blocked a state border security effort in order to keep the immigration flow in place.   This is a remarkable interview with details to support the baseline as discussed.”

So where is this so-called reserve militia, Gov. Abbott? Oh, that’s right.  We don’t have one.

Now that President Trump has rightly designated ANTIFA as a domestic terrorist organization, that is not going to stop the violence from spreading.  Winter is coming with cold and snow around the country.  A time for the America haters and useful fools to plan their next attack on our cities and towns.  However, don’t EVER underestimate the shadow government because they are not going down without a fight.  Mark my words.

This is a very dangerous time for our republic and critically important to spend the time getting the facts regarding ‘homeland security’, the history, who is in charge and lawful application.  Yeah, time consuming but you and if you have a family are in danger. There are good sheriffs in this country and then there’s those who should be thrown out of office for ignoring the law.  All of this is up to We the People so please help your friends and state legislators or governor if you happen to know them – get educated on their duty and responsibility to protect the people of their state against invasion and/or insurrection.

How the States Can Suppress Illegal Immigration, Sept. 3, 2021, Dr. Edwin Veira: “Although subject to various constitutional limitations on her autonomy, each of the several States today remains “a free State” empowered in principle to guarantee—and, one would hope, capable in practice of providing for—her own “security” through “[a] well regulated Militia” predicated upon “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms”, as the Second Amendment attests. In particular, the “security” of each State’s own borders being an (if not the) essential component of “the security of a free State”, as “free State[s]” the States are entitled and may insist upon the right to preserve, protect, and maintain the existence and efficacy their own borders—and, insofar as some of their borders coincide with the borders of the United States, to preserve, protect, and maintain the existence and efficacy of those borders, too. Indeed, the States are not only entitled, but also are required to do so. For no State can stop being “a free State” within the federal system without repudiating not only the Constitution but also the Declaration of Independence.

“And such a dereliction of duty on the part of a State’s public officials would justify recourse to (in the Declaration’s words) “the Right of the People to alter or to abolish [the existing government], and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to affect their Safety and Happiness”.

“After all, it is the absolute duty of public officials within each State to enforce the laws which maintain her physical, legal, political, economic, and social integrity—the laws relating to her borders being first and foremost among them. True enough, rogue officeholders forfeits their legitimacy whenever they fail, neglect, or refuse to enforce those laws. But, at least for a while, a country can muddle through, although burdened with a governmental apparatus populated by fools, knaves, poseurs, and kindred political riffraff. By definition, however, no country can exist at all without enforceable borders. Is it worse to be ground under the heel of “absolute Despotism” in one’s own country, yet with some chance (no matter how slim) that some day “the People” might finally exercise what the Declaration described as “their right, * * * their duty, to throw off such Government”, or to have one’s country destroyed entirely and irretrievably?” Rest at link.

Ah, let’s not forget the “judges” who have their head in rectal darkness:  Appeals court rules National Guard troops in Illinois can remain federalized but blocks deployment, Oct 11, 2025 (Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals.)

And here we are today with local law enforcement out-numbered – even with a couple hundred National Guard – while these anti-American groups and their ignorant and foolish groupies out to kill us and turn cities and towns into hell holes get treated like heroes.  Sane Americans like me do NOT want a civil war so it’s got to be your governor and state legislatures working with ICE and DHS for now but the duty of OUR homeland security is us.

Who Regulates “A Well Regulated Militia”?

Militia: Legal Structure

THE best web site for more factual truth and solutions regarding the Second Amendment and the militia. (President Trump:  Dr. Edwin Vieira deserves hands down the Presidential Medal of Freedom.  Please see he is honored for his many decades of fighting for truth, liberty and freedom. A legal mind beyond words.)

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2025 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Footnote:

[1] “An American Citizen: An Examination of the Constitution of the United States IV”. Publication by Tench Coxe, teachingamericanhistory.org. October 21, 1788.

Related:

Veteran journalist flips script on media ‘running cover’ for Antifa violence: ‘Anarchist communism‘, Oct. 11, 2025

‘Disgusting’: Border Czar Tom Homan says many ICE protesters are being PAID – ‘What’s most insulting, you’ve got members of Congress comparing ICE to Nazis and terrorists and racists. Well if they’re racists for enforcing the law, what does that make them? They wrote the law’”, Sept. 7, 2025

Border Czar Tom Homan is forced to sleep away from his family due to death threats against him. “My wife lives separately from me right now.” This is really awful. Please pray for Tom Homan and his family.”

And This Is Why ICE Agents Wear Masks, Oct, 10, 2025: “First, I’ll say it—a liberal white woman left this voicemail…But it’s definitely a white woman hoping the wife of this ICE officer gets murdered with her kids, because that’s what happened to the Nazis or something.”

President Trump RIPS Schumer Over Ongoing Shutdown, Orders Pentagon to ‘Use All Available Funds’ to Pay Troops, Oct. 11, 2025 // AOC’s wet dream:  Shock Admission: Democrats Say They Won’t End Schumer Shutdown Until ‘Planes Are Falling Out of the Sky’, Oct. 11, 2025

See Chuckie Schumer smile while you work your fingers to the bone to pay for your health care premiums and those who need a temporary helping hand are being cheated by illegals who have NO RIGHT TO BE ON U.S. SOIL:  Illegal Immigrants Collected $7 BILLION in Medicaid Payments, Oct. 11, 2025.  (Forbes: 74-year old Chuckie is worth about $7 million today, March 23, 2025)

Democrats pushing to put 1.4M illegals back on Medicaid in shutdown fight: GOP leader, Oct. 3, 2025 – “’What’s behind the shutdown is you have a scared old man that’s afraid of losing his leadership position,’ said House Majority Whip Tom Emmer.”

Virginia Beach Dems back Virginia AG nominee Jay Jones despite violent texts about Republicans, Oct. 5, 2025: “Virginia Beach Dems insist Jones will serve with “integrity and accountability,” and gubernatorial nominee Abigail Spanberger has refused to disavow him — despite sickening text messages where Jones fantasized about Gilbert getting “two bullets to the head” and called his young children “little fascists.”

Kentucky Man Jailed Over Halloween Decorations That Depicted Local Public Officials Being Hanged, Oct. 11, 2025

He’s a pig with zero class: ‘ThisB***hNeedsToDie’: Another Lib Caught Wishing Death Upon a Conservative in NJ School Board Race, Oct. 11, 2025.  (Such a poet!) “A New Jersey school board candidate was caught red-handed sending vicious, sexual messages about a conservative female board member in a group chat labeled “ThisB***hNeedsToDie.”

“Photos of Scott Semaya’s vile texts about Danielle Bellomo at a July school board meeting leaked this week on social media — and the widening scandal is now being investigated by local cops and roiling the affluent suburb of Marlboro.

“Bellomo must be cold — her nips could cut glass right n” read one text, allegedly captured on camera while Semaya’s fingers typed an “o.”

Short video:  Mexican woman says most of them hate it here in America, can’t wait to go home, only here for money.

By Cliff Kincaid

October 13, 2025

He gave Putin the red carpet, when Russia deserves regime change, and he called Chinese Communist dictator Xi his friend, only to have the communist impose more export controls, sparking Trump’s retaliatory strike of massive tariffs.

The stock market is falling in response, and the future of capitalism is in doubt, as Trump has seriously misjudged our enemies’ willingness to wage war, economic and military.

Consider that Putin left the red carpet in Alaska and accelerated the war on Ukraine. Now, as Trump was hoping to meet Xi at an Asian summit, the dictator has imposed new export controls on minerals critical to our high-tech and military industries. Now Trump says he will not be going to meet with Xi anytime soon.

Trump’s major mistake: thinking the sheer force of his personality would somehow convince communist leaders that they could and would enjoy peaceful relations with Washington, D.C.

Meanwhile, the “peace” that supposedly has been achieved in the Middle East comes with a heavy price – the deployment of U.S. troops to Israel, a nation-building scheme in Gaza, and the ability of Hamas to survive the war. It sounds like something George Bush would attempt.

It is the first no-win war that Israel has fought. This is not worth celebrating.

This is not peace, but a false peace, the kind predicted by Bible prophecy experts when they analyze the book of Revelation.

Meanwhile, the Democrats are winning the shutdown wars, and the price of a settlement comes with a Republican promise to expand federal subsidies for Obamacare, also known as the “Affordable Care Act,” which has proven to be not so affordable.

There are already whispers from the Republicans, including the erratic Marjorie Taylor Greene, to go along with the Democrat demands. That means more debt.

Regarding the Middle East, I remember the days when the U.S. Government said it would not negotiate with terrorists. President Reagan was almost impeached over the Iran Contra affair, involving a deal with the same regime that Trump’s bombing has left in place in Tehran.

But Trump negotiates with terrorists associated with the Muslim Brotherhood through intermediaries, such as the corrupt monarchy in Qatar. We are told this is a recipe for “peace” when half of the hostages are said to be dead.

How is this a victory? Why are so many liberals endorsing this deal? It is because it is something that a Democrat presidency could concoct. No wonder Hillary praises Trump for it.

We are still in the “first phase” of the deal with Hamas and everybody in the Fox News orbit is giddy and gleeful. I am not. It is not worth the Nobel Peace Prize, or any other peace prize. It is a betrayal of Israel. But Israel was pressured to accept it.

Our objective should not be peace but victory.

Meanwhile, “Secretary of War” Pete Hegseth has announced that the pro-terrorist regime of Qatar will build a facility at the Mountain Home Air Force Base in Idaho.

This is crazy. It is insane.

CBS News reports, “The agreement, which Hegseth announced alongside Qatari Minister of Defense Sheikh Saoud bin Abdulrahman Al Thani at the Pentagon, will allow Qatari pilots to receive training alongside U.S. soldiers.”

Are you kidding me? Didn’t we learn our lesson about allowing Muslim fanatics to learn how to fly aircraft in the United States?

Regarding the China threat, Trump on Friday indicated he was surprised. Trump was insulted and humiliated.

Trump should have known better. As anti-communist figure Fred Schwarz said, “You can trust communists to be communists.”

On Fox News on Friday night, Trump toady Laura Ingraham tried to blame President Bill Clinton years ago for what China has now done to Trump. That won’t wash. Trump brought this on himself.

So the “peace” that Trump has promised to pursue has backfired in a spectacular way.

There is no “peace” with Russia. There is no “peace” with China. And there is no “peace” with the global Islamic world.

Now the United States is in a very difficult situation, financially, economically, and militarily.

President Trump should cancel his Middle East trip, as there is no “peace” in the Middle East or Asia.

At the same time, the actual winner of the Nobel Peace Prize, an anti-communist Venezuelan figure, María Corina Machado, shows us the way forward.

Anti-communism, not phony overtures for “peace,” should guide U.S. foreign policy.

Hopefully, Trump now understands that China is an enemy. There can be no truce with the communists.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc usasurvival.org

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 13, 2025

You can bet that the entire world holds its breath as to the “cease fire” with Hamas and Israel. The Western world feels the heavy weight of endless wars going on in Gaza and Ukraine. So much death and suffering! So much destruction! So many lives wasted. So much needless pain suffered by so many mothers and fathers.

“Thomas Jefferson believed the United States should avoid active involvement in European wars, viewing them as a result of Europe’s distinct political interests, which he felt were different from America’s. He saw European conflicts as a cycle of “eternal war” that expended the people’s energy and resources on destruction, while America could focus on its own internal improvement and cultivate peace with all nations. He also stated the US should maintain neutrality, but still uphold its rights and treat belligerent nations with “justice and innocent kindness,” as detailed in his principles for neutrality during the Napoleonic Wars.”

That statement can be applied to the Middle East. Islamic followers love to fight, kill and create a bloody trail ever since the 6th century when their prophet created that violent religion. You might wish that the Dali Lama was their prophet, instead of a blood thirsty savage like Muhammed. But all religions reflect their location, their IQ levels, and their cultures created by their certain tribes.

Since you may read everything about the “truce” in Israel, let’s discuss what’s going on in the United Stages when it comes to “war.”

In the past 30 years, hundreds of thousands of American kids have been killed by overdosing illegal drugs. It’s much more if you look back to 1970 when Nixon started “The War on Drugs.”

“In the last 30 years, hundreds of thousands of drug deaths have occurred in the USA, with nearly 841,000 from drug overdoses between 1999 and 2020 alone. The rate has increased significantly, with 91,799 overdose deaths in 2020 compared to 70,237 in 2017, and prescription and illicit opioids were responsible for over half a million of these deaths between 1999 and 2020. Since 1970, well over several million Americans have lost their lives to drugs.”

If one of your family members suffered that death count, you’ve got some skin in the game. There is no difference from dying in a war as with dying with drugs. You’re dead.

Is President Trump’s bombing of those four drug boats speeding toward America’s shores a good thing? Answer: YOU BETCHA’!

You better believe that after four boats got bombed into Davey Jone’s Locker, there won’t be any more drug speedboats hauling more deadly drugs across the Gulf of America. Heck, I can’t help but cheer Trump and Secretary of War Pete Hegseth for having the stones to send a harsh message to drug traffickers.

Same with what they did to Iran’s nuclear program!

Additionally, Trump secured our borders from massive drug infusions by MS-13, Sinaloa Cartel, and another dozen miner drug cartels allowed to operate across our borders for the past 30 years.

You probably watched, as I did, those drug speedboats getting blown to bits. It sure sent a message. My bet is, we won’t be seeing any further speeding drug boats trying to reach our shores. Think of all the American lives saved. Think of the hundreds of families that won’t be attending funerals of their children. Think of all those drug dealers who will be out of business in our towns, cities and schools across America. Instead of drugs, our kids will be playing sports, music, dancing, creatively living their lives…or at least have choices to be alive.

While I am at it, what about Trump naming Antifa, Muslim Brotherhood, C.A.I.R., and Black Lives Matter—as internal terrorist organizations? Finally, we possess a president of America with a pair of stones that you don’t want to irritate. He’ll bust you and your organization’s butts into prison.

Let’s give a “shout-out” to Attorney General Pamela Bondi for her courage to bust all those crooks and liars in DC who used “law fare” to try to destroy Trump. Former FBI director Comey is a liar, cheat, thief and pathetic human being. U.S. Senator Adam Schiff is a disgusting liar. Not only is New York AG Letitia James a liar, but she’s a fraud at the highest level in New York Politics. Same thing with Ilhan Omar, a Somalian transplant that needs to be deported for all her lies and especially, for her hate of America. Let’s go after that Georgia AG Fanni Willis for her fraud, lying and cheating, plus using state money for vacations. Same with New York’s biggest fraud, Alvin Bragg. What a crock of a human being.

We need to see our crooked elected leaders brought to justice. Can you imagine what a crook U.S. Senator Charles Schumer is after 50 years in Congress? Or, Nancy Pelosi? Or, Swalwell in Florida? Or, Rashida “Palestinian Muslim” Tlaib?

Guaranteed that none of them have been working for America’s best interests. In the future, we should not allow any immigrant to become a member of Congress. You must be born here, be a true American, and you love our Constitution. None of this garbage 6th century Sharia Law crap! If you don’t like our U.S. Constitution, get your scrawny butt back to Africa or the Middle East where you’ll be at home with people that believe like you.

And one of the worst, Zohran Mamdani is the biggest fraud we’ve seen in decades. He’s an out and out Muslim-Communist-Democrat bent on destroying New York City. If you have read the Quran, it mandates that a Muslim follower can lie, cheat and steal to install Sharia Law into any country. You’re seeing it in Europe, Canada, and now here in the United States. We should deport his phony rear-end back to Uganda where he originated. He’s a fraud, pure and simple—and he does it with a smile.

For sure, I support sending every single one of those Antifa thugs to prison for a minimum of 20-30 years. Like the drug speedboats in the Gulf of America, just give Antifa thugs some really harsh consequences like an automatic 20-30 years in prison—and you’ll see their numbers dwindle into a pool of crybabies.

In the end, we Americans have got to get back to supporting America. We’ve got to stand up for women’s rights, girl’s rights in sports, fair play among our citizens, support of our flag, support of our laws, support of our law enforcement, support of our troops.

Why is that? I don’t see anyone taking a speed boat to get to “freedom” in Cuba? I don’t see anyone migrating to China. I don’t see anyone migrating to India. I don’t see any Americans rushing to become citizens of Uganda.

Let’s face it, there’s nothing like the Good Ole U.S. of A. Whether you ride a Harley-Davidson, go golfing, go sailing, sit in a rowboat to catch that prize bass, or you go for a peaceful walk in the woods, wear your hair long or short, sport a tattoo, ride your bicycle across the country, change jobs, choose your mate, choose your mode of dress, or just eat popcorn at the movie theater——you’re damned lucky to be an American citizen.

Like Lee Greenwood sang, “God bless the USA.”

Or, Alan Jackson sang, “Remember when.” (If you’ve never heard this song, you’ve GOT to hear it. You will play it for the rest of your life.)

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Kathleen Marquardt

October 12, 2025

Is Canada trying to drive it’s provinces to seek asylum in the United States? Or maybe they are practicing the reduction of the human population with ostriches. Whichever it is, it needs to be stopped. I have taken words from SAVE OUR OSTRICHES and put them in ital.

The following is from an introduction to SAVE OUR OSTRICHES, a non-commercial farm in the Kootenay mountains of British Columbia. (Keep in mind this is a non-commercial farm, they don’t sell the birds for meat.) My big question here is why is the Canadian Food Inspection Agency involved more than tangentially?

“The Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) has ordered the mass killing of 400 ostriches at Universal Ostrich Farms in British Columbia. The order stems from an anonymous tip and PCR tests on just two birds that died months ago, which the CFIA claims were positive for H5N1 avian flu.”

Now, the CFIA wants to kill the entire herd, even though no more have gotten sick.

“The situation began on December 10, 2024, when a three-year-old ostrich showed pneumonia-like symptoms. Although it recovered, some younger ostriches and those introduced to the farm after 2020 also became ill, resulting in 69 deaths out of 468 ostriches, or 15% of the original herd, over 36 days.

“The farmers observed that ostriches previously exposed to a bacterial infection in 2020 showed no new symptoms or deaths, suggesting they had achieved herd immunity. Despite the losses, the remaining ostriches fully recovered, and as of January 15, 2025, no further illnesses or deaths have occurred.”

How many months have to go by before the inspectors admit there is not a situation that needs to be observed any longer? I guess that if their destructions of these valuable (monetarily and scientifically) creatures is for a more reprehensible reason than just silly-goose fears of a disease that isn’t there now.

Yet, they didn’t allow the farmers to test any birds showing no signs of disease and they won’t allow the farmers to test any of their birds for H5N1 now. That should tell you all you need to know. The governmental officials want to kill well birds.

Don’t you want to know why? I do. But I suspect that the whole thing was brought about by radical (redundant word) animal rights activists. Animal rightists are trying to save the birds (or any other animals), they just don’t want people and animals to benefit each other. And here, like many places around the world, they are using government agencies to do their dirty work for them.

The court has given them an interim stay. “The court said the stay will be in force until it makes a decision on hearing the case, and if it does rule there is a valid argument for appeal, the birds will remain alive until the court rules on the case by Universal Ostrich Farms.”

Let the farmers have the last word here as to why these birds need to be saved.

“The ostriches at Universal Ostrich Farms are valued not only for their genetic traits but also for their strong, robust immune systems, which have attracted the interest of researchers worldwide. After the farm stopped producing ostrich meat in 2020, Espersen and Bilinski shifted their focus to studying natural antibodies, collaborating with Dr. Yasuhiro Tsukamoto of Kyoto University, Japan, and Dr. Stu Greenberg from Boston. This joint research examines the unique properties of antibodies found in ostrich eggs and their potential applications across various fields of study.

“The farmers believes their farm has the potential to provide critical insights into managing and controlling diseases in wild populations, such as migratory ducks and other wildlife species. “Why isn’t the CFIA working with us to come up with a solution?” Pasitney wonders. “Why are they so determined to destroy our healthy ostriches and stamp out their natural immunity?”

If you want to help them or learn more, go to https://saveourostriches.com/about/

But, please do something – share their story and plight. Remember, our kind and caring people in power want us to be eating bugs, no beef. Every time they take away a right, they are getting closer to the ones you have and cherish. They have said it for well over 30 years now, “you will have nothing and be happy”. Not even the most brain-dead activist believes that, but they are having fun taking us ever faster in that direction.

Stand up, get a brain – if you lost yours from disuse – and start demanding your God-given rights be protected, not stolen, but those so-called representatives of ours. It’s time to take back our country; we have little time left. If you haven’t drawn your line in the stand, this is a good one to start with.

Let the lion roar.

© 2025 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

By Steven Yates

October 12, 2025

Last week, while in the waiting area for a doctor’s appointment and scrolling through a newsfeed, I came across an article that brought me up short. Especially as it came from someone I’d considered rather odious — though surpassed in his odiousness by the person who basically stole the Democrat Party nomination from him back in 2016.

Just watch and listen, and forget for a moment that it’s Bernie Sanders, who self-identifies as a “democratic socialist.” Forget, for the moment, what you’ve been taught, or told, about “capitalism” versus “socialism,” and other “isms” floating about. Forget, for the moment, about “left” versus “right.” We’re not talking abstract ideologies here. We’re talking about real human beings and their lives, families if they have them, and struggles.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3I_f1DkMddU&t=265s

It strikes me that because of what Peter Turchin calls the “wealth pump” of the past 40 years — what I’ve called welfare-statism in reverse, the redistribution of wealth upwards — that the system really is broken and that we really do have “two Americas.” (See Peter Turchin’s End Times: Elites, Counter-Elites, and the Path of Political Disintegration, 2023).

The one America — the upper echelon of the billionaire class, the point-zero-zero-one percent — has never had it better! These people have multiple yachts, plush mansions, private planes, private islands in places like Hawaii … and sizeable, well-stocked underground bunkers where they could flee if the world outside their wealth bubble went to pieces all at once.

The wealthiest four men in the world — Elon Musk, Larry Ellison, Mark Zuckerberg, and Jeff Bezos — are collectively worth more than $1.3 trillion! Musk alone is worth more than the bottom 52 percent of Americans! He’s said he’s “building the future.” But as I often ask, will it be a future any of us want to live in, or want our children to live in?

Bezos can spend $50 million on a wedding and buy his new wife a wedding ring that cost somewhere between $3 and $5 million (who’s counting?)! Zuckerberg spent $110 million to buy 11 homes in Palo Alto, Calif., creating his own private enclave.

The other America is living hand-to-mouth, paycheck to paycheck, if even that. For them, “our” New Gilded Age economy is collapsing. Many have zero savings, are deeply in debt, could not afford a $500 car emergency without falling further into a financial black hole.

They pray to not get sick, injured, or have a family member get seriously ill, because even if by some chance they have medical coverage they couldn’t afford the deductible. And any procedure recommended to them could be refused coverage as “unnecessary” by a corporate bureaucrat who isn’t a doctor.

These are the “immiserated,” Turchin calls them, whose wages have failed to keep up with the rising cost of living during the period of currency debasement that got underway not long after Nixon killed the gold standard and Friedmanite neoliberalism became the dominant form of capitalism in the West.

The job market has shifted, moreover, from steady, reliable, full-time work, to part-time “gigs,” as corporations have saved on labor costs through outsourcing, automation, and now AI. So while productivity has soared during the neoliberal era, only the top 1 percent has reaped long term benefits. The top 1 percent, after all, is now worth more than the bottom 93 percent.

Many in this 93 percent have to decide between child care and paying the electric bill. The lives of many working adults — with two and sometimes three part-time jobs — have begun to resemble what you’d see in a low-trust Third World country.

Generation Z (born from 1997 to 2012) is understandably bitter, with college degrees in good subjects but nevertheless living with Mom and Dad because they cannot afford the rent on a decent apartment (average cost: $1,500/mo. on up), much less buy a house.

They’re giving up on the so-called American Dream, because they know that most of their number will never do as well as their parents.

They improperly blame us Boomers. Most of us did not do this. A few of us reaped windfalls in the 1980s and 1990s, as did a few Gen Xers. But many of us are also struggling.

All recent generations have slipped economically, amidst wage stagnation, unless they made a few clever money moves (typically with the help of insider mentors) or became reliable corporate underlings.

In other words, Bernie Sanders’s observations aren’t off target, even if you reject the ideology he operates out of.

Is it normal, after all, for the top four wealthiest men in the country to be worth more than the bottom 90 percent?

Peter Turchin argues compellingly that this is a recipe for social unrest and the sort of political polarization and instability we are seeing (whetted, of course, by social media corporations with a business model that enhances outrage). Especially given the widespread perception that the haves have cheated to get where they are, that they’re the beneficiaries of a rigged system.

Nick Hanauer, one of the handful of billionaires with open eyes, has warned that “the pitchforks will come out.”

A couple of years ago I penned an article undertaking a thought experiment. I worked out the math on what would be involved in terms of hourly pay, for someone to earn $1 billion in the marketplace. That is, making something others wanted and would pay for, or undertaking some service others desired. Serving their fellow men and women that is, as a means to serving their portfolios instead of the latter being an end in itself (the epitome of greed).

What I discovered: not a single honest job in the world, or honest business, would pay that kind of money!

But … passive income!

I know. Money making money. If even that, and not money obtained through lucrative insider deals with the federal Deep State. Musk, Zuckerberg, Bezos, and others of the billionaire class have all been eyeball-deep with DARPA, the CIA, and other tentacles of the Deep State octopus.

Musk has become at least $180 billion richer since the election he helped bankroll. (I say at least because I couldn’t find the exact date of that stat.)

Is all this just “class warfare,” the canard of neoliberals?

Warren Buffett: “There’s class warfare, all right, but it’s my class, the rich class, that’s making war, and we’re winning.”

Straight from the horse’s mouth, or no?

Let’s take a Big Picture perspective.

A healthy and thriving society, a society likely to remain stable and perhaps advance, needs the following:

• Affordable energy
• Affordable housing
• Stable families
• Affordable nutritious food
• Affordable healthcare
• Education that educates and doesn’t merely indoctrinate (including for trades)

And then what is arguably the most important of the lot:

• Religiosity: a sense of the Transcendent that defines a people’s place in the universe, provides moral leadership standing above markets and politics, and supplies long-term hope.

It should alarm us all, whichever side of the aisle we think we are on, that present-day America doesn’t have any of these.

Not one. Not on any large scale.

There are now over 800,000 homeless people in the U.S., spread across every major city and metropolitan area. Some, of course, are on drugs or are mentally ill and have been neglected by the system because they don’t have money. Others, though, haven’t merely made “bad choices” in life. They may have jobs. They just can’t afford rent or a mortgage, so they live in their cars or “couch surf.”

Stable families have become a thing of the past as marriages break up and young adults don’t get married (another reason being that trust between the sexes has never been lower).

We are having roughly 1.6 children for every two adults. Obviously this isn’t a sustainable replacement rate.

Obviously, too, families cannot properly nurture children in a stable environment if both parents (assuming there are two parents!) each work at multiple “gigs” at all hours of the day and night to survive.

Healthcare: we need to stop the canard about “socialized medicine.” In Chile, where I’ve lived for over a decade now, I had a heart procedure done last year for arrhythmia that would have cost over $20,000 in the U.S., not counting a deductible, lead-up appointments, hospital room, follow-up, etc. Know what it cost me here? Around $30 in U.S. dollars, the price of the initial consultation (of which the state-run insurance company paid around a third).

That was an eye-opener!

I’ve written previously about primary prevention: everything you can and should do to avoid getting sick. (See also this, a more recent statement.)

To the best of my knowledge, no one has paid the slightest attention.

When I began beating this drum years ago, one Libertarian told me, “The problem with primary prevention is, it isn’t profitable.”

No, it probably isn’t. A healthy population, healthy because its people are practicing primary prevention, won’t enable pharmaceutical and healthcare corporations to get richer.

He thought that was a drawback of primary prevention. After giving the matter some thought, I realized that it was a problem with profit-based healthcare which prioritizes money over health.

The result is a sick care system, not a healthcare system.

Lack of adequate healthcare is going to be ubiquitous for the majority in a dual-America (one class of billionaire overlords; versus the rest).

It is easy to observe that at the core of the large-scale shift from the treatment of acute conditions to the management of chronic conditions was the lure of profit-über-Alles.

So what’s the solution?

Frankly, Bernie Sanders’s solution is a weak call for “changes required to create a government and an economy that work for all, and not just the few”: weak because it includes no specifics.

This, I argue, is the culmination of Western secularism, which ultimately liberates the wealthy and powerful to do as they please because they can. Note: not simply do the rich get richer, often simply because they are skilled at navigating and negotiating a money political economy, but they attain a level of power that kings and emperors of earlier eras could not have imagined.

Where we’re headed: Technocracy. “Scientific” dictatorship. Or, what the late political philosopher Sheldon Wolin called inverted totalitarianism: totalitarianism that is structural, encircling individuals, built into the system instead of resulting from the will of one autocrat.

These are all different names for Technocracy. The richest men in the country enumerated above are all arch-Technocrats. (For more on Technocracy and the near future, go here.)

Given that materialism (even if partly masked by the kind of “New Age” pseudo-spiritualism that has long circulated in the tech world, and for a while before) unleashes unaccountable power — it simply leaves those with money and power no reason for not enriching themselves further and ruling over the rest of humanity as they see fit — we’re on our way to a system based on total surveillance, total management, total control.

Nominally “Communist” China, an officially atheistic society, is already there!

What might Technocrats do on our side of the Pacific? They’re already doing it! They’ve started digitizing everything, incorporating all resource acquisition and use into the Internet of Things (you’ll know this has happened when your refrigerator and microwave oven start “communicating” with you, including sending you unsolicited advertisements on a screen).

Then they give everyone a digital ID (in the works). Then introduce Universal Basic Income to be paid out in Stablecoin (Central Bank Digital Currency that isn’t called that; also in the works). The potential will be there of getting every homeless person a place to live, with no more worries for the rest of us of having to choose between the electric bill and the rent.

But the price of these “advances” will be the remainder of our freedoms and our privacy.

Technocracy seeks total knowledge and total control over resources, human and natural. It seeks to digitize, monitor, quantify, and control everything in human life. The further it progresses, the harder and harder it will be top opt out of its systems. How much can you do today, after all, without a smartphone which follows you everywhere and automatically welds you to the Technocratic control grid.

Technocracy is also the culmination of the globalist mindset: the lure of world government in the service of global corporate leviathans. This mindset dates at least to the 1700s but was stymied by the lack of infrastructure to pursue such goals outside of banking networks able to control national economies.

That infrastructure, as I’ve emphasized, exists today — and then some!

Perhaps I shouldn’t be too hard on Bernie for not offering specifics on how to address the problem of “two Americas” in one video. Because it’s possibly the hardest problem we face, especially as so few — even among those who understand Technocracy and its origins — really go to the metaphysical and spiritual basics.

Question the materialist worldview, which gained ground spectacularly in the 1800s, especially after the Darwinian revolution in biology; and especially after the philosophical ideology of positivism, furthered by Auguste Comte and his followers, relegated all language about God, sin, the need for redemption, and so on, to the realm of the cognitively meaningless. This made materialism the default setting of the developing intellectual mainstream, which soon became the default setting of the cultural and political-economic mainstream. Such “intellectual” stuff didn’t further consumerism or political campaigns.

If we’re going to promote a Christian worldview, though, we have to go Back to Basics, because much of the Evangelical movement has its own set of problems, especially its inclinations toward Zionism and embrace of Darby/Scofield heresies.

That’s a different article, however. So I will stop here, having laid out the problem of where we are, where we are heading, and what we have to question — large numbers of us, not merely a handful of isolated writers on Substack and NewsWithViews.com — if we really want a future we’ll want those who come after us to live in. This, again, is not about “left” versus “right,” or any specific ideology. It is about working for a world in which all human beings have intrinsic value because they were created in God’s image (Gen. 1:27).

© 2025 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_________________________

Steven Yates is a (recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several colleges and universities in the Southeastern U.S. He has authored three books, more than 20 articles, numerous book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself.

In 2012, he moved to Chile. He married a Chilean national in 2014. Among his discoveries in South America: many of the problems in the U.S. are problems everywhere, because human nature is the same everywhere.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His cosmic horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) (written for the sheer fun of it) can be gotten here.

His most recent short book So You Want to Get a PhD in Philosophy? can be obtained here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such). Readers notice, and so does the Amazon algorithm.

By Rob Pue

October 12, 2025

All of humanity was born to worship.  We have an instinctive need to reverence our Creator.  This is just how God made us.  In the beginning, mankind had a close relationship with Him.  But in Genesis Chapter 3, we read of how the king of demons, Satan, tempted Eve and caused her to doubt what God said.  And the rest, as they say, is history.  Adam followed Eve in her quest for forbidden knowledge and power, and together they traded perfect communion with God for a life of pain and toil, of blood, sweat and tears… of thorns and thistles, culminating in death and then the judgment.

But that need to worship never subsided.  It’s woven into the very fabric of our souls; that innate need to revere the One who created us — to worship Him, and to somehow return to Him and re-establish that bond that was broken so long ago.  It’s the one and only thing that will ever satisfy our souls;  and the one thing that we will never find apart from Him.

The problems we encounter in this life begin the minute we depart from our Lord and try to do life on our own.  The consequences of this are immediate and devastating.  This is what happened to our first parents.  This rebellion is the “sin nature” that we are now all born with, so that even today there exists within us a great turmoil, a constant tug-of-war between our desire to know God and worship Him and our desire to stray away from Him and worship something else.

Now, God created us with minds to think and reason.  He doesn’t hide from us, and then expect us to have blind faith in a Creator we can never know anything about.  On the contrary, He makes Himself abundantly visible to all who have eyes to see.  We are without excuse.  The Bible makes it clear that we are able to know God, by the things that He made.  In other words, by observing His awesome Creation all around us, we know that God exists.  What’s more, He provided us with a book, The Bible, the very words of God Himself, so that we can know Him more;  and He did not spare even His own Son for our sakes, so that we may return to Him and restore that perfect relationship, as He welcomes us back and draws us close to Himself with loving arms of compassion.

Let’s summarize these points:  We are born with the knowledge of God and with a desire and purpose to worship and glorify Him.  This knowledge of God and desire to worship Him is reinforced as we observe His Creation all around us.  We also have His written Word to teach us all we will ever need to know.  Yet, many of us still prefer to deny Him, to run and try to hide from Him, because His light exposes the darkness of our sinful hearts.

Now,  what happens when we do this — when we deliberately choose to deny God?  Romans 1, starting at verse 28:  “Since they did not think it worthwhile to retain the knowledge of God, He gave them over to a depraved mind, to do what ought not to be done.  They have become filled with every kind of wickedness, evil, greed and depravity.  They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit and malice.  They are gossips, slanderers, God-haters, insolent, arrogant and boastful;  they invent ways of doing evil;  they disobey their parents, they are senseless, faithless, heartless, ruthless.”   The heart of man, apart from the renewing and regeneration of Christ is hopelessly lost.  The Bible says it is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked.  Surely it is obvious that this is true.  Even little babies, as precious and as “innocent” as they are,  do not need to be taught to sin.  We are all born with a self-centered, sinful nature.

Depraved minds.  But you see, even depraved minds still have that in-born desire to worship that we are all created with.  And so, apart from Christ,  we begin to invent things to worship that will fit conveniently into our lives without requiring anything of significance on our part.  As if we can fulfill our need to “worship” but still live as we choose, accountable to no one.  Deep thinkers with depraved minds will expand on these thoughts to create entire religions and theologies.  In other words, we use our imaginations to invent things to worship, instead of God.

What is the root word of “imagination?”  It is “image.”  We create an image to worship, — one that is to our liking.  In modern times, this “image” is usually an unseen thing — an invisible “god,” theology, idea or concept.  But in ancient times, man built idols and graven IMAGES to bow down to as a substitute for the real thing…  Rather than worshiping the Creator, they worshiped and served created THINGS.

In Exodus, Chapter 20, God gave His eternal laws to mankind, written with His own finger on tablets of stone.  The Ten Commandments.  And first on the list was: “You shall have no other gods before Me.”  Why do you think this was the first, and most basic law God gave to us?  Because He knows the heart of man, and our need to worship.  He also knows how susceptible we are to demonic deceptions.

Let’s read more of this Scripture.  “You shall not make for yourself an image in the form of anything in heaven above or on the earth beneath or in the waters below.  You shall not bow down to them or worship them…”  But yet what has mankind done?  Turn again to Romans, chapter 1:  “…although they knew God, they neither glorified Him as God nor gave thanks to Him, but their thinking became futile and their foolish hearts were darkened.  Although they claimed to be wise, they became fools and exchanged the glory of the immortal God for images made to look like mortal man and birds and animals and reptiles.”  Then in verse 25:  “They exchanged the truth of God for a lie, and worshiped and served created things rather than the Creator.”

There is nothing new under the sun.  Mankind has been worshiping idols in vain ever since Satan deceived Eve in the garden.  It’s our eternal struggle to worship, but yet to worship without submitting ourselves to God’s authority.  So, we use our imaginations to create a god to suit our selves… ultimately, one that we, ourselves, control.  Most of us no longer carve and mold a golden calf or a totem pole.  But we invent gods in our minds that suit us better than the one TRUE God of heaven.

This is what is happening still today.  Even professing Christians are not immune from idol worship, and many create a god in their own image that bears little resemblance to the God of the Bible.  How many liberal Christians will admonish you if you “judge” or speak firmly about sin, repentance and holy living?  How many will declare it is not “Christ-like” if you confront the evils and wickedness of our day, such as abortion or sexual depravity?  “You’ll never win them to Jesus if you don’t welcome them and love them,” they say.  Or they’ll declare, “MY god would never condemn anyone to hell…MY god is a god of love.”  Religious people are great at creating gods in their own image;  in their own imaginations.

Those who do not know God, those who are not diligent in studying the Scriptures are easily led astray and deceived by Satan.  Paul warned the Corinthians, “I am afraid that just as Eve was deceived by the serpent’s cunning, your minds may somehow be led astray from your sincere and pure devotion to Christ.  For if someone comes to you and preaches a Jesus other than the Jesus we preached, or if you receive a different spirit from the one you received, or a different gospel from the one you accepted, you put up with it easily…”

To the Galatians he wrote, “I am astonished that you are so quickly… turning to a different gospel…  some people are throwing you into confusion and are trying to pervert the gospel of Christ.  But even if we or an angel from heaven should preach a gospel other than the one we preached to you, let him be eternally condemned.”

Today we have many who profess to be Christians, but who deny the truths of Scripture or pervert the word of God by compromising it with their own imaginations.   And throughout the history of mankind, Satan has been at war with us, seeking our eternal damnation by luring us away from the pure word of God, with enticing things that appeal to our carnal natures.  Paul warned us of angels preaching false religion, tempting us to worship something other than God Almighty.  Scripture also tells us that Satan masquerades as an angel of light.  This is the same angel that appeared to Mohammed, calling himself “Allah.”  This is the same angel that called himself “Moroni” as he appeared to Joseph Smith, the founder of the Mormon religion.  This is the same so-called “angel,” who appeared to Satanist Aleister Crowley, and declared, “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law.”

What it really comes down to is that we, in our sinful, human natures, are still trying to achieve what Satan promised Eve so long ago in the garden:  that we can become like God.  In fact, many New Age religions will even teach that we can become gods ourselves if we follow the path of “enlightenment.”

But let me clue you in to something that seems, to me, to be elementary, yet so elusive for so many:  as human beings we have two choices:  we either worship God or we worship Satan, in any number of disguises he will appear to us in, whichever disguise he knows will appeal to us most.  There are no other alternatives.  It is one or the other.

I was speaking to a New Ager recently and she was trying to explain to me how she prays to the Universe and how if she thinks good thoughts and surrounds herself with positive energy, the Universe will reward her with the desires of her heart.  Her ultimate hope for eternity is that her body will return to “star dust,” and that her soul will return to the Universe where she will be reincarnated, hopefully to a much higher, developed sentient being on this planet — or perhaps another planet, because as a citizen of the Living Universe, we do not limit ourselves to just the narrow mindedness of Earth.

Now, this woman reveres the “Universe” or the “Living Universe” as the ultimate “higher power” or “thing” that she worships.  She rejects the Bible and the God of the Scripture because she tried Christianity and it didn’t “work” for her.  In her mind, she cannot understand why anyone would follow a book so full of rules and laws and things that limit her freedom, words written by men thousands of years ago… words of superstition and bigotry and things that are clearly so old fashioned and irrelevant.  Now she is much more enlightened and on a “path” that appeals to her way more than the narrow-mindedness and confining dictates of a religion that limits her freedom to do as she pleases.  And, as the Wiccans say, “if it hurt no one, do as you please.”

Not knowing the Bible, the word of the eternal Creator, she does not realize that Scripture describes her to a tee:  in short, this woman “worships and serves created things, rather than the Creator.”  You see, in her mind, the Universe is the biggest, most powerful thing she can imagine.  (There’s that word again:  “imagine!”)  But she neglects to remember that the God of the Bible CREATED the Universe!

Why would you worship and serve a created thing rather than the eternal One who created it?  Friends, be warned, that those who do, and deliberately choose to deny God and persist in their rebellion, will eventually be given depraved minds.  They will no longer be ABLE to discern the truth, even when it is staring them straight in the face.  It will be nonsense to them.  Good will be bad and bad will be good.  That’s what it means.  I believe there are many in the world today, who have passed this “point of no return” already.  Since they did not think it worthwhile to retain the knowledge of God, He has turned them over to depraved, reprobate minds.

We are seeing a lot of this lately.  In fact, I believe we are nearing the close of time, the last days, and people are choosing now to seal their fate, and pick their eternal destinies.  It is a scary thing, but know this:  God has never condemned a single soul to hell who did not have ample opportunity to know Him and return to His loving arms.  The spiritual forces of darkness surround us, unseen as they are, but no less real.  Satan and his demons are contending for our souls and many are being led astray and deceived.  The most insidious part is that he rarely comes in his true form, but rather, as “enlightenment,” as a more pure, loving “path” to “god.”  So now, more than ever, we must remember the words of Paul to the Corinthians:  “Though we walk in the flesh, we do not war after the flesh.  For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling down of strongholds, casting down IMAGINATIONS, and every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God, and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ.”  Study and KNOW God’s word, dear friends, and you will not be deceived by the schemes of the devil.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

October 11, 2025

Presenting a simple resource guide to gain a clear understanding of the REAL Islam

Why do Westerners need to study Islam? The answer is very simple. If Islam were “just a religion,” studying it would not be necessary unless one simply wanted to learn about the religion.

However, Islam is not a religion. It is a political ideology that, when put into practice, results in loss of freedom, violence, and ultimately mass slavery of its populations. To many, this statement may seem “intolerant.” Yet, those who study Islam in-depth, without apology for Islam, and those who study Islam’s historical record, will indeed find that Islam poses an existential threat to free civilizations.

[From the Editor: Proof that Islam is NOT a religion from their own pamphlet, but highlight page 5 of their document]

This does not mean that “Muslims are bad.” That would be bigotry because one must assess a person based on his or her character, heart, and actions, not based on race, color, or creed. Just to clarify, Muslims come from all races, and thus expressing discontent with Islam is not “racist.” It is also not “Islamophobic” because it is not an “irrational fear” to be concerned about the loss of freedom under totalitarian ideologies. “Islamophobic” is a nonsense (but very clever) word, coined by Islamists to shut down criticism of Islam by impugning the mental state of those discussing it.

Many Muslims don’t study their own doctrines. Others ignore their doctrine and just try to lead good lives. Many feel trapped by Islam and, in fact, are Islam’s first victims—especially among women. Some support Islam’s goals but don’t take direct action. At the end of this essay, there is a link to a fourteen-minute video called By the Numbers, which reports on what Muslims around the world actually believe.

Thus, because of Islam’s political ideology, I believe that Westerners must study Islam. If we do not, preserving Western civilization with all of its freedoms and values will be very difficult.

In addition, it’s critically important to not only know one’s “enemy” but to also name one’s enemy. The cartoonist (and former Albanian-American Muslim) Bosch Fawstin wrote in an April 29, 2019 article for JihadWatch.org, titled “Bosch Fawstin: No More Misnomers: We Need to Stop Playing Name Games with Islam”:

“To read the rest of this resource guide, please visit the author’s website:”

© 2025 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

By Cliff Kincaid

October 11, 2025

Michael Goodwin of the New York Post is either the dumbest “conservative” writer on the scene or a bald-faced liar. He writes that J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI “…hated Martin Luther King Jr. and aimed to destroy him by linking him to the Communist Party.” He circulated this lie in the context of criticizing the FBI under Democrats for conducting illegal surveillance on Republican Senators.

Hoover was ordered to conduct surveillance on King on the orders of then-Attorney General Robert F. “Bobby” Kennedy, the father of Trump’s current HHS secretary. King’s operation was infested with identified communists.

RFK was Attorney General under his brother JFK, who shared the concern about King’s communism. The Kennedy brothers were anti-communist Democrats.

This concern was also expressed by Republican Senator Jesse Helms, who said King “associated with identified members of the Communist Party of the United States (CPUSA), with persons who were former members of or close to the CPUSA, and with CPUSA front organizations.” He added, “In some important respects King’s civil rights activities and later his opposition to the Vietnam war were strongly influenced by and dependent on these associations.”

A total of 58,000 Americans sacrificed and died to save South Vietnam from communism. The communists won because of “anti-war” demonstrations in the U.S., endorsed by King and organized by communists, which prompted an anti-war Democratic Party caucus in Congress to cut off U.S. financial assistance to anti-communist South Vietnam.

The evidence shows that both JFK and his brother Bobby had themselves obtained and passed on information about King’s communist ties, extramarital affairs, and womanizing. It was information that had been obtained from wiretaps on King authorized by Bobby himself. You can read the FBI file on King which was requested by the Kennedy Brothers.

There is no reason to lie about Hoover to smear the FBI under James Comey and Christopher Wray.

No wonder people do not trust the media anymore. Honest conservatives cannot trust the “conservative” media, either.

This is important because New York City mayoral candidate Zohran Mamdani claims to be following in King’s footsteps, and cites King’s alleged commitment to democratic socialism.

If we had an anti-communist FBI under Kash Patel, agents would be documenting Mamdani’s links to communists and Islamists, as Trevor Loudon, Daniel Greenfield and I have already done, and then release the information to the public. Read my report here.

We need another J. Edgar Hoover.

It is true that King drifted much deeper into far-left territory later in his career, when the communists were allowed to infiltrate his campaign and exert influence over him.

As honest conservatives, we cannot ignore that fact.

My position all along has been that while King was a fighter for civil rights and showed courage in opposing racism, he had his own serious flaws, one of which was failing to understand the dangers of Marxism. Another was adultery.

JFK’s wife Jackie Kennedy recognized the truth.

Her book, Jacqueline Kennedy: Historic Conversations on Life with John F. Kennedy, makes it abundantly clear that Jack and Bobby Kennedy, as well as Jackie, saw through the public façade of the Reverend King and knew him to be a proven liar about his communist connections and a scoundrel in terms of his personal life. Jackie called King a “phony” in the taped conversations that form the basis of the book.

I am tired of the lies on the Left and the lies on the Right. Won’t you join me in cleaning up the lies on both sides?

David J. Garrow, a left-wing figure, explained some of the controversy in his 1981 book The FBI and Martin Luther King, Jr., as well as a 2002 Atlantic magazine article based on it.

He notes that Bobby Kennedy authorized the FBI to begin wiretapping the telephones of King because he “believed that one of King’s closest advisers was a top-level member of the American Communist Party, and that King had repeatedly misled Administration officials about his ongoing close ties with the man.”

The associate was Stanley Levison, who had been involved in Communist Party USA financial affairs and was helping to arrange funding of the party by Moscow.

But Levison was not the only concern.

Garrow writes, “Levison, the FBI told Kennedy and Marshall [Burke Marshall, the assistant attorney general for civil rights], had recently installed as head of the SCLC’s small New York office a young African-American man named Jack O’Dell, whose publicly documented record of affiliation with the CPUSA had drawn the attention of hostile congressional committees just a few years earlier. Kennedy’s inner circle resolved that every Administration aide acquainted with King would warn him fervently but vaguely about the political danger of continuing his association with Levison and O’Dell. King politely accepted and then privately dismissed warning after warning.” (O’Dell would later go to work for King associate Jesse Jackson).

Hence, King was deceiving the Kennedys, his allies in the civil rights struggle.

Michael Goodwin of the New York Post, who is also a Fox News contributor, should correct his lies but probably will not. That is why I rarely trust anything in this “conservative” news outlet, except for Miranda Devine’s columns on the Hunter laptop.

The communists were manipulating the civil rights movement in directions that benefited them, such as by influencing King to be critical of the war against communism in Vietnam and the system of free enterprise capitalism in the U.S.

The latter turn in King’s career is what has captured the attention of Zohran Mamdani, who now claims to be a “democratic socialist” in the mold of King.

To correct this claim, we must tell the truth about King AND Mamdani.

In a column more than four years ago on this topic, How Woke Conservatives Cancel Their Own Culture, I noted that  Glenn Beck had included King on the list of innocent victims of an anti-communist witch hunt and insisted that the FBI decided to “spy” on King Jr. for no legitimate reason.

Beck also lied and never corrected the record.

I wrote at the time that to further divide and demoralize America, Marxism took civil rights and applied it to homosexuals and transgenders. Harry Hay, the modern-day founder of the gay rights movement, was a member of the Communist Party who wore a dress and believed in the occult. All of this has been planned out in advance.

With liars like Goodwin and Beck in the forefront of the “conservative” media, the truth about communist infiltration of America will never come out.

Incidentally, I defended Beck when he was canned by Fox for attacking George Soros. That is when Fox News founder Roger Ailes was in charge and was found to have sexually harassed attractive women in his employ. Beck’s “crime” was accurately identifying Soros as a Nazi collaborator in his youth.

The Zev Chafets book, Roger Ailes Off Camera, confirms the role of Media Matters and the ADL, as well as Beck’s criticism of Soros, in his forced departure from Fox News.

The conservative audience must beware of what passes for “conservative” media these days. We as news consumers must punish those who lie to us by tuning them out.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Amil Imani

October 11, 2025

Chuck Schumer represents the lowest point of American political corruption – the worst senator our country has ever faced, a malicious traitor hiding behind a leader’s facade while betraying the American people through every sneaky move. This corrupt relic, rooted in Washington for nearly fifty years, epitomizes everything corrupt about our Republic: a spineless hypocrite who abandons the working class, kowtows to dark money bosses, and causes chaos among the very citizens he claims to serve. Schumer isn’t merely ineffective; he’s a calculated enemy of the people, a puppet of elite interests who thrives on division, lies, and chaos. His record drips with betrayal, showing clearly that he deserves not a Senate seat but a prison cell in the deepest dungeon of justice.

Schumer’s hypocrisy surges like a toxic flood, drowning any pretense of integrity. This snake once railed against illegal immigration in 1993, thundering that asylum abuses were shattering our borders and that policies were “wide open to abuse.” He demanded ironclad reforms, warning that unchecked influxes would cripple America. Fast-forward to today, and Schumer flips like a gutless weasel, championing open borders that flood our streets with crime, drugs, and economic ruin – all while his Wall Street masters profit from cheap labor. This isn’t evolution; it’s outright treason against the American worker. Schumer’s flip-flops extend to the filibuster, where he once defended it as sacrosanct but now shreds it when it suits his power grabs. And don’t forget his Supreme Court rants: he accused Republicans of “the absolute height of hypocrisy” for filling vacancies, yet he orchestrated the same partisan warfare when it benefited Democrats. Schumer’s words are weapons of mass deception, fired only to protect his throne while the people bleed.

His leadership? A catastrophic farce that exposes him as the weakest link in a chain of cowards. Schumer caves to Democrat radicals, pushing bills that bankrupt families and empower globalists, leaving Main Street to rot. In March 2025, he rammed through a funding disaster that gutted protections for the vulnerable, all to keep his party’s machine humming. Progressives rightly branded it a “huge slap in the face,” a betrayal that fueled shutdown threats and left families in peril. Schumer’s excuse? He claims Republicans are “vicious nihilists” too extreme to negotiate with, yet he rolls over like a beaten dog instead of fighting tooth and nail. This isn’t a strategy; it’s surrender. He misreads every room, fails to arm-twist allies, and leaves Democrats looking like fools. Even his own candidates abandon him, refusing to back his leadership in key races because they see the rot: a man who prioritizes his ego over victory. Schumer isn’t leading; he’s looting the Senate’s soul, turning it into a graveyard of broken promises.

Now, Schumer has escalated his war on the people by forcing a government shutdown set to slam shut at midnight on October 1, 2025, plunging millions into uncertainty over jobs, services, and security. Demanding “real negotiation” while dismissing Republican-led bills as “partisan,” he pushes for ACA subsidy extensions at the cost of essential funding, holding America hostage to his party’s priorities. In a tense White House clash with President Trump, Schumer lectured on health care fallout, claiming the president ignored realities – yet walked away with nothing, his distrust of GOP offers ensuring a stalemate that hurts workers, veterans, and families. This shutdown isn’t a strategy; it’s sabotage, as Schumer bets on chaos to smear Republicans, proving once again his contempt for the public good.

Corruption courses through Schumer’s veins like poison. A career parasite with zero private-sector experience, he’s spent 45 years sucking the lifeblood from taxpayers while enriching himself and his cronies. His top donors? Wall Street vultures, like Blackstone, buy his loyalty to crush the middle class. Schumer works not for the people but for dark money empires, shutting down governments when it suits his games but ensuring his paycheck rolls in. He and Hakeem Jeffries prioritize self-enrichment over American interests, defunding food programs for women and children while police go unpaid – all in the name of political theater. This demon blocks U.S. attorney confirmations out of spite, reeks of double standards on impeachments, and even threatens Supreme Court justices with mob-like warnings: “You will pay the price.” Schumer’s malignant mannerisms mark him as the enemy within, a psycho-political beast infiltrating our institutions to dismantle them from the inside.

Look at his scandals – they pile up like corpses in a war zone. Schumer decries misinformation to silence critics like Tucker Carlson but spreads lies himself, demanding firings for dissent. On Israel, his silence amid Democratic disgrace exposes his gutless core. Schumer accuses others of undermining democracy while hypocritically crying foul over the rightful indictment of Comey, claiming no faith in the judicial system under Trump, and all the while accusing Republicans of eroding democratic norms. He’s a human waste, a straight-up corrupt who places party over nation, betraying America at every turn. In rankings of congressional scum, he tops the list of the worst, alongside warmongers and sellouts.

Schumer’s reign of terror must come to an end now. This geriatric crank, this poster child for everything vile in politics, has declared war on the American people through his endless betrayals. We the people see through his contempt, his sky-is-falling b—–t, his games with our lives. Shut down the government if that’s what it takes to purge this plague – America demands a reset, starting with obliterating Schumer and his Democratic cabal of crooks. He isn’t a senator; he’s a scourge, the ultimate enemy of the people, and history will crush him under the boot of righteous fury. Rise, America – expose, expel, and erase this monster before he drags us all into the abyss.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Cherie Zaslawsky

October 10, 2025

Ever since the assassination of President Kennedy in 1963, scores of Americans have learned to mistrust “official stories” that seem designed to conceal a passel of conspirators by pointing to a single “lone wolf” shooter as the perpetrator—someone we’ve learned to consider as a “lone wolf patsy.”

That is why the internet is percolating with citizen sleuths investigating the murder of Charlie Kirk.

In the meantime, we’ll soon see if Trump’s FBI is worth its salt. The good news is they are investigating a half dozen or more people who clearly had prior knowledge of the murder based on their online chat on Discord. And I’m assuming Kash Patel will also drag in the four people from the TPUSA event that I’d want hauled in first: the two staffers inside the tent who seemed to be signaling via hand movements seconds before the shot rang out; Hunter Kozak, the young man who asked the question about transgender mass shootings just before the shot; and the man who, right after Charlie collapsed, pumped his fist high in a gesture that echoed one of the alleged Discord chat room posts: “We f—ing did it!”

THE OFFICIAL STORY

It was the kid on the roof with a rifle. Sound familiar?

Only this time it was a Mauser firing a .30-06 caliber bullet.

No sooner was it announced that the shot hailed from a Mauser firing a .30-06 caliber bullet, than Citizen Sleuths with extensive knowledge of firearms weighed in: Impossible. Wrong angle, wrong bullet, wrong location. Among the truth-seeking critics: Alex Jones of Infowars; Nate Cornacchia, retired Special Forces Green Beret; former US Marine Zeb Boylin—and scads of others who have firearm expertise.

In a nutshell: they concur that a .30-06 would have blown Kirk’s head off. Says Boylin, a Marine Scout Sniper who taught ballistics classes for five years: “The FBI’s lying. It’s quite literally not possible for the shooter to have been on the roof that they claim….”. And as Nate points out, while guys like him posting on YouTube, etc. are investigating bullet trajectories using “math and Newtonian physics,” the FBI never even locked down the crime scene—which, by the way, UVU immediately paved over.

But here’s something everyone can likely agree on:

There are astonishing parallels to the attempted assassination of Trump in Butler, Pennsylvania: a large public outdoor event; a lone shooter up on an unsecured roof; the target shot at while speaking to the crowd; major failures by an incompetent or compromised security team. It’s almost as if the real perpetrators, whoever they may be, are saying to the President: We may have missed you in Pennsylvania, but we’ve just taken out your right-hand man in Utah.

It only took the FBI 33 hours to track down Charlie Kirk’s alleged assailant, and launch the official story, with Tyler Robinson named as the patsy…I mean assassin.

THE PLOT THICKENS

It almost seems like a point of pride for the FBI and assorted Deep Staters to obfuscate mass shootings and assassinations whether they gain anything by it or not. Why, for example, did they need for Thomas Crooks to be the guilty party in Butler, PA rather than Antifa member Maxwell Yearick, whom a number of citizen sleuths have outed as the sniper—at least one of them? Is it that We the Peons never deserve the truth?

While Occam’s Razor may work as a general principle when searching for the truth, it may offer temptation to ignore complexities in cases of high-profile attempted assassinations and mass shootings in favor of simple answers that may provide a sense of closure. However, since 1963, our own government and media mouthpieces have cried “lone wolf” so many times that most of us disbelieve them now as a matter of course.

Clearly, there’s more to this story than we’ve been led to believe.

SOME REASONS TO DOUBT THE OFFICIAL STORY

• Impossibility it was a .30-06 caliber bullet as that would have blown Kirk’s head off
• The fact that the gaping wound on his neck was an exit wound
• Necessity for the shot to have come from behind Charlie and somewhat to the right to account for the exit wound on his neck
• Transgender shooting question at the time of the kill shot
• Nearby easily accessed roofs of buildings were left unsecured
• The odd behavior of his security team including making hand signals seconds prior to shot
• Brian Harpole, the security team owner, making finger movement as if triggering a device at the very moment of the shot
• Mystery Suspect doing likewise with a two-handed movement, standing to Charlie’s right
• The fact that Brian Harpole, owner of the security group, was smiling as he mimed triggering some device
• The fact that the University immediately dug up the area where Kirk was killed and paved over it
• The fact that videographer and investigative journalist Jason Goodman detected drones at high altitudes in the airspace above the crime scene, as in Butler, PA
• The fact that a Hades spy plane flew very nearby at low altitudes both before and after the shooting

POIROT INVESTIGATES BY PROXY

Clearly, there’s more to this story than we’ve been led to believe, so let’s begin by asking some questions.

Donning my Hercule Poirot chapeau, the first thing I notice is, as Poirot was wont to say, that there are too many clues. Why the Antifa/transgender inscriptions on the bullet casings? Why the question about transgender mass shootings as Kirk was shot? Is it coincidental that Tyler Robinson, the alleged killer, has a “transitioning” transgender male-to-female lover? Why the campus presence of the radical Leftwing group Armed Queers of Salt Lake City? Why the cheering of some in the audience when Charlie had fallen?

Now all of that is real and very troubling. But it’s also a narrative, and perhaps a shade too pat under the circumstances. After all, Poirot’s trademark modus operandi is to seek out facts over narrative.

So now we need to consider two main possibilities—make that three: either Tyler Robinson, acting alone out of anger at Charlie Kirk’s Christian stance against transgenderism, shot and killed him; or Robinson acted in collusion with members of the transgender community, some of whom apparently had foreknowledge of the event; or a deeper, more sinister and more elaborate conspiracy has taken place.

And let’s begin with a new premise: Let’s assume that the official story is not only incorrect, but that it is deliberately misleading. That way we can begin to look for the opposite of what we’ve been told took place.

QUERYING THE OFFICIAL STORY

Why, for example, have we been assured there was no exit wound?

Well, if there’s no exit wound then the gaping hole in Charlie’s neck had to be the entrance wound. That means the shot had to come from Charlie’s left. So we’re going to assume the shot came from the right.

Next: why the insistence that the bullet was a badass .30-06 shot by a kid on an unsecured rooftop 200 yards away, using with his grandpa’s Mauser? For the moment, let’s consider the kid and the Mauser and even the rooftop as window dressing, and zero in on the bullet and the distance involved.

We are asked to believe that the shot came from far away—some 200 yards—and from a bullet that can kill a moose, to explain the damage to Charlie’s body.

So we’re going to assume the opposite: A much smaller caliber bullet but fired at very close range. This could account for the lethality of the shot and the damage to Charlie’s body.

These assumptions open up a new possibilities that we can now explore.

THE TWO-SHOT THEORY & JASON GOODMAN’S EXPLANATION

If Kirk was shot at relatively close range on his right side, how can we explain the unmistakable sound of the loud crack-boom from a high-powered rifle? Enter the two-shot theory.

While many have considered the need for two shots to pull off this baffling assassination, Jason Goodman, professional videographer turned investigative journalist and digital sleuth extraordinaire, has painstakingly unearthed evidence of the kill shot coming from behind Kirk. According to this theory, which I find very plausible, someone, whether Tyler Robinson from a rooftop 200 yards away, or someone else in another location, fired the shot we all heard—but it was not the kill shot. The fatal shot was not supersonic but subsonic, possibly via a silencer, or as Goodman suggests, it was a low-muzzle velocity projectile, likely a .50 caliber PCP round shot from an air-rifle and possibly digitally synced with the supersonic rifle shot fired further away that functioned as a decoy to fit the cover story.

Diagram from Jason Goodman’s Substack

As Alex Jones, along with a number of other alternative media and citizen experts, has opined, Charlie Kirk’s murder was a professional hit. You don’t leave it up to a kid with a screwdriver trying to assemble and disassemble Grandpa’s WWI rifle to make the shot. Assuming the guilty planners were the same ones behind Butler, they likely wanted to be sure they got their target this time. And what better way than with a skilled sniper taking a relatively close-range shot.

Through his meticulous research forensically examining the digital evidence, Goodman believes he has traced the bullet itself through several frames of video, moving in a line from behind Charlie toward the right side of the back of his head. In fact, the technology exists to link shots from two different guns to fire at the same time through a synchronous firing system that includes a transmitter/receiver to communicate with the other firearm(s).

CONSPIRACY CENTRAL

But let’s take a look at a few other popular theories bouncing around the internet:

• An exploding lavalier mic inside Charlie’s shirt killed him, not a bullet
• It was a palm pistol shot by Brian Harpole due to the “trigger-finger” movement of his right hand at the moment the shot rings out
• Charlie’s team made suspicious gestures just prior to the shot implicating them in the plot
• A man wearing black and holding a large camera-gun behind Charlie shoots him and then takes a few steps backwards before turning around and heading out toward the parking lot

While I credit Jason Goodman’s theory as the most compelling I’ve seen, considering these theories, the one I find most plausible is the last, as the location makes perfect sense and camera guns exist, though I don’t know if they fire with the velocity necessary to deliver the kill shot. But there are also oddities and questions regarding Charlie’s team’s actions which we’ll consider shortly.

And I want to add a suspicious occurrence to the list. Take a look at the fellow wearing a white shirt in the photo below holding what looks like a camera up to his eyes. Moments later, when the shot is heard, his hands are clenched together—possibly holding something—and he jerks them up and down in perfect time with the crack-boom. Not only that, but he makes the same sort of movement with two hands that Brian Harpole, on the opposite side of Charlie, makes with one hand at the same exact moment, as the shot is heard.

Mystery Suspect in white T-shirt holding something up to eyes. Brian Harpole bottom right.

Now I’m not saying either of these two tried to shoot Kirk—but can it be coincidental that they both seemed to mime that gunshot exactly as it occurred? Why? What were they doing? And how did they know there would be a shot or the precise moment of its arrival?

Brian Harpole making triggering gesture with right hand as shot is heard.

Another point of interest: TPUSA’s security head, Dan Flood, the man wearing black who appeared to give an arm signal just prior to the shot, and who is Brian Harpole’s associate in his security company Rockhouse Integrity Group—was also present, along with Harpole, at the rally in Butler, Pennsylvania where Trump narrowly escaped an assassin’s bullet. They were there to provide security for Charlie Kirk at the Trump rally.

It’s a small world.

And speaking of similarities between Butler and the Utah Valley University fatal shooting, Jason Goodman, in reviewing enlarged video of the airspace over the campus, discovered several drones above the Utah campus, as he’d found in the airspace over Butler on the day Trump was nearly assassinated.

By now one thing is clear: the similarities to Butler make this investigation a national security issue.

A CLOSER LOOK AT TPUSA SECURITY TEAM

Here’s a quote from Greg Shaffer, founder of Shaffer’s Security, which provided security for TPUSA for 7 or 8 years, till the end of 2022:

The individuals who work for that company [Integrity Security Solutions] were the ones on the stage. Dan Flood headed up security for Turning Point USA, and Brian Harpole is his best friend. Brian worked for me for seven years, and then Brian started his own company and then shorted me on the contract for Turning Point USA. That’s how they got the contract.

From Ken Silva of Headline USA: “When asked whether he had a falling out with Flood and Harpole, Shaffer said with a chuckle: ‘No, just got stabbed in the back by some friends.’”

It’s also worthy of mention that the website for Brian’s company, Integrity Security Solutions, has been scrubbed. No more live links.
Not great optics, guys.

MESDAMES ET MESSIEURS

Here at last is my speculation, Poirot-style.

Mesdames et Messieurs: From the first I was curious about the odd hand movements of security team leader Brian Harpole facing the right side of the stage and Mystery Suspect on the left side. Both seemed to mimic the firing of a gun at the moment when the shot was heard, yet neither could have held such a weapon, and how would they know such a shot would be fired at all, let alone at that moment?

This brings us to the possibility of a low-tech version of the crime.

Shortly before Hunter Kozak, Charlie’s last questioner, came up to the podium, TPUSA security head Dan Flood texted someone on his phone. Innocent, perhaps. But suppose he texted Kozak, instructing him to speak next. It must have been prearranged for Hunter to ask a two-part question to give the shooters time to ready themselves for the shot.

Then comes the signals from Turek and Flood. Frank lifts and replaces his hat and touches his face—innocent, perhaps. But Dan Flood gives a broad arm signal exactly as Charlie speaks his last words on this earth: “Counting or not counting gang violence?” That was also the signal for Brian Harpole and Mystery Suspect to make their hand-trigger movements.

Why?

Because the sniper was on the left side behind Charlie’s tent—the far left side as you face the stage. From there, he couldn’t see Harpole to know exactly when to fire, but he could see Mystery Suspect. And Mystery Suspect could see Harpole. So the signal was sent from Flood to Harpole to Mystery Suspect to the sniper in split second timing. And the man who fired the high-powered rifle could presumably see both Flood and Mystery Suspect from his distant vantage point.

Our killer may have been holding a large camera gun and been near the back of the tent, or may have been under the breezeway further behind the tent, or may have been in the parking lot, even in the hatchback van parked near the tent as Jason Goodman speculates.

We don’t know his name, but since we find an odd overlap involving both the transgender community and TPUSA insiders, we’re looking at an overarching plan larger than either group, and can assume the highest level orchestrators of this open-air public assassination were not present at the Utah Valley University that day.

CLOSING THOUGHTS

The proverbial lone wolf shooter isn’t cutting it anymore. We the People need all the facts of the conspiracy surrounding Charlie Kirk’s death to be investigated and made public, and for those involved to be charged, tried and sentenced to the full extent of the law.

And that means both the “hotblooded” conspiracy that emerged from the transgender/Antifa community, and the possibility of an overarching calculated, “coldblooded” conspiracy perhaps shockingly even involving members of Charlie’s own team.

But regardless of the findings, we already know what entity was behind the hit on Charlie: the MAGA-hating, America-hating radical “Progressive” Left. And the motive? The takedown of America by the One World Government elite globalist cabal, along with their American allies—that’s you, Dems—and assorted RINOs.

And let’s not forget the Deep State.

It didn’t disappear when Trump won the election. And then there’s the phenomenon brilliant writer Joan Swirsky discusses in an article in News with Views: the metamorphosis that often occurs once seemingly honorable men get positions in D.C. The idealistic Jimmy Stewart types à la Mr. Smith Goes to Washington, swiftly morph into clones of corrupt politician Claude Rains. The Deep State powermongers find ways to blackmail, threaten or bribe them into compliance, which may be why Conservative heroes Kash Patel and Dan Bongino seem to be letting us down.

But one thing should now be clear: Deep State elements in our own government participated in, and likely orchestrated, the conspiracy to assassinate Charlie Kirk. Why else would our government be misleading us and engaging in a coverup instead of seeking the perpetrators and pursuing justice?

As Gary Bauer, president of American Values, opines, “The real threat to our Republic comes from the totalitarian Left and its Deep State allies.” Victor Davis Hanson says of Charlie Kirk’s murder, “it was a political assassination.” And as President Trump noted: “The gun may have been aimed at Charlie, but the bullet was for all of us.” What the Left and its Deep State allies have in their crosshairs are the MAGA movement, Conservative patriots, and We the People who love our country.

The enemy is within our gates.

© 2025 Cherie Zaslawsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net

By Kat Stansell

October 10, 2025

Lake, Lee, and Manatee Counties Lead The Way

Image of rendering of Kirk Memorial, New College of Florida, USA Today.

As of October 9, 2025, three counties in Florida have written resolutions to rename thoroughfares within their boundaries to honor the murdered Christian activist, Charlie Kirk the head of Turning Point USA. Two, Lake and Lee, have passed them.

The LAKE COUNTY Commission voted unanimously, Sept. 29, to rename Schofield Road (a section of Wellness Way from US 27 to Orange County line) as “Charlie Kirk Memorial Highway.” Signs are installed, and a ceremony is planned for later in October.

LEE COUNTY Board of Commissioners, as of October 1, adopted a resolution proposed by the Lake County Republican Assembly, to rename a section of Summerlin Blvd., as Charlie Kirk Blvd. Kudos for the Lake Co. FRA in particular, given the state’s attacks on the FRA organization to date.

The board of MANATEE COUNTY Commission, on October 8, unanimously voted to direct staff to prepare a resolution naming a section of 51st St. in Bradenton in honor of Kirk – with the explicit intent to hold an advertised public hearing at an, as yet, unnamed date. Final resolution is still pending that hearing.

A proposal in ST. LUCIE COUNTY will come up for a vote next week (10/14).

The New College of Florida announced that it will commission a statue of Kirk to be erected on campus. This is the image at the head of this article, and one which I find particularly moving. Charlie Kirk spent much of his adult life on college campuses reaching out to remove the great divide between our republic and our youth. So, he will be memorialized by New College.

A bill, HB113, proposed by freshman Rep. Steele has been presented to Tallahassee calling for all Florida public colleges and universities in the state to rename an on-campus area (road, park, etc) in honor of Charlie Kirk. A financial penalty of loss of revenue from the state is attached to this bill. There is, as yet, no talk of additional sponsors, or work through committees. The bill faces strong opposition from ‘free speech” advocates and the Left, of course.

MIAMI-DADE County has chosen a section of a State Road 985, near Florida International University, to name in Charlie Kirk’s honor; therefore, legislative approval from Tallahassee is required. This is HB33. filed Sept. 23 by Rep. Juan Carlos Porras. Should it be passed, it will be effective July 1, 2026.

Others counties have rejected efforts to commemorate Kirk by renaming roadways or public buildings

ESCAMBIA County (most western county in Florida’s Panhandle) commissioners UNANIMOUSLY VOTED DOWN the renaming of a short stretch of N. 65th Ave., from Lillian Hwy to W. Fairfield Dr. in Kirk’s honor. This was after two hours of “contentious debate”. Many critics brought up the problem of naming a road in front of a high school known for previous racial tensions after a controversial figure perceived by many to be racially divisive. In 1976, a riot occurred between White and Black students over removing the name “Rebels” and the Confederate flag from the school.

It is difficult to realize that there are places that still have not made progress in ameliorating racial divide in the past fifty years.

BREVARD County proposed that Cypress Avenue (between Eau Gallie Boulevard and Orange Street) be named “Charlie Kirk Lane.” Melbourne City Council voted against it. They said that Kirk was not of their area, and they feared concerns about deterring business/residents, and community division. Wow.

Call this a stretch, which it probably is, but suddenly I can see some glimmer of how/why the 29-year-old who was just arrested for starting the Palisades Fire in CA in January, might possibly have fled to Melbourne, where he was arrested this week. Seemed so odd. I will share with you, up front, that I do not believe for a quick minute, that this sudden arrest puts the question of origin of those fires to rest. The Maui fires in 2023 (which didn’t burn buildings with blue roofs, btw) have been written off to downed power lines which were turned back on accidentally. There is much more to learn about both.

State Leadership of Florida has not yet proposed any kind of a memorial to Kirk. With as much connection as Charlie had to the state, I have to wonder why. It was quick and easy for Tallahassee to erect a few dozen “Sunshine State” road signs which bore the name of the Governor. Why not signs on I-4 or I-95 or the Turnpike??

The FL Democrat Party issued a statement of regret and condolence.

The Governor paused in his speech at a 9/11 remembrance in Palm Harbor, to briefly recognize Kirk’s accomplishments, to speak of Kirk’s close relationship to himself and the state, and against this type of violence. These were DeGov’s words of “regret and condolence”.

I think we expect more, Gov.

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

October 10, 2025

It is obvious to anyone who is paying attention that Christianity is enemy number one in the battle for America. Not that Christians aren’t numerous. Or that Christians don’t care about what is going on in America.

No, my friends, apathy is not the problem, although it is surely running rampant across the fruited plain. I remember the day when you would ask someone what he/she thought we needed to do to rescue America and the response was more or less, “I don’t know and I don’t care.”

But people are beginning to care again. After decades of forcing Christians’ and Christian views and thoughts to be shoved to the back of the bus, the recent murder of Charlie Kirk has spawned a huge awakening…especially with younger Americans.

For at least a generation the Luciferian Left has shoved a sock in the mouth of Christians simply by making accusations of “racist, homophobe, bigot, anti-semite”…you know the gig. In the land of “free speech” many voices have been silenced through fear and self-censorship.

The false narrative of “who are you to judge” has silenced the voice of more Christians than any single phrase uttered by some uncircumcised philistine who equated “judging” with hatred.

Help me out here…but isn’t someone calling you a bigot for simply stating an opinion a form of bigotry? Charlie Kirk was murdered for simply asking the wrong questions which forced people to deal with uncomfortable answers.

My Christian friends, Jesus NEVER told us not to judge. In fact, He encouraged us to judge “righteously.” What kind of fool doesn’t make value judgments? What’s good…what’s bad…what’s smart…what’s dumb…what’s right…what’s wrong. Besides, you are not JUDGING…but WITNESSING. Jesus is the JUDGE…we are the witnesses. Pointing out what is WRONG is NOT JUDGING…it is bearing witness to the TRUTH.

Webster defines judging as “forming an opinion.” Sadly, the thought police are doing all they can to “judge” which opinions are acceptable. Censorship, through ridicule, is their greatest tool. That is why I can often be seen wearing my favorite t-shirt which states TRUTH SOUNDS LIKE HATE TO THOSE WHO HATE THE TRUTH. (Check out my t-shirts.)

But speaking the TRUTH is becoming a dangerous business. In the past several years we have seen censorship become the number one tool in the arsenal of the opposition. The LEFT hates the TRUTH. How else can you explain their obvious censorship of arguments they cannot win based on reason and knowledge? Most of the name-calling now comes from the “tolerant” Left. But speaking the Truth has become more dangerous. Look no further than the false Government narrative of what exactly happened on January 6. As more and more evidence is uncovered it becomes plainly obvious that the power-hungry Luciferians will spare no weapon in silencing the voice of Truth.

Our courts are corrupt. Prosecutors are corrupt. The lawyers are afraid to go against the established government narrative for fear of professional censure while hundreds of innocent Americans languished in American Gulags. All promoted and approved by the once-guardians-of-liberty…the lame-stream media.

Did any of you ever think the day would come when Americans would openly cheer the public execution of a journalist? They killed Charlie Kirk not because he was wrong…but because he was effective. The Luciferians have always hated the TRUTH. You can bury it, but you can’t kill it. It always resurrects stronger than before. The Luciferian Left are on the run. Truth is always the antidote to lies. What was the line the President popularized…the fake news…? What is fake is a lie. Satan is the Father of lies. It is not a very difficult trail to follow.

Let me cut to the chase…I seem to be rambling a bit.

I have a question you can ask your pastor. I once asked it of my former pastor. During one of those Saturday morning “men’s breakfasts” that are so rampant in American churches I raised my hand and asked the pastor an honest question.

“Pastor, why is it that we don’t talk more about John The Baptist? We know Jesus was powerful but He was God. Jesus told us that “of all those born unto a woman none was greater than John. Why don’t we study John The Baptist more…since Jesus held him in such high regard?”

Much to my surprise, after the meeting I found myself in the principal’s office being chastised for breaking rank with the Pastor’s narrative. I never returned to that phony, man pleasing church headed up by a man so unlike John the Baptizer.

May I answer the question for you?

Think for a minute the magnitude of what Jesus said about his buddy. How many people did Jesus rub shoulders with yet he singled out John as the GREATEST man ever born to a woman. That is a mouthful for sure. Jesus elevated John because John had the cajones to speak TRUTH to POWER! It cost him his life!! Jesus spoke Truth to power and it cost Him His life as well.

I have always found it interesting that when the Bible speaks about those who will not enter into THE KINGDOM He mentions the cowardly first. Revelation 21:8.

But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.”

Things are going to get shaky as we strive to expand God’s Kingdom in the crazy times in which we live. The metal of TRUE Christianity is about to go through the refiner’s fire.

We are sooo unlike Jesus when we are cowardly…we are HIS WITNESSES TO THE TRUTH!!

Stand up. Show up. Speak up! Now is not the time to hide in the closet. Remember…the cowards go first.

© 2025 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Amil Imani

October 9, 2025

This ideology of terror does not allow Muslims to leave Islam. It does not allow people of other faiths to exercise their religions freely, let alone preach them freely. Islam does not recognize equal human rights for those who are not Muslims nor does it recognize equality for women. Islam does not allow freedom of thought let alone freedom of speech.

Currently, Islam is on the march in much of the Western world, and it aims to destroy anything and anyone that stands in its way. Ironically, many Europeans have allowed them to take advantage of democracy without a fight. In addition, Islam apologists call those who warn of the threat of Islam are attacked and stigmatized as hatemongers and Islamophobe, even though a phobia is a baseless irrational fear.

If by now we have not come to the conclusion that Islam is not a religion but a militant, political and violent cult created by one man and is the greatest threat to the human race, there is no hope for humanity to survive.

Recall that it took only 19 of these killers to launch the aerial mass murder of 9/11 that killed almost 3,000 people, shattered our open trusting way of life, and cost us trillions of dollars. Unfortunately, we have not learned anything from the 9/11 attacks but instead, act as if we are suffering from Stockholm syndrome.

What is Islam

Islam is a creed of an ignorant people in a primitive and barbaric Arabian Peninsula. It is fixated in time and place; it harbors the ambition of taking the 21st century world back 14 centuries and ruling it by its dogma of violence, intolerance, injustice and death. Yet, Islam is not only an obsolete vestige of a defunct era, but itself is an infinitely fractured belief that can hardly put its own home in order. The numerous Islamic sects are at each other’s throats; sub-sects and schools despise one another as much as they hate non-Muslims. Hatred, not love, drives Islam.

[Two faces of Muslim ideology]

Every American should be ashamed of any elected officials anywhere when they call Islam a “religion of peace.” Those officials are appeasing, if not an outright lying. We, the people, elect our leaders, and we hold them accountable to be honorable and faithful to their oath of office. When the people’s representatives downplay the deadliest threat to everything we cherish, they not only legitimize Islam, but also confuse the rest of the uninformed population with a false belief and information. Therefore, politicians, while using political correctness to advance their own lofty agenda, expedite the demise of our civilization.

I see America and even Canada, in thirty years or so, becoming a war zone if we do not stop Islamic ideology from advancing and identify it for what it truly is. If we ignore these warnings, the future of America will not be so bright and ultimately, like Persia, will suffer a slow death. This is historical fact, not fiction. I have seen what Islam has done to the country of my birth.

Freedom is fragile. Anything that protects freedom can also become an Achilles heel for those blessed with freedom. This is because freedom always entails the unfortunate ability to use one’s rights to destroy the freedoms and rights of others. People can use the protections afforded them by the Constitution to inflict great harm to those who live within the law. We know that this is the main argument against the Second Amendment.

Constitution

In the interest of impartiality, the authors of the Constitution did not define what constitutes a religion. Presently, a plethora of sects, cults, and orders, all claiming to be religion, cover the length and the breadth of the land. So long as these “religions” minister to the legitimate spiritual needs of their congregations without threatening the rights of others, there is no reason for concern. However, when one or more of these claimants strive to undermine the very Constitution that protects them in order to impose their belief and way of life, serious problems arise and It must be stopped.

[Two faces of Muslim ideology]

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

Co-authored by Ronald Stein, P.E. and Sid Abma

October 9, 2025

Reusing wasted heat exhausted from power plant stacks can support endless greenhouses to help feed the world’s population.

Artificial Intelligence (AI) and datacenters are coming and so are the natural gas power plants that will be required to provide continuous uninterruptible electricity to power a lot of these facilities. These power plants today can operate at well over 90% Energy Efficiency.

The natural gas power plant that has produced electricity can further benefit humanity via the waste exhaust that would normally be put into a chimney and vented into the atmosphere, which is a waste of heat and a waste of CO2.

Rather than exhausting hot gases up power plants chimneys, the exhaust can be utilized in greenhouses, typically through a cogeneration system. The recovered heat energy can be used to warm greenhouses, and the CO2 fertilizes the plants, and all contributes to feeding the world’s population.

A Combined Heat and Power (CHP) power plant, also known as cogeneration, is a highly efficient energy system that simultaneously produces both electricity and useful heat from a single fuel source. The process involves using a “prime mover,” such as a gas turbine or engine, to generate electricity and then capturing the waste heat from the prime mover for thermal applications like heating or cooling buildings. This integrated approach significantly increases energy efficiency and reduces fuel consumption compared to generating heat and power separately, leading to lower operating costs and fewer carbon emissions.

The CHP process in the power plant involves treating the exhaust with catalytic converters to reduce any harmful components in the exhaust.

• Exhaust Gas Treatment: The exhaust gas is passed through a selective catalytic reduction (SCR)unit and an oxidation catalyst to remove pollutants like nitrogen oxides (NOx) and non-methane hydrocarbons (NMHC).

Within the combusted exhaust is heat energy that was not used to create electricity. The Sidel SRU Flue Gas Condenser was developed in the early 1980’s to recover the waste heat energy from the exhaust of the boilers used to heat these commercial greenhouses.

Today, over 2.5 million square feet of Greenhouses are using this “recovery of wasted heat” technology every day for increasing energy efficiency and to provide cooled CO2.  The cooled exhaust, CO2, is being used in commercial greenhouses for CO2 enrichment. Even the created water in the exhaust has a purpose. The Sidel SRU Flue Gas Condenser is being used today in many other applications such as processing plants, hospitals, petrochemical plants, universities, commercial laundries, and State prisons.

To make the most of the elements from future power plants combusted natural gas exhaust, a greenhouse becomes a perfect partner. The SRU recovered heat energy will be piped over and will be used to maintain the perfect growing environment for a multitude of different food crops. The CO2 in the exhaust will be piped over and injected into these growing environments as a fertilizer that will increase fruit and vegetable size and quantity. The condensate water will have nutrients added and then be used to irrigate these crops.

To apply this technology in power plant applications is a natural forward progression. In Utah at the Current Creek power plant this technology is today being applied, heating 30 acres of commercial greenhouses owned by Houweling Nurseries.

All this happens because the owners of the power plant decided to improve their energy efficiency from 50% to 97% by redirecting the combusted exhaust and utilizing the heat energy and the CO2 and the water to better uses.

Utilizing the wasted heat in the exhaust from natural gas power plants can support endless greenhouses to help feed America and the world’s population.

The AI Centers, datacenters, power plants, and greenhouses will be operating for generations, providing good paying community jobs to parents, kids, and grandkids and food for the population.

The technology condensing flue gas heat recovery, provides beneficial use for heat and emissions that would otherwise be released into the atmosphere. This increases plant yield while reducing the economic costs of energy for the greenhouse.

Everyone WINS, with produced electricity and food.

• Increased Plant Growth: Elevated CO2 levels in greenhouses accelerate plant growth and increase harvest yields.
• Reduced Energy Costs: By recovering waste heat from the exhaust for heating, operating costs for the greenhouses can be significantly reduced.
• Sustainable Operation: This closed-loop system reuses byproducts, turning potential pollutants into a valuable resource for plant cultivation.

Greenhouse Benefits:

• CO2 Fertilization: The carbon dioxide from the exhaust is naturally used by the plants, a process known as CO2 enrichment, which can significantly boost plant growth and yield.
• Heating: The heat from the exhaust provides efficient heating for the greenhouse.

Utilizing the exhausted energy from power plant stacks is a Win-Win situation for all. All this is because the power plants improved their energy efficiency to 97% just by utilizing the exhaust – the heat and CO2 emissions.  A good deal for everybody.

• The new AI Centers and datacenters are going to create a lot of new jobs.
• The new power plants are going to create a lot of local professional jobs.
• The new greenhouses will help feed the world’s growing population and create hundreds of new good paying jobs for the local community.

Utilizing waste heat that is normally exhausted from power plant stacks can support endless greenhouses to help feed the world’s population. It also reduces wasting natural gas.

Please share this information with teachers, students, and friends to encourage Energy Literacy conversations at the family dinner table.

[BIO: Sid Abma’s company Sidel Systems specialized in the design and installation of warm water heating systems for the commercial greenhouse industry. His passion is to deliver maximum energy efficiency to everything.]

Click this Link to Sign up for Energy Literacy from Ronald Stein

© 2025 Ronald Stein – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ronald Stein: Ronald.Stein@EnergyLiteracy.net

By Kirby Timmons

October 8, 2025

Quick question: Consider these four Rights which are listed in our nation’s Declaration of Independence —

A.) Life
B.) Liberty
C.) Property
D.) Pursuit of Happiness

Now, imagine that you had to give up one of these, which one would it be? This probably seems to be a particularly onerous choice, unlike those ubiquitous Facebook drills that press you to give up one of four of five breakfast foods, right? The answer there is “spam.”

But stick with me here.

Most people would answer something like, “Well, can’t give up Life or Happiness. Liberty, which has lately been so infringed upon, is central to being American. So I guess the winner, meaning, ‘loser,’ Is Property.”

Ok, thanks for playing. And the answer is …

Well, the answer is complicated. Ok, I’m being a little disingenuous. While these words do appear in the Declaration of Independence, the word “property” is not on the list.

Sorry for messing with you.

Confused about “property” and the founding documents of our country? According to Lion Calandra, a Jennings Fellow with The National Constitution Center in Philadelphia, we’re all a bit confused about a lot that appears, and especially what doesn’t appear, in the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution.

“58 percent know that Bill Gates is the father of Microsoft,” she says, “but only 2 percent know that James Madison is the father of the Constitution.” Calandra goes on, “a whopping 59 percent can name the Three Stooges, while 41 percent can name the three branches of government.”

Further, it turns out that 90% of Americans who know that the First Amendment relates to free speech.

Which is pretty good when you consider, as Lion adds wryly, “If not for the First Amendment, you might not be reading this essay.”

But, what is “property” really? And why are such arguably mundane things — I.E.: houses, cellphones, my garage door activator — thrown in with vastly important, non-negotiable imponderables such as Life, Liberty and Happiness?

By way of answering, consider this: with today’s increased sensitivity to gender issues, a conflict currently rages over which pronouns people may “identify” with — “he”, “she, “his”, “hers”. However, remind yourself that, without the seemingly simple concept of “property”, such particles of speech as “mine”, “yours”, “his”, “hers” and “ours” would be all but meaningless.

Property, things outside of ourselves, are our primary way of interacting with the world around us.

When you think about it, “property” is inherently crucial to our lives, and our Life, and esp to our Liberty, in order to “do stuff,” to modify ourselves and our circumstances.

According to the Framers, who must’ve thought a lot about it,” property” is not just physical things — land, tools, objects — but also defined by our relationship to the “thing,” and how and whether we can prevent others from having a relationship with our “things.” By which I mean “stealing.”

According to Roger Pilon, in the CATO Handbook For Policy Makers, “It is no accident that a nation conceived in liberty and dedicated to justice for all protects property rights. America’s Founders understood clearly that private property is the foundation not only of prosperity but of freedom itself.”

Understand that, when our Founding Fathers said “property,” first and foremost, they meant land, hearth and home. Back in jolly old England, it was a sore point. Because in England, no person actually owned land absolutely: “all the land was held under a tenurial relationship with the Crown.”

That was a problem that the Founders of our nation sought to remedy. These upstart gentlemen of our nation were attempting nothing less than to break from the onerous “system” of despotic rules and agreements that had governed much of the world of their time in which the tyrants and rulers of the Old World ruled by “privilege.”

In that, the Framers were following a course of thought that had come down to them from the Greeks and Judao-Christian precedents, following the original meaning of “leges”, Latin for “laws.”

This comes into focus when we realize that our word “privilege” is roughly composed of the two concepts of “private” and “law.” Meaning, of course, that a king or despot or local tyrant of any sort could have his or her own “private laws” with the power to enforce them beyond reason, logic or social consequence.

The revolution of our nation was then also a revolution in civilized thought — To break from a convoluted, piecemeal, and non-uniform system of “privileges,” And invoke a new system where everyone was accountable equally and without exception to the same laws.

But let me ask one last time: why is “property” not in the “list”? Andrew Cohen, of Berkeley Law, gives us a salient clue, writing that “There is another key value not mentioned in the preamble to the Declaration of Independence: ‘equality’.”

While we would all think that “equality” is an essential element of the birth of our country, it was not embroidered into the founding documents. One word made that impossible: “Slavery”.

Cohen reminds us that the full Declaration of Independence “was written in 1787 for an agrarian slave society.”

Jefferson based his version upon the Virginia constitution, drafted by George Mason in 1776, which declared in its Preamble, that “all men are created equally free and independent and have certain inherent and natural rights among which are the enjoyment of life, and liberty, with the means of acquiring and possessing property, and pursuing and obtaining happiness and safety.”

Steven J. Eagle writes in “The Birth of the Property Rights Movement,” that “although (Jefferson) undoubtedly was aware of Mason’s preamble, Jefferson dropped any reference to “property” in the Declaration — writing instead of rights to ‘life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness” — in part due to the contradiction between his own version of natural rights philosophy and the continuation of slavery.”

Not that our Founding Fathers didn’t try to square the circle. From their writings, we know that the issue of Slavery did come up among them, and was vehemently argued. The prevailing opinion was that they were an upstart fledgling nation, rebelling against the greatest nation power the world had known up to that time, and grappling with the institution of slavery, that was still common through the world, was beyond the scope. Slavery was something to be left for ‘another day.’ However, in sidestepping slavery in the Constitution, the Framers may have been seen to help to institutionalize it.

In just such a way, decisions of the past go on to cloud and overwhelm future events, sometimes referred to as “the tyranny of small decisions.” It is perhaps the clearest and saddest example in American History, perhaps of world history, of what, in science, is called “sensitive dependency upon initial conditions.”

To whatever extent we might be lenient with the Framers for attempting so much in their time that was right and due, we must also saddle them with responsibility for postponing the issue of Slavery and, as a consequence, arguably assuring that bloody civil war would follow a mere 84 years hence.

One last question nags at us — where did “property” end up in the founding documents of our nation, if at all? The answer is the sturdy Fifth Amendment, in a section that lawyers, and land owners big and small know very well –the so-called “due process clause,” which states that “No person shall … be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law.”

This exploration which began as a reflection upon our use of the word “property,” only to find that the concept lies central, not only to vouchsafing those other rights we hold dear, namely Life, Liberty and Happiness, but also to a skein of human misery that has long compromised those rights for many.

“Property.” If you’re like me, just saying the word has a different meaning than at the beginning of our inquiry. In view of current events, it and other concepts relevant to the founding of our nation are certainly worthy of regular reevaluation, and renewal, in the future.
Share

© 2025 Kirby Timmons – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kirby Timmons: contact@americanpolicy.org

[BIO: Kirby Timmons is an award-winning writer, director and producer with 30 years experience in broadcast TV, non-theatrical videos and in print. He attended the University of Southern California where he graduated with a Bachelor’s degree in Philosophy, cum laude. His teleplays have aired on all three major networks, including episodes of “THE WALTONS”, “THE LIFE AND TIMES OF GRIZZLY ADAMS” and “THE INCREDIBLE HULK”. Kirby’s print articles have appeared in THE LOS ANGELES TIMES, THE LOS ANGELES DAILY NEWS, and MARRIAGE AND FAMILY LIVING Magazine among others. He is a good friend of the American Policy Center.]

By Cliff Kincaid

October 8, 2025

President Trump is caving to the Democrats over the federal shutdown and he is capitulating to Hamas over terms of their “withdrawal” from Gaza. I realize this may be news to you.

Let us take the “healthcare” issue first. The “debate” over “healthcare” is over and the Democrats have won. Trump now wants to accommodate the Senate Democrats over their demands for more federal money for Obamacare. This means more federal deficits and debt, and more federal interference in our health care decisions.

Regarding the Middle East, the Islamists and their backers in Qatar are winning once again. They are stringing Trump along, as they consolidate their power, ready to fight again. They have missed the president’s numerous deadlines for a “deal” and will always have a base of operations in Qatar.

At best, Israel has bought some time and may eventually get some of their hostages back, dead or alive, two years after the invasion of Israel began. I don’t think the Israelis regard this outcome as a victory. But they are being pressured by Trump to “make a deal.”

Trump seems anxious to please the oil-rich Arab/Muslim states, starting with Qatar, a despicable and corrupt monarchy.

Here at home, we constantly hear from the “conservatives” that the Democrats are losing the shutdown when they have already got Trump and the Republicans to concede that more federal spending is needed. Hence, the value of gold and crypto is skyrocketing, as anybody with a brain recognizes that the bipartisan consensus in favor of more federal spending is driving America to financial bankruptcy and ruin.

If any of this is news to you, consider yourself a victim of our polarized media. I suggest turning off CNN and Fox.

Consider the shutdown. We are debating how much more money to spend on Obamacare, not less. Hence, the Democrats have already won. The Republicans are in the position of defending Obamacare and federal workers losing a paycheck.

The Republicans during Trump’s first term had the opportunity to repeal Obamacare. They failed.

This is how Washington works. Federal spending on more federal programs goes up and up. There is no debate about repealing Obamacare, only spending more on it.

Getting back to the Middle East, Trump is pandering to the Arab/Muslim states, while elements of MAGA, such as Stephen K. Bannon, are badmouthing Israel.

I stand in Isael’s corner and make no apologies for it. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is a great leader but he is under pressure to accommodate the 2 billion Muslims, many of whom want to destroy Israel.

This is a disgrace. Israel has every right to pursue an “Israel First” foreign policy because the existence of the Jewish state is the issue. America should not be pressuring Israel to accommodate the demands of those who want to destroy Israel.  We should be against another Holocaust.

In defense of Trump, his policy regarding communist Venezuela is correct, and an American invasion of that narco-state is necessary. If this is Trump’s goal, I understand why he is trying to settle Gaza and move on to other problems in the Western hemisphere. Venezuela is a big one.

But what is Trump’s policy?

We went to war over nearly 3,000 deaths on 9/11 while Venezuela and the Mexican drug cartels and Communist China are flooding the U.S. with deadly drugs. I favor American boots on the ground in Venezuela, to eliminate the Maduro communist regime. Blowing a few drug boats out of the water is not good enough.

Trump talks about drug deaths in America on a constant basis. So why not declare war on Venezuela and starting bombing the cartels in Mexico? Seriously.

Is America a serious country? So much of the “debate” on the cable channels is beside the point. If these drugs are killing tens of thousands of people, as Trump maintains, why aren’t we doing something about it? Closing the border is a temporary fix. What is worse, we are giving many of the illegal aliens a “free ride home,” in the words of Kristi Noem, United States Secretary of Homeland Security.

So we pay through their illegal entry, making a mockery of our laws, and then we send them back at the expense of the American taxpayer. This is a victory?

The real problem is a communist regime in Venezuela.

Our enemies, including Maduro, Hamas, and Qatar, are laughing at us. They are winning and we are whining and dickering over a “deal.”

The Fox News channel is talking constantly about a Democrat candidate who fantasized about killing a Republican opponent and his children. What about the real Americans who are dead or dying from the illegal drugs being poured into our country by our enemies? Why aren’t we prepared to deploy our troops to fight on the ground and eliminate this threat?

We fought decades in the “war on terror” and still the terrorists fight and die against us. It was a war without end and one that we are not winning.

Let us get serious about our predicament. We cannot make deals with our enemies, and that includes Communist China and Russia.

Wake up America!

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Bradlee Dean

October 8, 2025

“This book is a work of fiction. Names, characters, places, and incidents are either products of the authors imagination or are used fictitiously.”

One of the things that the American people have learned over the years is that the corrupt in the halls of government, working hand in glove with mainstream media’s “useful idiots”, love to put the perpetrators in the place of the victims.

It has been rightly stated, “If you’re not careful, the newspapers will have you hating the people who are being oppressed and loving the people who are doing the oppressing.”



This is exactly what is happening here.

For example, the sodomite agenda, which is pushed on the people, are those people who choose to transgress God’s Law (Leviticus 18:22, 20:13; Jude 1:7)  These are those who say they cannot help themselves in hopes of making the children a prey.  Yet, they are somehow sold to the people as the victims (Revelation 12:10).

As I said, Americans have now availed the lessons that have been taught that there is nothing further from the truth.

They play the victim while they attack. They claim to have the shield, when they have the spear.

Another example, the women who murder their babies (Proverbs 6:17), who wear shirts that make the inverted and hypocritical declarations such as “Stop the War on Women”.  What? They choose to commit the act that the Lord condemns (Fornication, Adultery; 1 Corinthians 6:9), and then murder the fruit of their own choices; and when the righteous stand up in defense of the child in the womb in order to hold the women to a lawful account. it turns to a “War on Women.”

Concerning just these two examples, friends, how do the politicians and the mainstream media sell these agendas to the people? They do not reveal that the victims are the criminals.  No, they sell the criminals as the victims (Proverbs 17:15).

People need to think.  Let me give you one more example.

Over the last 4 years in this country, the government, which has advocated the murder of children to the equivalency of 80 million innocent lives to date, is also the same representative government that sold to the people to take the experimental shot because, as they say, it is for your health.  Now, I ask, who is the responsible party for this genocide (Isaiah 5:20)?

With all that was written above, one must ask how can this be?

First, it happens because the people do not take the time to read their Bibles, and secondly, they do not take the time to read the U.S. Constitution (Hosea 4:6).

Last week, I produced a radio program with the headline: “What You Believe May Not be True!”

In it, I revealed filmmaker Stanley Kubrick talking of how he faked the moon landing.

I also highlighted the Simpsons and their 55 predictions that came true (Jeremiah 11:9).

Inside of the book written by Thomas Keneally, it states, “This book is a work of fiction. Names, characters, places, and incidents are either products of the author’s imagination or are used fictitiously.”

Now, after rehearsing the top ¾ of this article, consider those who are sold to you as the victims in this movie.  Are you paying attention?  Time to wake-up people.

© 2025 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Patti Johnson

October 7, 2025

In the name of safety and convenience, thousands of schools around the nation are implementing digital bathroom passes that track and limit how many times a student can go to the bathroom during the school day. Some systems have the students use QR codes on their smartphones to be able to access the restroom. Other systems being sold to school districts use iPads. Some districts limit the student to seven bathroom passes a week! These digital systems even monitor which students are going to the bathroom at the same time so students cannot meet up. Time limits are even built into each bathroom break.

One district paid $30,000 a year for a complicated system to replace the long-used and cheap plastic or cardboard bathroom passes! Are they preparing students for the United Nations Agenda 2030 smart cities where your every personal move will be tracked and monitored and you need a digital ID to go anywhere or buy anything? Case in point: One student digital pass system even employs a social credits points system for good behavior like they have in Communist China’s Orwellian digital ID tracking systems.[1]

The tracking systems are being sold to the schools as tools for safety. Fear and safety seem to be the common tactic to get people on board. There are several technology companies marketing digital bathroom pass systems. One such system, Smart Pass, is used in 50 states. The Smart Pass webpage states:

A Safer, Smarter Way to Optimize the School Day. Imagine a school where every movement is accounted for, the day’s schedule flows smoothly, and safety is built into every movement. That is what you get with SmartPass and Flex-two powerful tools working together to transform how your school moves.[2]

According to Peter Luba the co-founder of Smart Pass:

“But much more happens in the background. SmartPass collects and analyzes data that provides schools with valuable information to improve student performance.[3]

SmartPass was acquired by Raptor Technologies, a worldwide leader in school safety software solutions. Raptor works with 60,000 schools globally and 3,000 K–12 schools nationwide.[4]

Another digital bathroom pass tech company, Minga, claims on its website that their system is in 43 states. Minga has created 16,981,243 digital hall passes (almost 17 million) and installed 96% of the student body with digital ID’s which students rely on as their primary identification. They claim that the “progressive consequences of automation” ensures a “safer school environment.” [5]

These companies claim that their digital bathroom pass technology promises safety because it will stop students from vandalizing the bathrooms, beating up students in the bathroom and vaping in the bathroom. I am curious how they can do that unless they install cameras, which they do not. Evidently, the short bathroom time allotted is supposed to stop these activities. It may cut them short, but I am not sure it can stop them from happening altogether. It is just another fear tactic being used.

Presently, there are seven companies in the US offering their services with either QR code systems or digital app-based technology:

• School Pass: Uses QR codes/barcodes/RFID for student check-ins and pass management.[6]
• Pikmykid: Uses “Safety-focused hall pass with real-time tracking and parent notifications” and “time-stamped digital entries.”.[7]
• GoGuardian: Uses digital requests and policy enforcement.[8]
• ElasticPass: Customizes digital logging with time limits and admin controls. Focuses on time-stamped entries and restrictions.[9]
• Securly Pass: Uses a cloud-based system for pass requests, approvals, and real-time visibility. It uses App-driven approvals and monitoring; no QR or scanning features for passes.[10]
• MyHomework: Has a Student planner app with integrated hall pass requests and tracking. It relies on app-based requests and faculty check-ins; no scanning is mentioned. It Employs a point system for good behavior. [11]
• Minga: Has a mobile-first hall pass tool with self-check-ins and behavior analytics. It supports QR codes for self-check-ins, digital IDs, and event scanning; customizable barcode/QR options.[12]
• SmartPass: Is an app-based system for hall passes, activity scheduling, and safety monitoring. It generates QR codes/barcodes for digital ID cards and pass scanning.[13]

The price for the bathroom tracking technology varies. In 2023 the Smart Pass was installed in St. Paul Minnesota schools for grades 6-12 at a cost of $30,000! In my research it was difficult to get pricing from all the companies because I was required to be an actual school official interested in their product to get pricing information for this opinion piece. I was only able to get a price range for two tech companies:

Minga: charges $13,000 for 1,500-student high school. That comes to $8.67 per student per year.[14]

• Securly charges $2.50 – $5.00 per student. [15]

Personally, I believe replacing cheap plastic or cardboard hall passes with expensive technology is a waste of money/tax dollars. Our son told me that his high school science teacher used a toilet seat for a bathroom pass!

When I was in grade school, (evidently during the dark ages), the nuns had us line up in the hallway silently with our arms folded outside the bathrooms several times a day. Arms were folded so we would not interact with one another/misbehave. If we needed to go again, we would ask Sr. Mary So and So for permission and it was granted. It seemed to work just fine and did not cost a cent. In high school we could ask the teacher to go during class time if it was urgent or we would wait for lunch hour, study hall or the period between changing classes to go. Usually, students would volunteer during study hours to be hall monitors just in case students started misbehaving. That system worked just fine, and it was free. Students did try to smoke a cig sometimes in the bathroom, but the smell of smoke usually gave them away.

Reminiscing aside, I am mainly concerned that these privacy-invasive digital tracking systems, some with social credit scoring for behavior, will make students feel comfortable accepting the UN Agenda 2030’s Smart Cities where they will be tracked, monitored, and rewarded 24/7 for globalist compliant behavior.

© 2025 Patti Johnson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Patti Johnson: pj4charis@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] https://myhomeworkapp.com/
[2]  https://www.smartpass.app/
[3] https://news.lehigh.edu/schooled-in-safety-peter-luba-22-co-founded-successful-smartpass-app
[4] https://raptortech.com/resources/news/raptor-technologies-acquires-smartpass/
[5] https://minga.io/blog/celebrating-mingas-impact-across-the-united-states-23-24-school-year/
[6] https://schoolpass.com/how-school-use-digital-ids/
[7] https://www.pikmykid.com/
[8] https://www.goguardian.com/hall-pass
[9] https://www.edlastics.com/elastic-pass
[10] https://www.securly.com/pass
[11] employs a point system for good behavior
[12] https://minga.io/digital-hall-pass/
[13] https://www.smartpass.app/
[14] Minga in trial runs, to see larger use with hall pass function – Oracle
[15] SmartPass vs. Securly e-hallpass: Our School Tried Both | Jaclyn Hunter | Medium

By Paul Engel

October 7, 2025

• Does burning the American flag offend you?
• Is flag burning protected by the First Amendment?
• Have you looked at Trump’s executive order about flag burning?

When it comes to freedom of speech, there are two things that generate a fair amount of controversy. The first is yelling “Fire” in a crowded theater and the second is burning the United States flag. Recently, Donald Trump issued an Executive Order about flag burning. So let’s take a look at the order and some of the law and history around flag burning.

Background

I know flag burning is a controversial subject. Many people will point out that the Supreme Court found flag burning protected by the First Amendment, but is that true? Let’s start by taking a closer look at that case.

During the 1984 Republican National Convention, respondent Johnson participated in a political demonstration to protest the policies of the Reagan administration and some Dallas-based corporations. After a march through the city streets, Johnson burned an American flag while protesters chanted. No one was physically injured or threatened with injury, although several witnesses were seriously offended by the flag burning.

Texas v. Johnson (1989)

This case all started at the 1984 Republican National Convention and Gregory Lee Johnson’s protest against the Reagan administration and certain corporations. As pointed out in the opinion, no one was injured or threatened. However, some people were offended.

Johnson was convicted of desecration of a venerated object in violation of a Texas statute, and a state court of appeals affirmed. However, the Texas Court of Criminal Appeals reversed, holding that the State, consistent with the First Amendment, could not punish Johnson for burning the flag in these circumstances.

Texas v. Johnson (1989)

Here we have our first constitutional problem. Not the conviction, which was wrong, but the reason the Texas Court of Criminal Appeals reversed. They claimed that the state violated the First Amendment by convicting Mr. Johnson. There’s just one problem with that. Mr. Johnson was convicted of a law passed by the Texas Legislature, not Congress. As the First Amendment states:

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, …

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

Since Mr. Johnson wasn’t convicted of violating a law made by Congress, it could not be a violation of the Constitution. But there’s more to this problem.

The court first found that Johnson’s burning of the flag was expressive conduct protected by the First Amendment.

Texas v. Johnson (1989)

The First Amendment doesn’t protect freedom of “expressive conduct,” but of speech and press. And burning a flag is neither speech nor press.

The court concluded that the State could not criminally sanction flag desecration in order to preserve the flag as a symbol of national unity. It also held that the statute did not meet the State’s goal of preventing breaches of the peace, since it was not drawn narrowly enough to encompass only those flag burnings that would likely result in a serious disturbance, and since the flag burning in this case did not threaten such a reaction.

Texas v. Johnson (1989)

I agree, the state cannot criminally sanction flag desecration. Just because the flag is a symbol of this nation doesn’t allow peoples’ rights to be infringed in order to protect it. Besides, if the flag burning had led to violence or other disturbances, there were other Texas laws that could be used.

Further, it stressed that another Texas statute prohibited breaches of the peace and could be used to prevent disturbances without punishing this flag desecration.

Held: Johnson’s conviction for flag desecration is inconsistent with the First Amendment.

Texas v. Johnson (1989)

So here we have another court that comes to the right conclusion for the wrong reasons.

Trump’s Executive Order

Which brings us to Trump’s Executive Order.

Section 1.  Purpose.  Our great American Flag is the most sacred and cherished symbol of the United States of America, and of American freedom, identity, and strength.

PROSECUTING BURNING OF THE AMERICAN FLAG

Is the flag the MOST sacred symbol?

1 a: dedicated or set apart for the service or worship of a deity

b: devoted exclusively to one service or use (as of a person or purpose)

2 a: worthy of religious veneration : HOLY

b: entitled to reverence and respect

SACRED – Merriam-Webster Dictionary Online

It’s almost as if Trump is painting the flag as a religious symbol. However, our pledge of allegiance to that flag states, we pledge allegiance to the flag and the Republic for which it stands. That republic was created by its supreme law, the Constitution of the United States. Can we pledge allegiance to the flag and then trample the supreme law of the Republic it stands for?

Over nearly two-and-a-half centuries, many thousands of American patriots have fought, bled, and died to keep the Stars and Stripes waving proudly.  The American Flag is a special symbol in our national life that should unite and represent all Americans of every background and walk of life.  Desecrating it is uniquely offensive and provocative.  It is a statement of contempt, hostility, and violence against our Nation — the clearest possible expression of opposition to the political union that preserves our rights, liberty, and security.

PROSECUTING BURNING OF THE AMERICAN FLAG

The American flag is a symbol, and yes, many people have fought and died for it, but the flag is a symbol of what? If we use that symbol to destroy what it symbolizes, than what good is it? Should a symbol of rights and liberty be used to infringe on our rights and liberty? And what about safety?

Burning this representation of America may incite violence and riot.  American Flag burning is also used by groups of foreign nationals as a calculated act to intimidate and threaten violence against Americans because of their nationality and place of birth.

PROSECUTING BURNING OF THE AMERICAN FLAG

Burning the flag MAY incite violence, but so can speeches, publications, and assemblies. We do not criminalize them because they may incite violence, we criminalize the actual incitement to violence. While the Supreme Court used the wrong reason to protect this type of demonstration, the Constitution, as the supreme law of the land, does protect our right to do with our property what we want.

Notwithstanding the Supreme Court’s rulings on First Amendment protections, the Court has never held that American Flag desecration conducted in a manner that is likely to incite imminent lawless action or that is an action amounting to “fighting words” is constitutionally protected.  See Texas v. Johnson, 491 U.S. 397, 408-10 (1989).

PROSECUTING BURNING OF THE AMERICAN FLAG

But as the court pointed out in the case Texas v. Johnson, there are other laws that can be used to try cases of incitement and lawlessness. As the court wrote in the opinion:

Johnson’s expression of dissatisfaction with the Federal Government’s policies also does not fall within the class of “fighting words” likely to be seen as a direct personal insult or an invitation to exchange fisticuffs.

Texas v. Johnson (1989)

The court was specific that Johnson’s protest did not fall into the class of “fighting words,” which shows that not all flag burning is fighting words or incitement to violence. So why prohibit some expression because it “might” lead to violence?

My Administration will act to restore respect and sanctity to the American Flag and prosecute those who incite violence or otherwise violate our laws while desecrating this symbol of our country, to the fullest extent permissible under any available authority.

PROSECUTING BURNING OF THE AMERICAN FLAG

Here is where the rhetoric meets the law. Title 4, Section 8 of the United States Code is entitled “Respect for flag.”

No disrespect should be shown to the flag of the United States of America; the flag should not be dipped to any person or thing. Regimental colors, State flags, and organization or institutional flags are to be dipped as a mark of honor.

4 USC §8 – Respect for flag

While there are laws against inciting violence, 4 USC §8 is not a criminal law. In fact, by using the word “should,” it’s only a suggestion, not a demand or command.

Sec. 2.  Measures to Combat Desecration of the American Flag.  (a)  The Attorney General shall prioritize the enforcement to the fullest extent possible of our Nation’s criminal and civil laws against acts of American Flag desecration that violate applicable, content-neutral laws, while causing harm unrelated to expression, consistent with the First Amendment.  This may include, but is not limited to, violent crimes; hate crimes, illegal discrimination against American citizens, or other violations of Americans’ civil rights; and crimes against property and the peace, as well as conspiracies and attempts to violate, and aiding and abetting others to violate, such laws.

PROSECUTING BURNING OF THE AMERICAN FLAG

So Trump’s “flag burning” EO really calls for prosecution of other crimes using the American Flag. Furthermore, Trump’s order limits the Department of Justice, in the case where a state or local law is violated, to referring the matter to the appropriate state or local authority.

(b)  In cases where the Department of Justice or another executive department or agency (agency) determines that an instance of American Flag desecration may violate an applicable State or local law, such as open burning restrictions, disorderly conduct laws, or destruction of property laws, the agency shall refer the matter to the appropriate State or local authority for potential action.

PROSECUTING BURNING OF THE AMERICAN FLAG

So while there is plenty of bluff and bluster in this Executive Order, legally there aren’t any real teeth to it.

Is Flag Burning Constitutional?

Is burning the flag protected by the First Amendment? No. The Supreme Court and others first came up with the idea of First Amendment protection of “symbolic speech” in the 1931 case Stromberg v. California. Both the Stromberg and Johnson cases were based in State law though, not a law made by Congress, and therefore could not violate the First Amendment, even thought the court said otherwise.

The Court of Criminal Appeals began by recognizing that Johnson’s conduct was symbolic speech protected by the First Amendment:

Texas v. Johnson (1989)

So the courts invented “symbolic speech” in order to illegally pretend that state laws are covered by the First Amendment.

Does that mean that flag burning is not protected by the Constitution? Also no, because of this little thing we like to call “due process”.

… nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

You see, if you purchase or are gifted a flag, it’s your property. And the Fourteenth Amendment prohibits states from depriving you of your property without due process of law, an established process to protect the rights of the individual. Furthermore, your liberty, your ability to live you life as you see fit without unnecessary external interference, is also protected by the Fourteenth Amendment. Which is why the language of Trump’s Executive Order focuses on crimes that are committed while burning the flag rather than attempting to criminalize flag burning itself.

Conclusion

Should the American people respect the American flag? I think so. From how it is displayed to reciting the pledge of allegiance, we can show respect to the symbol of this republic, but we cannot use our desire to respect the flag as an excuse to disrespect the republic for which it stands. Probably the greatest cornerstone of the republic is the protection of our liberty, including our right to show our disfavor of our country. If we lose freedom of expression, nothing else protected by the Constitution really matters, does it? What good does your right to be secure from unreasonable searches and seizures do if you cannot express your disfavor with their violation? What good does your right to keep and bear arms do if you cannot protest laws that infringe on your rights? Whether flag burning is “symbolic speech” or the exercise of your liberty, it is protected by the Constitution of the United States, and that cannot be taken away by any law or executive order.

Finally, keep this in mind, according to the Respect for Flag law…

(k) The flag, when it is in such condition that it is no longer a fitting emblem for display, should be destroyed in a dignified way, preferably by burning.

4 USC §8 – Respect for flag

So if the preferred way to destroy a flag is by burning, this has nothing to do with flag burning, but with people who are offended by how some people treat the flag. Look all you want, the Constitution does not protect your right to not be offended. If it did, I guess I could sue Donald Trump for offending me by so blatantly violating his oath to support the Constitution, the supreme law of the land.

© 2025 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Charles Bausman

October 7, 2025

President Maia Sandu is using thug methods to persecute Christians in this small country on the frontlines of the Russia-EU clash – mimicing Zelensky’s brutal persecution of Christians in Ukraine.

Moscow, Russia

Thanks for reading! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.

I’m visiting Russia with a group of Western Christian journalists at the invitation of the Moscow Patriarchate, and they implored us to make a stop in Moldova to learn about what they claim are outrages being perpetrated there against this most Orthodox of countries. 3 of us managed to fit Moldova in, and what we discovered confirmed the worst.

Moldova? It barely registers. Even I, a geopolitical analyst, who had obviously heard of her, had a fuzzy idea of where she is, or knew anything about her. So for starters:

Historically a part of Romania, speaking a Romanian dialect (Moldovan), she always lived on the borders of empires, absorbed by one or another for 600 years. Under the Ottomans since 1538, then in the Russian Empire since 1812, then briefly independent after WW1, then a part of Romania, then reclaimed by the Soviet Union, and independent since that empire’s fall. Like Bulgaria, Serbia, and Greece, Moldovans view the Russian episode with great gratitude, for they were liberated by their Orthodox Russian brothers from the Ottoman Islamic yoke, and their time in the Russian empire was a very positive aspect of their history.

With a population of 2.4 million, she is culturally Romanian, but with a strong Russian-Soviet influence. Walking around central Chisinau, the capital, I felt very much as if I might be in Russia – most people (90%) speak Russian. The city is scarred with the unspeakably ugly prefab and Soviet architecture characteristic of 60s and 70s USSR interspersed with charming older Romanian buildings. Interacting with the locals the manners, mentality, and vibe is very much like in Russia today. Chisinau is a very multi-ethnic place – a legacy of Soviet ethnic-mixing, with substantial Russian (I include ‘Ukrainains’ in this group), Bulgarian, and others minorities. 650 thousand Moldovans live in Russia, and I have met many in Moscow. Family and cultural ties are strong as many Moldovans studies and made careers in Soviet Russia.

Childless, shrimpish, and mean. Using dirty tricks to push globo-homo on a people who want nothing to do with it. – President Maia Sandu.

In a nutshell, Moldova is one of the Eastern European states where most people have a positive image of Russia and want to be friends with both Russia and the EU, and just get along. She is a peaceful, mostly agricultural place, poor by EU and Russian standards. The average monthly salary is about $600/month, at the bottom of the list, recently outdone only by the disaster zone known as Ukraine. Sadly, a pro-EU globalist government came into power in 2020 thanks to widespread election fraud. Here is an excellent article from RT with the details: How EU elites hijacked this little country’s independence. Moldova is not in the EU, but with powerful forces trying to drag her in. What’s more, Romania’s globalist government wants to annex Moldova outright, and destroying Moldova’s church is a key step in enacting that.

Which brings us to the persecution of Christians.

The persecutions

President Maia Sandu – childless, shrimpish and mean, is one of these globalist creations – like Ursula von der Leyen, Angela Merkel, Kaja Kallas (why are so many of the worst globalist tools women?). She and her gang in power have obviously drunk the Koolaid on the idea that historic Orthodox Christian churches are a tool of bloodthirsty Putin and his tyranny which must be brought to heel. Undoubtedly there is an aversion to Christianity writ large lurking behind this official pretext, and a healthy does of CIA obsession with attacking any Orthodox churches not under the control of their lapdog, Patriarch Bartholemew of Constantinople. Sandu is also a Romanian citizen, and seems to be part of the plan to fold Moldova into Romania, which means she is engaged in high-treason. On top of all this, NATO sees Romania as a key bulwark against ‘Russian aggression’, and is intent on building up Romania’s military – so poor little Moldova has yet another wolf at the door eager to deprive her of her independence.

We met with priests, monks, journalists, laypeople from congregations, student activists, and lawyers and they related a sorry, if somewhat cartoonish tale: Following Zelensky’s playbook, these measures include:

Wholesale wiretapping and surveillance of Orthodox priests, activists, laypeople, etc, suspected of having sympathies with Moscow.

Searches and detentions on the pretext of investigating ‘Russian interference’.

Arbitrary fines of priests for taking pilgrimages to Russian holy sites. 1000 priests have been fined on average of 2000 Euros for such subversions – a substantial sum in this poor country.

A campaign of trying to force churches into a new jurisdiction loyal to the government – mostly by using government funds, exacted from the poor Moldovan’s already punishing taxes, but also coming from the EU, to entice less-than-ethical priests.

Pressure, intimidation, and blackmail of priests and congregations using the fact that legally all church buildings still belong to the Moldovan state – i.e., the threat of expropriation.

Probition of media not toeing the government line – again under the pretext of ‘Russian subversion’.

Open threats of extra-judicial violence (i.e. if you resist or exercise your constitutional rights you will be arrested and beaten, or perhaps just beaten by anonymous thugs.)

Corrupt courts which simply ignore any allegations of human rights abuses.

A relentless government propaganda in the pro-Eu media (all pro-Russian media has been shut down), demonizing the church as a tool of influence of the dastardly Russians.

ALL of the people we spoke to stressed that they were taking a serious risk even meeting and talking to us, but that they were doing so to defend their faith, an admirable act of heroism. Historically, Moldova has been an outpost of Orthodox Christianity, surrounded by enemies, and like the Serbs, defending the faith is in the DNA of this resilient people.

The historic Moldovan church has been under the spiritual authority of the Russian church since the Russian Empire drove out the Ottomans in 1812. Herein lies the confusion. Our hosts explained that this authority is strictly spiritual, a mechanism for keeping the spiritual rules straight in the Orthodox church. They insist that it is in no-wise political, with none of the churches under the spiritual authority of the Russian Patriarch (Ukrainian, Baltic, central Asian, Africa, Japan, China, US, etc.) beholden to Russian political interests. These national churches’ first fealty in secular matters is the to their respective governments, as Orthodoxy indeed teaches all churches to be. Perniciously, the likes of Sandu, Zelensky and Baltic governments insist that in fact the influence is also political – hence the persecution of Orthodox Christians in these countries.

Upon hearing this tale of ludicrous measures reminiscent of some kind of gangster state, we asked our hosts how this is possible in a country which aspires to join the EU, and purports to being ‘democratic’ and so on. They explained that it was due to two things: 1) Some aspects of Moldovan society have not yet emerged from a post-Soviet gangster mentality which prevailed in the 90s and early 2000s, which also characterized Russia and Ukraine (to this day), and 2) There is no coverage of what is happening in Western media, so the government feels no pressure to adhere to elementary standards of decency. They begged us to get the word out.

An example of this clownish thuggery which caused a diplomatic incident occurred about a month ago when a good friend, prominent and influential Christian pro-family Washington lobbyist, Brian Brown and several populist members of the European Parliament were detained for 24 hours at the Chisinau airport in July when trying to attend the Make Europe Great Again conference. He kicked up a row on Twitter and leaned on the US State Department and embassy, and was eventually allowed in:

We visited a village church deep in the countryside where a full house of congregants awaited us to tell their story of how the government had tried to snatch their church out from under them by bribing the village priest, who, by all accounts, seemed to be a bad egg. The crowd of about 40 were mostly elderly women who were absolutely lovely, and the clucked around us Americans like so many hens, venting their anger and frustration and vowing to not give in and to defend Holy Orthodoxy. They recounted how they finally had no choice but to physically chuck the priest out of the church because he refused to leave, after which he stole the tongues from the church’s bells, bells which the villagers had bought themselves. They were very simple rural folk in the best sense, bronzed from a life outdoors, with hands of the kind which do a lot of manual work. They were warm and kind but also very strong, and they were the best possible advertisement for this small agricultural nation.

We criss-crossed the rolling hills of the interior and saw nothing but sunny villages and fields – a lot of orchards and vineyards and huge amounts of delicious fresh fruits for sale at roadside stands. Moldova gets 300 days of sunshine per year, making it a prime fruit-producing region. Her wine is excellent and known around the world. We visited stunning monasteries, heard magnificent choirs, and noticed a plethora of crosses erected along roads and at intersections. Moldova has the distinction of being the most Orthodox Christian country on earth, with 95.2% of the population identifying so in the 2024 census.

The countryside

We spoke with Bishop Marchel, a fierce and fearless critic of the ongoing persecutions, and he impressed us mightily with his quiet strength, humility, and refusal to back down. He stressed that the designs of the Romanian church on the Moldovan church have nothing to do with Christ, for the whole campaign is purely a political project, well funded by anonymous sources in the West. He implored us to help get the word to JD Vance, whom he sees as a defender of traditional values and victims of human rights abuses in Europe. (If anyone reading this can help with that, pls do). He explained that the Moldovan faithful are 95% against the predations of the Romanian church, and are simply being steamrolled with money and political pressure. He described the government as rabidly Russophobic and that one reason they are attacking the church is because it is staunchly and very vocally against the LGBT agenda. He also said that if the pro-EU party wins in the parliamentary elections next week, the entire Moldovan church could simply be outlawed, and cease to exist. They are literally fighting for the life of the church and Marchel stressed that the situation is dire.

Bishop Marchel

It became clear after a while that the globalists in far away Brussels, Washington and the Phanar cooking up plans to swindle and bribe these people out of the church they had fought and died for for centuries were underestimating their mark, and judging by the grannies we met in their church, have a tough row to hoe. The people are overwhelmingly traditional, unspoiled by Western decadence, and want no truck with the tranny-happy snake oil being sold them. American Orthodox priest Fr. John Whiteford wrote an excellent series of articles about his visit there in 2023, capturing very well the charm, humility, profound Christianity, and unspoiled simplicity of the people and their traditional values.

Reasons for optimism

Many of our interlocutors said that the advent of Trumpian foreign policy had improved matters, primarily because the money tap through AID and similar agencies had been turned off. An Orthodox legal group has organized and is fighting back in the courts, and despite the flawed legal system, their odds appear good only because the behavior of the government is so laughably illegal, violating every human rights convention this side of the Dniestr (their main river). The anti-EU opposition has majority sympathy in the country by a very large margin. They were robbed of the presidency in 2020 but in the upcoming parliamentary elections on November 28, they seem to have fought the EU lunatics to a draw, with neither party likely to win a majority, forcing new elections in a few months. RT again has the story.

Transnistria

Moldova also has a most remarkable phenomenon – a fully independent very Russian mini-state which broke away when the country was founded in 1991. Never part of historic Moldova, Transnistria was tacked on by Stalin when he annexed Moldova during WW2, in a classic case of gerrymandering to neutralize nationalism. Its capital, Tiraspol, (pop 130,000) was founded by the legendary 18th century general Suvorov, and it is very much a Russian creation, with much the same atmosphere as the Russian cities of Eastern Ukraine, and nearby Odessa, another historically Russian city.

Russia still keeps a garrison there, and they sit on a massive Soviet ammunition depot. The president, Vadim Krasnoselsky, is a great admirer of the Russian empire and has filled his capital with excellent heroic sculpture of Tsarist Russian figures. It’s an easy 1 hour drive from Chisinau and we managed to fit in a quick visit there and found it delightful. If you ever go to Chisinau, don’t miss Tiraspol, it is fascinating, charming, very pleasant, and very Russian – a completely different country than Moldova. Due to geopolitical calculations no country has officially recognized tiny Transnistria except for Abkhazia, not even Russia.

A magnificent monument to legendary Russian general Suvorov, founder of Tiraspol.

So cheer for tiny Moldova and her historic church and spread the word. The battle isn’t lost, and the people are standing strong. She’s a small rural country you’ve probably never heard or thought of, but becoming a symbol of resistance to EU technocratic tyranny. Other members of our group will be publishing materials and podcasts about the assault on Orthodoxy there, resulting in some flags planted in the info-space, putting Sandu and her gang of thugs on notice that their flagrant and embarrassing misdeeds will not go unreported.

© 2025 Charles Bausmaan – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Charles Bausmaan: russian.faith3@gmail.com

By Kat Stansell

October 6, 2025

The Left is trying to make “nice” with some highly questionable bedfellows, in order to stay afloat, to remain relevant. Today’s Left is losing their minds, what little remains, in an effort to garner support. Will those at whom they grasp help them keep their political heads above water, or sink the Party like a rock?

Their mascot, the donkey, is a beast of burden, used by many. Remember that.

“Democrats”, aka, Communists, have moved from a party that was supposed to be for the “little guy” (a historical farce in itself), to a gang that stands with Lucifer- AND LGBTQAII , DEI, BLM, ANTIFA, et. al. You know their “daily shows”: the violence, the full-speed gender dysphoria, the lies that are SO blatant that they ought to be embarrassed for telling them.

Of course, it takes morals to feel shame or to be embarrassed by anything, and the Left has, apparently none. Missing moral guideposts are at the root of America’s problems today, and those problems, right now, are seeming bigger than ever. .

Sane people are backing away from the radical turn taken by the Left, which is now on display everywhere you look. The voters are disappointed with Democrat Congressional leadership, the party’s apparent “core values”, and support for Israel, and the economy under Biden, to name a few. They disagree with the violence, the illegal immigration for which citizens have to pay, drug and child sex trafficking, and all else that makes the party what it is today.

Unsurprisingly, Democrat Party approval ratings — NOT those “quoted” in lame stream media — stand at around 20-30% at the moment. They are in the toilet. The Party is in trouble.

Several exit polls in Michigan following the 2024 Presidential election show that Muslim Americans in Dearborn, Hamtramck, and Detroit deserted Democrats. Polls show that a majority voted for Donald Trump because of the economy, illegal immigration, and his willingness to deal with Gaza. It is felt that the 2024 election divided Muslim Americans.

This makes me wonder if the Democrat Party’s fawning over an Islamo-Facist, Zohran Momdani, running for mayor of NYC, is an attempt for the Left to regain favor with the Muslim community, which is becoming more and more involved in American politics.

In their desperation, as their numbers drop and Trump’s rise, the Democrats are racing to endorse Momdani. Lie-a watha (Elizabeth Warren), Kathy Hochul the NY Governor, and – of course AOC, Bernie Sanders and the Congressional Muslims, Omar, Jaypal, and Tlaib, have all stood up for him. So, too, Kamala Harris, who fared poorly in those exit polls. Take a look at those exit polls, linked above.

The Democrats, with their LGBTQII partners, may have ignored one critical thing. A major tenet of Islam – Sunni or Shia – is that homosexuality is verbotten and its adherents are put to death. To murder a gay is considered an honor killing in some places.

Momdani, who will most likely win the race for NYC MAYOR it is said, has spoken out IN FAVOR of the gender dysphoric, promising an “Office of LGBTQIA+ Affairs”. This proves nothing more than, that like most leftists, he is adept at saying whatever he thinks people want to hear. He stresses that he is Shia, not Sunni – which really does NOT matter, as all Muslims believe that Sharia Law should rule the world, and that homosexuality is a sin worthy of death.

Nearly 20 years ago, the UK Guardian published an article about how SHIA militia have been killing men suspected of being gay. I’m guessing that Momdani won’t be leading too many gay rights parades in rainbow clothing, despite creating an “office” for them. BTW, an LGBTQIA office in Momdani’s NYC might be an excellent way to keep track of those sinners, in the event of any decision for disposal of that community should arise in the future.

As the Western Journal says, Mamdani is not moderate. He is toning it down only for the sake of electability.

The Sunni/Shia divide is really only a messy technicality when it comes to this. They fight each other about blood lines of their most high ruler, not Sharia Law. That, they all agree upon. Both Muslim sects believe in their own law, SHARIA LAW, NOT OURS,, the US Constitution.

That is a huge problem for us all. Ask Britain and France, where this destruction of national law is unfolding in real time.

In Britain, traditional parties have all but dissolved. Saddiq Kahn, has served as Mayor of London since 2016. You will be shocked by the full list of British Muslims in office, as presented in Wikipedia. I know I was.

NYC may be about to vote themselves into submission, but they may have company

Now, in Georgia, one Muslim woman in the GA House, Ruwa Romman, is running for Governor of GA in 2026, as Brian Kemp is term-limited. Romman and Momdani are not isolated exceptions. Not sure how important the Left thinks GA is, but don’t discount this possibility.

In the 2022 midterms, a record number of Muslims – 82 – were elected to public office around America. Two were elected to the GA legislature, including Romman; two to Ohio, two in IL, one in MN, and one in TX. Their population is expanding as well. After Christianity and Judaism, Islam is the third most popular religion in the United States.

Pew Research says that American Muslim voters lean only slightly to the Left. Pew Research is also the home of ERIC (the Electronic Registration Information Center), the voter fraud AI database. They are quite adept at information manipulation.

What we do know is this.

Mosques are being built around the country, at a rapid pace. Six hundred Islamic houses of worship were built between 2010 and 2020. In that same period, 4500 Christian churches closed in 2019 alone, as the Covid controls were tightened around America.

As of August 2025, there are 3.967 mosques in the United States. THE LARGEST NUMBER IS IN FLORIDA, WHICH IS HOME TO 4.8 % OF THE TOTAL in America. Pew Research ranks Florida as fourth or fifth. Like it matters. Governor DeSantis is proud of the religious liberty in his state.

According to the linked “POI DATA”, above, Florida is closely followed by New York (4.7%) and California (4.6%). then comes Michigan, Virginia and Georgia. Rounding out the top ten are Texas, Ohio, North Carolina and Maryland, which is home to 93 mosques. I’m guessing that some of you will be surprised at the full list. Do check it out.

Another good red state, Tennessee, has 59 mosques, or 1.3% of the national total!

In 1994, just thirty years ago, there were 900 mosques in America.

All the while, Christianity, upon which OUR nation was founded, has shied away from political involvement. Our churches backed down so they didn’t lose their tax-free statue for donations, and so, uninvolved as they were over the years, in what was going on, began to lose the youth which were being courted and turned by the other side.

This is where Charlie Kirk has, we pray, been a real turning point.

So the Desperate Dems are courting the gays and the Muslims in the effort to right their sinking ship. This cannot turn out well. They may end up sinking the Ship of State with their hatred and ineptitude.

Be concerned for America. Be very concerned.

Remember, Arab nations have used anti-Americanism to rally their people, despite America’s support in many things which had nothing to do with religion. Also, they take all the monetary aid we will give. Obama’s late-night plane full of palates of American bills, were, I am very sure, only a pittance of the total “gratefully received”.

Over the years, the United States has spent much of our blood and treasure saving Muslims in Afghanistan from the Soviets; in Kuwait and Saudi Arabia from Iraq; and in Bosnia and Kosovo from Yugoslavia. We have supported a Muslim Pakistan against India and Muslim Turkey against Greece. Washington has courted Damascus, even tacitly accepting Syria’s control over Lebanon. The United States supported Arab Iraq against Persian Iran during the Iran-Iraq War and also refrained from overthrowing Saddam Hussein after pushing him out of Kuwait in 1991.

The second election of Donald Trump is only the beginning. None of us knows how America will fare in these rough waters. We must simply pray, help where we can, then leave it up to the Higher Power.

We’ve got a wild, quite possibly dangerous, road ahead. Democrat leaders intend to make it that way, whether or not they realize the dangerous gang they’ve contrived, and the potential for disaster therein. Perhaps the real question is whether or not they care.

The Left is utterly desperate for power.

The demise of the Democrat Party, should it occur, will not happen quickly. They have too large a supply of Soros-type money, Chinese CCP assistance, and hearts full of the Devil’s anger, to disappear without a lot more sound and fury – which hopefully signifies nothing but their angst.

We will have to wait to see, with eyes wide open.

If the Left goes out, it will be with a real bang. Know that, and be ready. From what I read, endless violence and attacks on us as well as our political leaders are planned. Look at what has happened already. I would not have said this a few years ago, but they are just that crazy now.

There is almost no doubt that they will attempt to kill our President at least once more, and other of our newly elected leaders because they are trying to drain the deadly Swamp. Pray hard that they will fail.

What a mess. I have less than ZERO patience for any elected official who cannot see this, who tries to play “middle-of-the-roader”.

Ok, I’ve made my point. I hope.

Pray to God. And KNOW YOUR CANDIDATES. Who they are, what they believe, what is their understanding of Constitutional governance.

Should someone of the Muslim faith present as a candidate, PRESS THEM to swear allegiance to America, not Mohammed. ASK THEM how they intend to vote on various issues, should they have the opportunity. Watch who supports them.

[Two faces of Muslim ideology]

There is always a possibility that a Muslim American wants to work to support America. That would be our fondest prayer. We just have to sort them out before we elect them, which is no different that any candidate. RINO’s and Globalists are as dangerous as anyone. Maybe even more so in the short term, as so many are still fooled by them.

Please help Lady Liberty to stand strong against her enemies, foreign and domestic.

Once again, it is up to us.

“The only thing necessary for the triumph of evil is for good men to do nothing.” ~ Edmund Burke​

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 6, 2025

After six days of the government shutdown caused by democrats who refused to sign onto the “Continuing Resolution” bill to keep the government funded, House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries blurted out, “Trump is unhinged and unreasonable” in an interview with “Meet the Press.”

“That behavior is outrageous, it’s unhinged, it’s unreasonable, and it speaks for itself. The American people deserve better than lies, than attacks, than deep fake videos and the president spending all of his time on the golf course. We need serious leadership,” Jeffries said.

Mind you, Hakeem Jeffries, who few Americans have heard of his name, sat on his butt for Biden’s four years of allowing 15 to 20 million illegal aliens to dance over our borders. He remained silent as a tomb. He sat on his hands pretending Biden actually operated with a brain…when in fact, Biden suffered Alzheimer’s Disease. Such elected leaders’ insanity cost you, the American taxpayer, billions of dollars, if not trillions by the time the entire episode of deporting them, feeding them, educating them, medically caring for them, the crimes, the death of our citizens, and the loss to the rule of law.

Since what Jeffries wants is to continue billions of dollars of Medicaid for illegal aliens—-who is unhinged and unreasonable? Could it be the entire democrat party? What drives such people to allow the invasion of our country, and then, demand that we pay for their illegal aliens’ care?

Now we have Governor Pritzker in Illinois defending, aiding and abetting illegal aliens in his state. He’s got one of the biggest weekly murder rates in the country. He’s got drug trafficking-center in Chicago. He’s got human sex-trafficking in the Windy City. He’s helped by incompetent Chicago Mayor DEI Johnson aiding and abetting illegal aliens by the thousands. Such people as Pritzker and Johnson should be arrested and prosecuted. Or, they should be shuttled off to reform school to take classes in common sense, ethics, along with law and order.

What about an illegal alien, with a rap sheet a yard long, becoming the superintendent of Des Moines, Iowa’s largest school district? From the country of Ghana, Ian Roberts lied about a PH.D. from MIT, “Teacher of the Year”, and bachelor’s degree from Morgan University. The school board, bent on D.E.I. hiring, over qualified Americans, opted to give Roberts the job. Why are the top people in our country racing to the bottom of the barrel to prove they can make unqualified and, in this case, illegal aliens, top prospects for jobs that require education, talent, leadership skills, business acumen, and just plain—-integrity?

The biggest question remains: why are we allowing Antifa and other thugs in Portland, Oregon; Seattle, Washington, and New York City to take control and destroy our ICE operations in those cities? Why is it that their mayors are on the side of illegal aliens, killers, child molesters, rapists, shop lifters, scammers and worse—to enjoy impunity in those cities?

Jeffries thinks Trump is “unhinged and unreasonable.” How about the entire democrats’ party is totally, completely and thoroughly corrupt, incompetent and spiraling into the toilet. The fact remains that people like Bernie Sanders, AOC, and Zohran Mamdani (not born in America, and has NO EXPERIENCE WHATSOEVER, in running the largest city in America), are able to fool so many Americans with their charade.

Even U.S. Senator John Kennedy (R-LA), said that Alexandria Ocasio Cortez (bartender from NYC, D-NY) is replacing the “Blond Jokes” with her “Brunette Stupidities.” Let’s face it, she is an example of the level of intelligence of her constituents. Senator Kennedy, folksy and sharp as a tack, said that AOC and House Member Jasmine Crockett, (D-TX), are the main reason they put directions on a bottle of shampoo.

That’s assuming either of them can read anything more than one syllable words.

The question that comes to mind stems from the fact that we’ve got incredible crime rates in our cities. We’ve got over $112 billion in shoplifting annually in the USA…that’s about $35 million, daily.

Something is wrong when that many citizens do not contribute to the American way of life. They steal from it. They undermine it. They make you pay for the difference when you buy goods.

How many illiterate people in the United States? How about 43 million people cannot read, write or perform simple math? How did that happen? How do we change it? Why are we lowering our academic standards to allow such illiteracy?

And, as I always bring to your attention: why are we importing 1,000,000 immigrant refugees into our country annually when we cannot take care of our hundreds of our own problems in our country?

Therefore, I ask Hakeem Jeffries, “What in the hell are you doing for brains? What are you doing to further America’s interests instead of allowing millions of illegal aliens on Medicaid paid for by our tax dollars? How do you get off calling Trump ‘unhinged and unreasonable’ when you’re a friggin’ liar, cheat and thief of American taxpayer dollars?

Chuck Schumer and Hakeem should share a jail cell on Alcatraz for their incompetence, corruption, lies and total disregard for Americans. They prove General George S Patten statement, “The lowest forms of life on Earth are politicians. And, democrats are the lowest form of politician.”

Finally, whose idea was it to import 4,000,000 adherents of the single most deadly religion on Earth into America, and think it would all work its way out to the good? Islam is deadly, period! One ex-Muslim said, “Islam is a doctrine masquerading as a religion for millions based upon Sharia Laws, which is the constitution of the Quran and an ideology that demands submission. Sharia dictates death to all Jews, Christians and other non-believers. It is the most misogynistic society in the history of the world.”

[Two faces of Muslim ideology]

“Individual Muslims may show splendid qualities, but the influence of the religion paralyses the social development of those who follow it. No stronger retrograde (violent) force exists in the world.” Winston Churchill

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Authored by Devvy Kidd Not AI

October 6, 2025

Americans who are paying no attention to the violence that’s been targeting certain cities across America have ZERO understanding of the criminal domestic operation identified as ANTIFA who are nothing but thugs allowed to run wild in big cities like Portland, Oregon. Comrades and Nazis together pumping violence like a fire hydrant. Our republic is their desired prize.  Freedom will blow like dust in the wind.

If you’ve watched enough coverage over the past six years, so many of the useful cannon fodder participating (most wearing masks) have no clue or understanding of what Fascism is, how it started, who started it and that they are just gullible brainwashed fools in the game being playing out across this country.  Oh, they think they’re protecting “democracy” but are in fact working to destroy our country – a constitutional republic and the greatest free nation on this planet – ever.

They all love to scream and yell President Trump is a Nazi, a Fascist and more (part of the script) while burning local communities, attacking law enforcement and killing people.  THAT is the history of this so-called “anti-Fascism” movement here. Violence is their weapon while too many governors and mayors protect this human trash (many being paid to travel from one city to another) who hate America and are willing to go jail for doing as much damage and destruction as they can.

Look at the injuries to her face:  Portland Police Bureau Blames Conservative Journalist for Being Attacked by Antifa, Claims She ‘Instigated’ by Simply Being There, Oct. 5, 2025 (SHAME on the Portland Police Bureau.  Appears that “police” bureau doesn’t want journalists there who might capture film that would bring repercussions.  Why do the people of Portland put up this with this lawlessness?)

Hate the local police who put their lives on the line every day to protect communities around the country and here we are with this “sanctuary city”[1] BS that is more manufactured propaganda that those cities have the right to stop federal agents (ICE, DOJ) from carrying out their lawful missions.

So what if they get arrested. They know this country is over run with bought and paid for DA’s with George Soros non-profits money and they’ll be out of jail before you know it. Likely it’s not just Soros’ money.

The real push for this started with illegitimate “president”, Comrade Hussein Obama, who usurped the office of president. A flaming Marxist Muslim and continued once career criminal, liar and cheat (like Obama) who stole the 2020 election, old money bags himself, Joe Biden.

Let’s not forget about the voters in states like California, NY, Illinois and Oregon who allegedly (election fraud is still rampant) [2][3]) elect political scum for governors like Pritzker, Newscum, Hochul (actually she slid into the governor’s mansion after Cuomo resigned) and of course Oregon. Guv Tina Kotek is a proud queer (it’s okay to “identify” as queer now). Everyone one of them not only approve but promote violence and resistance to federal agents lawfully rounding up illegal aliens – criminals who rape, murder, kill families while driving drunk and rob the citizens in their states.  They don’t give a sh*t as long as those illegals vote Democrat.

ICE director reveals dangerous nightly Antifa ‘battle’ as Trump prepares federal deployment to Portland – “Oregon officials filed a lawsuit to block troops despite violent protests targeting immigration facilities”, Oct. 2, 2025

Trump-appointed judge blocks National Guard deployment to ‘war-ravaged Portland’, Oct. 4, 2025. Nice pictures. Looks like war torn Ukraine.

Is it any wonder decent Americans who live in Oregon are still trying to become part of neighboring Idaho? Movement to break off part of Oregon to join with Idaho has legs again, Feb. 18, 2025.  I get a lot of email from people in that movement who either can’t afford to move out of Oregon or their families have farmed and ranched for more than 100 years and they don’t want to be pushed off their land by state protected, violent criminals like ANTIFA supported by bought and paid for DA’s.

ANTIFA is as phony as Black Lives Matter (all lives matter) which ended up fleecing corporations while those at the top and their comrades in various states raked in millions for themselves among other crimes. Fortunately, DOJ has gone after some of them and will continue to do so.

BLM Activist Sentenced to Prison for Wire Fraud and Money Laundering, Oct. 3, 2024 // Memphis BLM Founder Pamela Moses Sentenced to Six Years in Prison for Voter Fraud // Black Lives Matter activist sentenced for fundraiser fraud; took thousands for expensive lifestyle

BLM Collected Over $90 Million in Donations. Where Did It Go? Oct. 22, 2024: “As its leaders spent the money on tailored suits, birthday parties, and ‘big ass’ mansions, almost none of it went to the cause.  Blacks Lives Matter Co-Founder Patrisse Cullors Admits to Using BLM Mansion for Personal Use”, May 11, 2022 (Why did Black Lies Matter need a $6 million dollar mansion?  Wouldn’t a set of adjoining offices allow that racist anti-Caucasian scam operation to conduct “business” and plan their disgusting protests?

ANTIFA movement is sedition 

Antifa’s origin story traced to Communist Stalinist group that aided Nazi rise to power – “The U.S.-based Antifa movement has embraced the label and symbols of Germany’s Antifaschistische Aktion” — a Communist group whose actions enabled the Nazis to take power: “Antifaschistische Aktion was founded in 1932 by the Communist Party of Germany (KPD), which viciously opposed the more moderate leftist Social Democratic Party of Germany (SPD), dividing the opposition and directly contributing to the successful rise of the National Socialist German Workers’ Party (NSDAP) — the Nazi Party — and the eventual establishment of Hitler’s dictatorship.

“The first Trump Administration repeatedly sought to go after the far-left American movement known as Antifa, and now, in the wake of violent anti-ICE protests and the assassination of Charlie Kirk, President Donald Trump has designated Antifa as a “domestic terrorism organization.” Rest at Link.

These united States of America is a constitutional republic. Calling President Trump, VP Vance and people like me Fascists and Nazi’s is a ploy as our internal enemies are itching for a civil war sane people don’t want.[4]  For the bottom of the bucket low IQ useful fools participating (except the ones getting paid as they know their marching orders and also desire to destroy our republic), do you even know what Facism is? Dictionary:

“A governmental system led by a dictator having complete power, forcibly suppressing opposition and criticism, regimenting all industry, commerce, etc., and emphasizing an aggressive nationalism and often racism. a political movement that employs the principles and methods of fascism, especially the one established by Mussolini in Italy 1922–43.”

We have a Constitution which explains in detail how various public servants are elected, appointed, impeached, etc. and the limits placed on them so as to have a government of, by and for the people.  To protect OUR soil and a judicial branch that is now as rancid as meat in the Texas sun in August.  We have a Bill of Rights reinforcing our rights given to us by the Creator of the Universe and our government has no right to take them away.

That hardly describes America as a Fascist nation or Trump who has been endlessly persecuted by rotten, corrupt DA’s given their marching orders by the shadow government. Twice they’ve tried to kill him for trying to protect the rights of all Americans.

Important read:  The Real History of Antifa – The dark history of the radical Left’s enforcement arm, June 3, 2020.  “With riots and civil unrest metastasizing across the United States, the president declared he intends to designate Antifa as a terrorist group. Predictably, the talking heads rushed out to declare that Antifa doesn’t really exist, and even if it did the president couldn’t possibly target it using that legal designation. They argue Antifa is an amorphous blob of discontents, not a functioning organization, and certainly not one which could be designated and targeted for concentrated counterterrorism enforcement.

“As usual, the Twitterati don’t know what they are talking about. Reality is both simpler and more complex.”

I hope the FBI and DOJ are chasing down where is the money coming from because what we’ve been seeing for years is no spur of the moment organic protest.  Obama’s Taxpayer-Funded Rent-a-Mobs that exist even now: Laundered Money Through the Cayman Islands – Will AG Pam Bondi Act? (Video) Don’t miss this one.

Americans were warning Americans back in the 1920’s forward about the plans by the Soviet Union to convert the US to full communism. The majority simply weren’t listening; the moonshine was too tasty. Then came the stock market crash of 1929 and Americans could only worry about how to find enough food for one meal a day; it was really bad. My grandparents and mother (who passed away in 2022 at age 93 told me so much history of that time.  And grandma who passed away in the 70’s and also lived through history, i.e., WWII; the undeclared Korean War and the missiles just keep on coming.

In the case of Black Lies Matter and ANTIFA, they (if arrested after throwing Molotov cocktails at police cars, burning buildings and beating up innocent bystanders, severely injuring police) are simply let go after a quick trip to the police station; their bail paid for by anti-American organizations.

One of the most important books one should read (fully footnoted with exhibits) how this poison (“Americans” who support socialism (liberals) and communism (progressives) was planted and grown is:

The Venona Secrets:  Exposing Soviet Espionage and America’s Traitors by Heerbert Romerstein and Eric Breindel.  Page 177 alone will make you sick and if you think too many state legislators aren’t closet Comrades, you’re fooling yourself.  That book should be mandatory reading and testing in all senior high school civics classes.

The bottom line is now (finally) ANTIFA has been officially designated as a domestic terrorist organization, it’s time to put them out of business before it’s YOUR city/town that will look like a war zone.  For those arrested and charged (including those convicted by a jury), that’s a matter of public record so be sure to put that down on your next job application.  Portland’s dystopia delusion coming to a city near all of us – “Residents in denial about how awful their once-great city has become”, Oct. 4, 2025

Hate America so much? Then hie on over to North Korea, China or other communist or socialist countries and start shouting about fascism, burning police buildings, vehicles and destroying the lives of innocent people. Uh, that won’t turn out so good in those countries.

Don’t thrown away your future over lies and well-crafted propaganda fed to you by ridiculously high paid college professors, nitwits on shows like The View, AOC, Comrade Mad Max Waters and the rest of the trash that have infested our state capitols, governor’s and CON-gress.  There are good men and women in CON-gress but they need your help in exposing the true game plan for global domination; see my column here for the truth.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2025 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] No Sanctuaries in “Sanctuary Cities”, Dr. Edwin Vieira, Dec. 3, 2016

[2] Maine resident allegedly finds 250 ballots in her Amazon delivery, ahead of referendum on voter ID, Oct. 1, 2020: “Law enforcement is investigating how 250 ballots ended up in a Maine resident’s Amazon package, the secretary of state’s office said Wednesday.”

[3] HUGE EXCLUSIVE… NJ Man Secures Nearly 1 Million Documents From Detroit’s 2020 Election, Including Copies of Absentee Ballots and Signed Envelopes in One of Largest Election FOIA Hauls In U.S. History, Sept. 27, 2025 – see the photos

[4] ‘The rule of law vs. anarchy’: Kristi Noem says bounties of $10,000 put on heads of federal agents – “‘They’re actually going out there and saying: Kill these people, and we’ll give you this much money to do it’”

Videos

Antifa GETS ROCKED, Trump Admin Announces Federal Investigation Into Portland PD

Oh, watch this one – to steal jobs and get free medical care and food from your earnings

Watch Senator John Kennedy List the Crazy Things AOC and Other Leftist Dems Are Demanding Over Shutdown (VIDEO), Oct. 4, 2025 (Kennedy is so funny and so right about a lot of issues.)

U.S. Military Waited for 40 Cartel Trucks to Enter – Then This Happened

DHS says ICE agents in Chicago suburb ‘boxed in by 10 cars’ as tensions escalate, Oct. 4, 2025

ICE TRAPS ‘Migrant Caravan’ on Freeway… DEPORTS ‘Highway of Illegals’ in 2hrs

Too damn bad. Violate our laws, pay the price. 800,000 Illegals ‘SHIPPED BACK’ to Mexico… as California SHUTS DOWN

Justice Kavanaugh’s attempted assassin sentenced to 8 years in prison – DOJ prosecutors asked for 30 years, emphasizing that the court must send a ‘very clear message’ that violence is never justified, Oct. 3, 2025 – “A federal judge sentenced Nicholas Roske, who now goes by Sophie, to eight years in prison on Friday for attempting to murder Justice Brett Kavanaugh in the weeks leading up to the Supreme Court’s landmark Dobbs decision.”

Judge Deborah Boardman, a Biden appointee, felt Nicholas was sincere in his apology. Only because he got caught. Boardman was appointed by a career criminal pretending to be president, liar and cheat, Joe Biden.

South Dakota University Drops Bid to Fire Professor Who Celebrated Charlie Kirk’s Assassination, Called Him a ‘Hate Spreading Nazi’, Oct. 4, 2025 (What he said about Kirk is simply vicious cruelty full of lies.)

By Andrew Wallace

October 5, 2025

I estimate that a majority of the Federal Establishment is a Criminal Enterprise because it is not authorized by the Enumerated Powers in our Constitution. Many, if not most, of these Unconstitutional and Criminal activities were enacted into Unconstitutional Laws by Congress. It is impossible for the United States to long survive with these unconstitutional expenses.

Our states are Sovereign Governments, not so the Federal Government. So I label it as the Establishment, not Government.

The Federal Establishment’s powers are limited to the Enumerated Powers in the Constitution which are: Taxes, Borrowing, Commerce, Money, Post Offices, War, Federal Courts, Naturalization, Intellectual property, Foreign Affairs, Counterfeiting, Bankruptcy, Piracy and Militia.

If an activity is not associated with an Enumerated Power the Federal Establishment has no legal power to enact or enforce it…but they do, big time.

No one should violate unconstitutional laws or edicts and believe that the government won’t ruin them financially or worse.

There are 15 Executive Departments ( Cabinet Secretaries) and a mind-blowing, bankrupting 2,000 departments and agencies! Remember if a federal agency, department or activity is not associated with one of the Enumerated Powers, it is Unconstitutional, unlawful and probably part of the Criminal Enterprise in government.

Few people understand that the government is run by unelected bureaucrats of the Administrative State who don’t answer to anyone. They are responsible for much of the waste, fraud and abuse recently uncovered by DOGE.

One example of abuse by the bureaucrats of the Administrative State is Alcohol Tobacco, and Firearms (ATF). This agency writes rules to restrict the Second Amendment Rights of citizens, determines punishment for violations and enforces it. There is one major thing wrong with this…bureaucrats have no legal authority to write laws, much less to enforce them. Only Congress can pass laws.

There is one ray of hope for those in litigation with Government. It is the Chevron Ruling by Supreme Court that allows judges not to defer to government on issues that used to be decided in favor of the government.

The Military Industrial Complex of the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) probably does more to separate citizens from their lives and property than any other criminal enterprise in government. I am thinking of the last 80 years, of 105,000 Military Dead, reduced living standards to finance unconstitutional wars without a Declaration of War. Did I forget to mention that all the wars were for profit, not a single one for national security? It is impossible to have a war for National Security because we can’t be invaded; we can only be defeated by weapons of Mass Destruction or the army of illegal invaders invited into our country by Democrats/Communists who hate America.

Foreign Aid of any type is unconstitutional and has done us more harm than good. We have been giving money subject to bribes and kickbacks that we can’t afford.

Our Overseas Troops are at risk like canaries in a coal mine, and should be brought home where they are desperately needed to combat illegal invaders.

Illegals are the greatest danger to the Republic and the lives of its citizens since the founding.

Citizens will have to defend themselves because the police and military are inadequate especially in Communist cities. Citizens should be prepared with 12 gauge shotguns or AR15s with plenty of ammunition and emergency supplies. Circumstances will be dire in Communist cities with vulnerable supply lines and are ruled by incompetent and corrupt officials. President Trump is trying to deport Illegals but, under the present circumstances, he has as much chance as a snowball in hell in getting it done before the census in 2030. If illegals are here for the Census, Democrat/Communists will never lose another election.

Democrat/Communists who put them here will do everything possible to stop deportations. We should deny illegals all government benefits and prosecute employers who hire them without using E-Verify. President Trump will have to use every available means to deport illegal invaders. We will lose our country if Trump does not get tough.

According to our Constitution the right of a writ of Habeas Corpus can be suspended in cases of rebellion or invasion when public safety requires. it. Since this is primary tool used to get hearings for illegals, President Trump should suspend Habeas Corpus for illegal Invaders. President Trump, if you don’t do this you will reign over our destruction and all that you have done will be for naught. If they somehow still stop you, declare Martial Law with a Declaration of War. If you save the country from total destruction, the people will forgive your methods. Illegal Invaders, if they remain, are guaranteed to destroy America like they did Europe.

It is past time for Elected Officials to realize that America has no reason or justification to make war or support those that do. Elected Officials who support wars are Traitors and Criminals beholden to those who bribe them. We can never justify putting our lives and resources at risk in any foreign country because we have no national security interests in other countries,

Your comments are welcome.

© 2025 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Rob Pue

October 5, 2025

As I compile this message, the month of October is knocking on the door, and we’ll soon be in the midst of it.  The older I get, the faster time seems to speed past.  Living here in Wisconsin, we value our spring, summer and even our fall months very highly.  Because we know January is coming.  There’s no stopping it.

Today as I write, the weather outside is beautiful.  Warm, bright and sunny.  The leaves are starting to turn color, but the peak time for viewing the spectacular colors of fall is still a few weeks away.  We just had a couple weeks of cold and rainy weather when it seemed like summer had turned to winter overnight.  My wife, always the encourager, reminded me that those precious Indian Summer days would come, and now they’re here.  But still, I know… January is coming.

I’m always busy, which is both a blessing and a curse.  Those who know me have described me as “driven,” “focused,” “intense,” “hard-working.”  I guess those things are true, but there’s so much work to be done, all the time, every day.  For me, it seems to be non-stop.  If I want a day off, I need to schedule it — and be diligent to stick to that schedule no matter what.  And I need to schedule it weeks, and sometimes months, in advance.  I’m grateful for the work God has given me to do.  I’m grateful for every opportunity to share His Word and His truths.  And we need to remember that sometimes, we only get one opportunity, just one encounter with someone, to do that.

I don’t grow weary in “well doing,” but I do get tired, especially the older I get.  I should take time to rest more often.  I should make taking breaks a priority, but there’s always so much to be done…and then so much more to be done.  So much more I would like to do.  But I need to accept that I don’t have to do everything, that I realistically can’t do everything, and that even Jesus took breaks, just as His Father commanded us to remember the Sabbath and keep it holy.

In my younger days, when we were raising our children, I always made sure we took time for a summer vacation as a family.  Since we never had much money, all of our vacations were camping trips, where we could put our tent up on a campsite for $5 a night. It was $10 if we wanted a really nice campground with clean showers.  Those were always wonderful adventures and our family has precious memories of those days.

I was a photographer then, with my own studio, where I created professional portraits of babies, children, high school seniors, family groups and wedding parties.  When we went on those camping adventures to new places, I also enjoyed photographing the beauty of God’s creation.  One particular instance remains with me, more than thirty years later.

We were staying at a campground in Upper Michigan, and enjoying the stunning beauty of the Great Lakes shores.  During the day, we’d go swimming in the frigid waters, hike remote trails, climb rocks and hills, discover hidden waterfalls, and I’d photograph some amazing, awesome views.  One evening, the sunset was particularly spectacular.  I must have gone through fifteen rolls of film, while my wife and kids played nearby on the beach, the water lapping at the shoreline…the spectacular colors as the sun set beneath the waves out on the horizon.

We were all greatly blessed to see what God had created for us that evening, and I was looking forward to returning to that same spot the next night, to try some different photographic techniques.  But it was late summer on this particular camping trip.  That day had been perfect.  Bright sunny skies, the perfect temperature and no bugs.  I assumed I’d get another chance the next night to create more beautiful photographs of that area, but I was wrong.  We woke up in the morning to steady drizzle, temperatures in the 50s and dropping.  By the time we’d packed up our campsite, the rain had turned to a downpour and I knew I’d had my one and only chance to capture the beauty of that area the night before.

We still have a large, framed print of one of those beautiful scenes hanging over the fireplace in our home today.  It was a day all of us will remember forever, and one that would never come again.  Although we returned to the same area in later years, conditions were never so perfect as they were on that one night.  Sometimes, you only get one chance.

Time is, indeed, fleeting.  And our lives here on this earth, even if we live to be 100, are but a mere vapor.  Today, as we head into the months of autumn, I look back at the summer that has now passed, and wish I’d made more of it.  If you live in Wisconsin, you know just how precious our summers here are, because just like raising a family, the children grow up and are out of the nest so quickly.

I also remember the day Lisa and I moved our youngest daughter into her dorm room at Bible College, lingering as long as we could before heading out on the four-hour drive home.  I cried when we left, knowing that our time of raising children had officially passed.  All our kids were now grown, out on their own, and we were empty nesters.  The time flew by so fast.  I wanted so badly to start over and do it all over again.  Not that I had any regrets.  We raised our kids right.  Their childhoods were good; we made sure of that.  We made memories together that will last all of our lifetimes.  But I wasn’t ready for it to end when it did.

For everything, there is a season and a new one began for us as empty-nesters.  It felt strange at first, but we adapted quickly enough.  Now, we’re grandparents and enjoying our grandkids as often as we’re able to see them.  But even they are growing up so quickly.  In only eight years, our oldest grandson be grown up.  Seems like only yesterday when he was born.

Today, I find myself wishing I’d taken more time to enjoy the warm summer nights we had just a few weeks ago… when it stayed light out until nearly 10 pm.  I wish I’d taken the time to enjoy and appreciate all the sunny days and perfect evenings with star-filled skies.  We could’ve had campfires in our back yard, we could have watched the sunsets together, and then held hands on our patio swing, gazing at the stars together.  Unfortunately, we didn’t.  With very few exceptions, I worked through the whole thing, often finding myself too worn out to stay up much past 7 at night.  Yeah, I went to bed early, exhausted after a long day, only to start again at sunrise (or before) the next day.  And now, summer is past, and I find myself very aware that January is coming.  The sun goes down before 7 now and each day is getting shorter than the one before.

I’ve mentioned January because it’s a month we tend to dread where I live, and it seems to last longer than any of the others.  It’s not uncommon for us to have weeks where the temperatures are below zero, every day.  It gets dark early, and although the days are short, they seem to drag on forever.  Sometimes it’s too cold to even snow, but of course, we also deal with plenty of that all winter.  I like snow for Christmas, but after that, it’s just a constant curse until it finally melts in April or May.

Meanwhile, you still need to go out and do things.  My work includes a lot of driving and working outside and that doesn’t just stop for winter.  Life and work goes on, but winter can be miserable.  The cold freezes your bones.  Your shoes get soaked, walking through the snow.  You can spend hours shoveling out your driveway, only to have the city snow plow come through and create a solid wall of ice and snow at the end of it, so you have to go chip away at it again, the best you can.  And those weeks of sub-zero temperatures.  I now understand why many people my age live here in the summer and move to a warmer climate in the winter months.

Summertime in Wisconsin is wonderful, but like our lives here on this earth, it’s fleeting.  It goes by so fast.  Unless you determine to make the most of it, you’re going to end up missing the whole thing before you know it.  You need to be intentional about making time for the things that matter most.  If you’re a young parent, I encourage you to make the most of every day with your little children — while they’re little and as they grow up, because those days will be gone before you know it.  Life can get busy, challenging and downright hard.  There are countless demands on our time — something we have only a limited supply of.  But cherish those days.  There will always be burdens to carry in life, but know that your spouse and your children are not among them.  They’re not burdens, they’re blessings.  And as we all learn, once the kids are grown, there’s no going back and doing it all over again.  You only get one chance to do life right.

Don’t squander your time, focusing all your efforts on work.  Of course, we all need to work and our Heavenly Father has given each of us good work to do.  But let your work be a blessing, not a curse.  As I’m learning, you do that by intentionally carving out time in your life, in your daily routine, to spend wisely — appreciating the bounty and blessings all around you.  No matter your situation, if you look, you’ll find you’re surrounded by blessings that God has provided, and that He wants you to enjoy and appreciate.

Psalm 90:12 says, “So teach us to number our days, that we may apply our hearts unto wisdom.”  And just as we need to be careful to number our days and use our time wisely, investing our greatest efforts into our loved ones and those around us in our communities, while at the same time, taking time to enjoy and thank God for the bountiful blessings He’s given us, we need to also remember that just like the passing seasons, this earth has an expiration date.

There will come a day when our Savior’s offer of eternal life with Him will come to an end.  There will come a day of judgment for all who dwell on the earth.  All will stand before Him.  Every knee will bow and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord.  And we’ll be judged and rewarded — each according to their works.  So it’s vital that we invest each day into things of eternal significance, and follow His commandments to “go therefore” and seek and save the lost and perishing.  We need to secure our own salvation, get trained up for the work of the ministry, and then go into all the world, boldly and courageously with the Good News of our redemption.  We must not neglect our reasonable service. Romans 13:11, “And that, knowing the time, that now it is high time to awake out of sleep: for now is our salvation nearer than when we first believed.”

And also, Ephesians 5:15, “See then that ye walk circumspectly, not as fools, but as wise, redeeming the time, because the days are evil. Wherefore, be ye not unwise, but understanding what the will of the Lord is.”

I guess what I’m saying is, be mindful of the time.  Today is the day of salvation.  Tomorrow may never come for you.  Today may be your only opportunity.  And if tomorrow does come, use it wisely — and every day that follows.  Don’t lose yourself in the cares of this world, even if those cares include ministry work, because even those who minister need — yes, need — time to rest, refresh, restore and renew — appreciating and soaking in the many blessings we’ve been given, thanking God for each one.

Each day is precious.  Each breath we take is precious.  But time speeds on, relentlessly and, if you’re not careful, you’re going to miss out on those things that are most important.

Yes, we must work, provide, protect and care for our loved ones.  We must also be about our Father’s business, obeying His commands, seeking and doing His will every day.  But part of doing His will is taking time to appreciate all our blessings and thanking Him for every opportunity and every circumstance in each passing day.  We’re so blessed.  Don’t miss that.  Don’t wear yourself out.  Count your blessings, enjoy them and thank God.  Because time is fleeting.  And January is coming.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com

By Rolaant McKenzie

October 5, 2025

A.I. Artificial Intelligence (or A.I.) is a 2001 American science fiction drama film based on the 1969 short story “Supertoys Last All Summer Long” by famed science fiction author Brian Aldiss (1925-2017). Set in the 22nd century amid a declining human population, first-world nations have created advanced humanoid robots called mechas to fulfill various roles in society.

The movie follows the story of David, a mecha designed by Cybertronics of New Jersey to resemble an 11-year-old boy, emulate thoughts and emotion, and display love for its human owners. In his adventures interacting with humans, David runs a gamut of emotions — love, jealousy, abandonment, fear, despair, and longing. Like Carlo Collodi’s (1826-1890) animated marionette in The Adventures of Pinocchio (1883), his greatest desire was to become human and be loved as a real boy.

David, traveling in an amphibicopter in the now submerged Manhattan, became trapped underwater in the area of Coney Island when the Wonder Wheel fell on the vehicle. There he remained until his internal power source and that of the vehicle expired.

Two thousand years later, Manhattan is buried deep under glacial ice. Human life had gone extinct long before and continued to live only in the memories uploaded into the mecha that remained. By this time, they had evolved into highly advanced, alien-appearing, dark gray, vaguely humanoid machines. A group of them on an archeological dig in the area found David in the amphibicopter embedded in the ice. They considered this discovery to be particularly special and unique because David was an ancient mecha that actually knew living humans.

The archeological team revived David and used their telekinetic powers to retrieve his memories and comprehend them. They informed him that it would be impossible for them to make him human. They also told him that they could provide a simulation of the warmth and love he sought, but that it would only last one day and disappear forever. David accepted their offer, spent the happiest day of his life, and went to sleep at day’s end.

This film brings to mind ideas on what it means to be human and the continuity of humanity through technology. These are the kinds of things that futurists discuss and seek to guide the thinking and trends of society. Key to this discussion is the promotion of transhumanism, a movement that sponsors the enhancement of human health, cognition, well-being, and longevity through emerging technological advances.

Raymond Kurzweil is a prominent American inventor, futurist, author, and entrepreneur who is widely recognized as a pioneer and leading advocate of the transhumanist movement. One of his best-known books is The Singularity Is Near: When Humans Transcend Biology (2005), which talks about artificial intelligence (AI) and how it will impact the future of humanity. In it, Kurzweil describes the Law of Accelerating Returns, which posits that exponential technological advancements in computers, genetics, nanotechnology, robotics, and AI would lead to what he calls “the Singularity,” the point at which AI exceeds human intelligence and humans merge with machines (i.e., neural implants, nanobots, etc.). He optimistically sees this as fundamentally redefining what it means to be human.

In the book, Kurzweil did not place this event sometime in the distant future. He said, “I set the date for the Singularity — representing a profound and disruptive transformation in human capability — as 2045.” In a sequel called The Singularity Is Nearer: When We Merge with AI (2024), he predicted that AI would reach parity with human intelligence by 2029 and continued to maintain that the Singularity would occur by 2045.

Others have expressed pessimism about these potential developments. Geoffrey Hinton is a Nobel Prize-winning computer scientist and former Google executive. His work in cognitive science and artificial neural networks has earned him the title “the Godfather of AI.” He left Google in 2023 so that he could speak freely about his concerns about the many risks associated with the AI technology he helped to develop, including his assessment of a 10%-20% chance that AI would lead to human extinction within a few decades.

At the Ai4 conference in Las Vegas on August 12, 2025, Hinton expressed doubts that technology companies are doing enough to ensure human control over AI systems. He warned that as these systems get smarter than humans, they will evade safeguards and seek to gain more control over humans. Hinton pointed out that some AI systems have shown a willingness to deceive, cheat, and steal to achieve their goals. One example involved an AI model that, in order to avoid being shut down, tried to blackmail an engineer with compromising information it learned about in an e-mail. Hinton warned that unless we can teach AI to genuinely care for human beings, it will be the end of us.

For Kurzweil, the Singularity is a dream to be embraced and pursued regardless of the risks. Technology corporate elites like Elon Musk, Peter Thiel, and Sam Altman also share this transhumanist dream and have devoted their enormous wealth to help it come to pass. If allowed to continue, the rapid advancement of AI could lead to the end of humanity as we know it; that is, man becoming increasingly more like machine, like the highly advanced mecha of A.I., and transforming into something post-human.

When His disciples asked Him on the Mount of Olives about the sign of His coming and the end of the age, Jesus warned them not to be misled by the many false Christs that would come after Him. He told them of a coming time of unprecedented tribulation on the earth where false Christs and false prophets would play a key role in deceiving the world with their false signs and wonders (Matthew 24).

“For then there will be a great tribulation, such as has not occurred since the beginning of the world until now, nor ever will. Unless those days had been cut short, no life would have been saved; but for the sake of the elect those days will be cut short.” (Matthew 24:21-22)

Transhumanist elites are seen by many as saviors of humanity who are paving the way to a utopian future. They show great signs and wonders through their technology, deceiving many into believing that they can transcend their current imperfect human state by merging with their AI technology. Just as iron cannot be mixed with clay because they were not designed to do so, the effort to combine man with machine cannot succeed without destroying God’s design for human beings made in His image (Genesis 1:26-27).

When the prophet Daniel interpreted King Nebuchadnezzar’s dream of the great statue, he spoke of a stone cut without hands that struck its feet that were composed of iron and clay. The stone crushed the statue and became a great mountain that filled the earth and forever remained (Daniel 2:31-45).

Jesus is that stone, the chief cornerstone, who will cut short the days of the transhumanist road to perdition and save humanity with the establishment of His kingdom that will never end (Acts 4:8-12; Revelation 19:11-21).

Transhumanist technocrats can only offer a counterfeit salvation, for their technology cannot make their kingdom last. Believe in the Lord Jesus Christ and be a part of His kingdom. Receive His love, forgiveness, and true life that never ends.

“And there is salvation in no one else; for there is no other name under heaven that has been given among men by which we must be saved.” (Acts 4:12)

© 2025 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Sidney Secular

October 4, 2025

“Turnings” are described by some conservative blog writers as distinctive periods of crisis that once resolved, result in a new paradigm or zeitgeist being established. The philosopher Steven Yates, a frequent contributor of articles for the www.NewsWithViews.com conservative site, identifies four such “turnings” in American history (I have about 150 articles of my own archived on the site ~ S.S.). The first period involved the War for American Independence from the British empire that resulted in the original thirteen colonies becoming a federation of independent states after a considerably problematic post-war period. The second developed as the antagonism between States of the South and the rest of the Union boiled over into what became an unsuccessful war for the establishment of a Southern Confederacy, independent from that Union. This war greatly changed the understanding of the original union as seen when historian Shelby Foote pointed out that references to the “new” (post bellum) nation went from “the United States are,” to “the United States is.” That is, the US emerged from that imbroglio as a nation state, its superstructure comparable to the nation states of Europe, with the individual states and citizens losing some of their identity as well as constitutionally guaranteed liberties in the process.

The third turning began with the establishment of the Federal Reserve System as a return to Hamilton’s vision of national bank along with the country converting from a Constitutional republic to a nation governed by powers outside of the nation itself; this happened during the Wilson Administration and was “legitimized” by our involvement in the First World War and efforts to create a global governing body, The League of Nation. This was unsuccessful at the time, but the so-called “Russian Revolution” (the rise of Marxist communism) that culminated in the Second World War resulted in the US emerging as a dominant world power with our currency basically becoming the world’s currency. Thus America became the empire envisioned by Lincoln (the cause of the war with the South as empires do not cede territory!) with our now worldwide holdings and interests, together with a gradual further loss of constitutional liberties over time.

America is now in the 4th turning characterized by the elites and globalists attempting to establish a global New World Order that, of course, requires a takeover of individual nation and using the US as its most powerful tool to enforce its dictates and promote its desires in the process of transition to complete the 4th turning. This 4th turning differs from its predecessors in at least two respects: first it utilizes and is characterized by a highly advanced technology that brings graphic violence into our “devices” via social feeds within seconds of the violent events themselves. World domination requires a swift response to developing situations. Prior to the “Information Era,” there would simply not have been the ability to respond rapidly enough to make any response useful. However, with today’s technology the media is able to magnify the emotional aspects of events, extending the period of time in which they can be graphically presented to the public. This coverage feeds off and amplifies the already established fears and divisions within the body politic.

The second – and equally important with respect to the above – is the nihilistic, take-it-down mindset these situations create in the minds of much of the leftist segment of the population, a mindset that creates a sense of unease and precarity in the face of the dysfunctional lack of response to these public concerns by the dominant institutions that control us. People eventually become desensitized to the constant frequently contrary clashes of narratives and as We the People “weren’t there” (so to speak), we are unable to determine for ourselves what to believe. Furthermore, this situation is further compounded by our continuing distrust of our sources of information and especially the “Legacy Media.” Meanwhile, “do your own research” has its limits! Why? Because it takes the luxury of time and requires both the skills and the tools of a detective! Furthermore, when there are gatekeepers who control those tools that provide the necessary information we are allowed to see, “self-education” can simply become another means of disinformation. Furthermore, the present “AI slop” slips into everything now. As noted, Big Tech contrives and controls the algorithms that control if not our thinking, then certainly the information we require to establish what we think! Thus, we face the complex conundrums of modern life!

In view of the above, many times the best thing to do for peace of mind is to delete – or ignore – one’s social media accounts, shutting out the machine gun bullets of information and data constantly emanating from these sources. Of course, this has the downside of creating an informational vacuum that can leave one “out of the loop.” There is danger in having too little as well as too much information! However, when it is difficult to impossible to determine whether the information involved is accurate or a determined lie, the problem cannot easily be solved. Nevertheless, should mass violence break out, ignorance could very well blindside one especially in an urban area. Therefore, it requires more than just a “response.” It requires an intelligent response from the individual, something that it is becoming more and more difficult to achieve in these days of manipulated information and falling IQ levels!

This 4th turning will eventually culminate in a war or some other form of civil conflict that we have not yet experienced. The increasing amount of political violence foretells this outcome. Marjorie Taylor Greene, one of the few representatives we have who are “politically with it,” has already articulated the sense of what is already here and has sort of “laid down the gauntlet” in her call for a “national divorce” between conflicting political and cultural worldviews as the current situation is untenable and therefore cannot continue much longer. This situation becomes increasingly obvious given the general feelings of unease and the increase of (actual) hatred as the left controls all the culture’s major institutions while conservatives – having refused to be disarmed! – possess nearly all the firepower necessary to resist! And now, President Trump has taken steps to openly define this situation by declaring Antifa a “domestic terrorist” group– which it is! – thus giving its members more of an excuse to practice their aggression as they no longer need to hide their intentions!

© 2025 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Ronald Stein, PE

October 4, 2025

Ukrainian attacks on Russia’s oil refineries and pipelines are sending a strong message to America’s national security team.

Like the biblical story of Goliath vs. David, the underdog Ukraiane is attempting to place a dagger into the heart of Russia’a military and economy, by attacking Russia’s oil refineries and pipelines.

Ukraine has launched a bold and unprecedented aerial counteroffensive against Russia that targets its critical oil infrastructure that is the foundation of its military domination. Ukraine knows that Russia’s military and economy are dependent on their oil refinery infrastructure for transportation fuels and the thousands of other products that are demanded by their militaries and economy.

Ukrainians know that just electricity generated from wind and solar, so-called renewables, are incapable of supporting the products and fuels demanded by the Russian military and economy.

Ukrainians recognize that the “weak link” to Russia’s strength is its oil refinery infrastructure, i.e., targeting these sites for destruction severs the heart of their supply chain or products and fuels to support their economy and the war efforts against the underdog Ukraine.

Russia’s oil infrastructure has taken a hammering after a string of explosions knocked out three major oil and gas pipelines. Ukraine has also stepped up drone strikes on Russia’s refining backbone with at least half a dozen refineries disrupted in recent weeks.

Recently, Ukrainian forces struck the Ilsky oil refinery in Russia’s Krasnodar Krai and the “8-N” oil pipeline control station near the village of Naytopovychi in Russia’s Bryansk region. Both facilities are involved in the supply of fuel and products to Russian troops and their Airforce invading Ukraine, according to Ukraines General Staff.

In recent months, Ukrainian forces have intensified attacks against Russia’s energy infrastructure in an effort to put economic pressure on Moscow and undermine its ability to finance the war.

The “8-N” oil pipeline control station sustained multiple strikes, with a fire erupting near its pumping station and tank farm, according to Ukraine’s military. The strike was conducted overnight on Sept. 7 by Ukraine’s Missile Forces and Artillery and the Unmanned Systems Forces, in coordination with other branches of the Armed Forces of Ukraine.

The “8-N” facility is part of the Steel Horse” oil pipeline complex, which has a pumping capacity of 10.5 million tons and is considered strategically important for transporting fuel to Russian forces, according to Ukraine’s General Staff.

Ukraine’s top drone warfare commander, Robert “Madyar” Brovdi, said the “8-N” facility is also strategically important for transporting oil products from Belarusian refineries to Russia, particularly from the Mozyr and Novopolotsk refineries.

In America, the 131 refineries in the country are supporting the demands of the 350 million residents of the USA and all the military bases for transportation fuels and chemicals to make more than 6,000 products used daily.

With no pipelines over the Sierra Mountains, California is an energy island separated from the crude oil supply and the infrastructure of oil refineries within the other 49 States.

• Californias 15 refineries support the States’40 million residents demands for fuels and products based on fossil fuels.
• The other 116 refineries in America support the other 310 million residents in the country.
• All refinery sites can easily reach and exceed 1,000 acres of real estate.

Activities in California may be a prelude to coming attraction for Americans, i.e., activities that are leading to a national security risk for all those living in America.

• Over the last several decades, California’s passion to transition away from fossil fuels has overregulated and overly burdened just the SUPPLY of oil production and refining but has not reduced the increasing materialistic DEMANDS of the State for the more than 6,000 products and transportation fuels made from those fossil fuels. Thus, China is savoring the future with their many refineries coming online to meet the DEMANDS of California.
• Just last year, in October 2024, Phillips 66 announced that it would close its Wilmington-area refining complex this year, which will further reduce the state’s gasoline, diesel, and aviation fuels production capacity, wiping out more than 8% of the state’s crude oil processing capacity. Losing another 1.3 billion gallons in annual gasoline output will only worsen the state’s supply challenges to meet the demands.
• The recent announcement that the Valero Benica Refinery in Northern California will be closing by the end of 2026 was disappointing, but shockingly, a prelude to more closures in the future. The Valero refinery at Benicia represents almost 9% of the state’s crude oil processing capacity to meet the materialistic demands of the state’s residents.

The underdog Ukrainians that are attacking Russia’s oil refineries and pipelines are sending a strong message to America’s national security team as America’s crude oil infrastructure of refineries and pipelines have similar vulnerabilities.

Please share this information with teachers, students, and friends to encourage Energy Literacy conversations at the family dinner table.

Click this Link to Sign up for Energy Literacy from Ronald Stein

© 2025 Ronald Stein – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ronald Stein: Ronald.Stein@EnergyLiteracy.net

By Patti Johnson

October 4, 2025

Out of all the entertainers in the world the NFL went out of its way to pick the most controversial anti-American, demonic and LGBTQ agenda promoter, so-called entertainer they could find for the Super Bowl half time show. It is an in-your-face America message from the NFL. Puerto Rican born pop star, Benito Antonio Martínez Ocasio aka Bad Bunny, recently swore he would never perform in the United States again because of his anti-ICE sentiments. Of course, being the hypocrite that he is, he changed his mind and succumbed to the NFL’s promise to boost his popularity by reaching over one hundred million viewers in one performance. According to Nielson ratings, the 2025 Super Bowl reached 127million viewers. [1]

The NFL pays only union scale rates (around $1,000) to performers, with the league covering production costs, which include staging, special effects, lighting, pyrotechnics, choreography, crew wages, and travel. These costs can vary based on the show’s scale but generally range from $10 million to $13 million for a typical megastar-led production.

It’s all about exposure-driven benefits for artists like Lady Gaga, Janet costume malfunction Jackson, Rihanna, Beyoncé, Coldplay, et al. Some artists will do the show for nothing.[2]  Several megastars have even paid the NFL to be able to perform at halftime because of how influential the Super Bowl is to their image, careers and sales.[3] For example, Usher’s 2024 streams jumped 588% overnight after his Super Bowl performance.[4]

Bad Bunny, with his $50M net worth and $1.5M+ per regular gig, is doing it for the promo boost and post-Super Bowl profits. Bad Bunny’s massive payoff is indirect: 127M+ viewers spike album sales, streams, and tour tickets by 200–500% post-show.

We should not only be concerned about Bad Bunny’s anti-American sentiments. He is known for demonically inspired performances that many concert goers have warned about.

In several of his videos he dresses in drag and does disgusting sexually explicit dances. I picked a one of the safer pictures to post of him dressed as a woman. Another point of contention is that Bad Bunny does not sing any of his songs in English.

Whether or not he actually performs sexually explicit scenes or a demonically inspired show at half time, the NFL has once again shown their true colors by picking him out of thousands of other choices. I don’t know about you, but I would rather watch paint dry than some overhyped anti US megastar performer. But before you stop reading this opinion piece, there is more to the agenda of the NFL than one more bad choice for a half time show.

Let’s face it, evil has been trying to enter every area of our lives since the Garden of Eden. Those who work all week are bombarded daily with news about impending war, man-made plagues, imminent stock market crash, etc. People need to take a day off to recuperate, relax and enjoy watching a favorite sport or a good movie once occasionally. How about going to church? Does anybody remember the word Sabbath? We all need a mental and physical break/rest from the drama to refresh and then re-engage in the battle.

The plan has been in play by the globalists and communists for decades. Divide and conquer. Infiltrate churches, news media, schools, synagogues, Disneyland, SPORTING EVENTS, etc. The globalists plan is to create chaos, fear, division and hatred for one’s fellow man and country to either spark a civil war or conquer slowly through propaganda. Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev said, “We will take America without firing a shot. We do not have to invade the U.S. We will destroy you from within”

The agenda has progressed to many other sports, including the Olympics, but for now I will concentrate on the NFL and their role in creating division and spreading propaganda in the name of “Change.”

The NFL’s far left agenda did not end with Kaepernick’s firing after taking a knee during the national anthem in 2016. (I stopped watching NFL football after Kaepernick) Presently the NFL continues its social justice message visually on the field. At each home game all 32 teams will display end zone messages throughout the season, such as “Stop Hate,” “End Racism,” “Choose Love,” “Inspire Change.” “It Takes All of Us” will be stenciled in the opposite end zone for all games. The only change from 2024 is that “Inspire Change” replaces “Vote.” [5]  It all sounds like Obama’s mantra which created more hate than unity in our country.

The NFL’s Inspire Change program, is part of the NFL’s social justice initiative, launched in 2018.  As of October 2025, it has distributed over $300 million to more than 650 nonprofits and community organizations focused on social justice, racial equity and systemic change.

The NFL, through Inspire Change, allows players to put decal messages on their helmets such as:

• Stop Hate
• End Racism
• Black Lives Matter
• It Takes All of Us
• Inspire Change
• Say Their Stories[6]

The NFL started singing the Black National Anthem before the real National Anthem in 2020.[7] It is now being sung at season openers.[8] I am confused…. Is a separate national anthem for blacks supposed to create love and unity? Are we two different nations needing separate national anthems?

The NFL makes most of its Super Bowl money from huge TV deals (billions annually), pricey 30-second ads ($7 million each), and ticket/merchandise sales (tens of millions). If the NFL and their sponsors lose money from a massive boycott of the game, by fans not watching the Super Bowl on tv, livestream or attending the game, we may see a change. Money always talks.

I do not know what it will take for enough God-fearing patriotic Americans to boycott the NFL. I do know that boycotts work. But they only work if enough people participate to hurt the pocketbooks of the NFL and their sponsors.

My advice: On Super Bowl Sunday first go to church then go to the beach, or the mountains, or play football with your children, etc. Do any wholesome activity but don’t watch the game. By watching you are encouraging the NFL to continue using their football game to promote their political and divisive agenda.  Hopefully this opinion piece is not an exercise in futility as I really don’t like spitting into the wind.

© 2025 Patti Johnson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Patti Johnson: pj4charis@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] https://www.nielsen.com/news-center/2025/super-bowl-lix-makes-tv-history-with-over-127-million-viewers/T

[2] https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbesbooksauthors/2025/10/01/escape-from-psychological-prison/

[3]  https://www.cbsnews.com/news/do-super-bowl-halftime-performers-get-paid/

[4] https://www.forbes.com/sites/conormurray/2024/02/12/usher-gets-550-spotify-streaming-boost-after-super-bowl—with-opener-caught-up-surging-2000/

[5] https://www.aol.com/nfl-teams-choose-7-slogans-121500866.html

[6] https://www.nytimes.com/2021/09/05/sports/nfl-social-justice.html

[7] https://www.nbcdfw.com/super-bowl/black-national-anthem-super-bowl-2/3765765/

[8] https://www.foxnews.com/sports/black-national-anthem-performance-before-eagles-cowboys-game-sparks-social-media-frenzy

By Bradlee Dean

October 3, 2025

‘Pit race against race, religion against religion, prejudice against prejudice. Divide and conquer! We must not let that happen here.”

How many times we have highlighted Scripture in understanding that the Lord did not come to save our skin but our souls (Luke 19:10).   Yet, there are those that still play the useful idiots regardless of how many times the truth has been made clear.

The Lord hath made of one blood all nations (Acts 17:26).

Friends, white power is as dangerous as black power and black power is as dangerous as white power, period!

If we are divided one against another, we are divided against the wrong people.  Of course, this is only created to divide and conquer (Mark 3:25).  Therefore, we must come to terms with who are the enemies, and it is NOT each other!

Without further ado, this man was used to continue the spreading of hate and division (John 8:44).

He says what the headline says that he said and more.

What he promotes only exists with a small number of the ignorant nationwide.

If you are wondering why this has not made headline news, it’s because it doesn’t fit their propaganda narrative.

© 2025 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Cliff Kincaid

October 3, 2025

The FBI has cut ties with the ADL, based on the group labeling conservatives like Charlie Kirk as “extremist.” Meanwhile, there was a communist-organized “Venezuela resistance meeting” in New York City on September 25 and it was held in a church. It goes without saying that the FBI does not monitor events like this, even though Venezuela is a major source of terrorism and drug trafficking.

Welcome to the fact that, despite new leadership and the firing of some Biden-era agents, nothing much has changed regarding the Bureau monitoring America’s “enemies within.”

As you may have heard, the Trump administration has deployed more than 4,000 sailors and Marines to the southern Caribbean to combat drug cartels, many operating from Venezuela. The President has since declared these drug cartels to be “unlawful combatants” and has told Congress the United States is in an “non-international armed conflict” with them. He has authorized military strikes on drug boats.

But here at home, in New York City, supporters of Venezuela operate out in the open, even meeting at Riverside Church, with some based at the United Nations.

The FBI believes these communist agitators are worthy of First Amendment protection. That attitude has not changed under FBI Director Kash Patel.

Several speakers at the September 26 Riverside church meeting were associated with the United Nations, a communist-front since the days when Soviet spy Alger Hiss was a co-founder and became its acting Secretary-General.

The sponsor of the event, the Workers World Party, has a record of supporting the enemies of the United States, from Russia to North Korea to Venezuela. Its people wrote up the meeting and what transpired. They organize openly in the United States and are behind many of the anti-Israel protests in New York City and other cities. You can usually recognize their members by their mass-produced signs with the same language.

This is America 2025. Even under President Trump, the FBI ignores the enemies within.

The Workers World Party was the last communist group investigated by the House Internal Security Committee. Since its termination, the Congress has had no panel investigating internal security threats.

“The September 25 event was a determined public meeting of forces who refuse to be silent in the face of President Trump’s violent military attacks on Venezuela and threatened repression of left forces in the U.S.,” reported the dispatch filed by Sara Flounders, a leading member of Workers World Party, and Tom Burke, a leading member of Freedom Road Socialist Organization.

My special report, “Inside the March 18, 2023 Washington, D.C. Communist Rally,” includes a section on Flounders, one of the speakers at a “Rhodes Forum” event sponsored by the Russians. The official sponsor, Vladimir Yakunin, was the chief executive of Russian Railways and is a long-time ally of Russian president Vladimir Putin. A former KGB official, he is a key player in “active measures” operations.

The “resistance” meeting was held “at the prestigious Riverside Church in Manhattan” and draped “in Venezuelan colors and flags of resistance.”

The communist Workers World Party was so proud of organizing this event under the noses of the FBI that their story went into significant detail about the sponsors. Here is what they disclosed:

“The solidarity meeting with the Venezuelan delegation to the United Nations General Assembly High Level Session was the initiative of Dozthor Zurlent of the Simon Bolivar Institute and William Camacaro of Bolivarian Circle in New York.

“The event was co-chaired by: Gail Walker, former, long-time Director of IFCO Pastors for Peace; Sara Flounders, who helps coordinate United National Antiwar Coalition and is a contributing editor of Workers World News; and Tom Burke with the Anti War Action Network and Freedom Road Socialist Organization.”

Yvan Gil, the Venezuelan Foreign Minister, was a speaker and spoke earlier at the U.N. “to defend Venezuela against Trump’s lies and U.S. Navy attacks.”

You wonder why New York City is about to elect a communist mayor? Communists are all over the place, including at the United Nations headquarters.

Another speaker was Ana Teresita Gonzalez, the Director General of Consular Affairs, representing the Cuban Mission at the U.N.

Still another participant, described as “a special guest speaker,” was Husam Marajda of the U.S. Palestinian Community Network (USPCN), who “set the tone” by declaring, “With the support of the people in this room and the people of the world, the Palestinian people will be victorious! We will finally defeat Zionism and apartheid and colonialism! We will free Palestine, from the river to the sea!”

That means wiping Israel from the map through another Holocaust.

The twenty groups represented on stage also included Code Pink, the Venceremos Brigade, and the U.S. Peace Council.

Code Pink is the Marxist group that ambushed President Trump at a private dinner in D.C. The Venceremos Brigade sponsors trips to Cuba so members can learn guerrilla warfare techniques. The U.S. Peace Council was subsidized by Moscow when it was the U.S. affiliate of the Kremlin front World Peace Council.

The communists are openly working with enemies of the United States but are so confident that the FBI is not monitoring their activities that they hold anti-American meetings in churches in New York City.

In my opinion, we need a “Secretary of War” running the FBI.

According to reports about the relationship between the ADL and the FBI, they had a “training and intelligence-sharing partnership.” It has now been terminated because the ADL was targeting conservatives like Charlie Kirk’s group.

Sadly, the termination of that “partnership” came too late to save Charlie Kirk’s life.

My “intelligence,” gathered from attending communist events, is available for free. I sent Director Kash Patel a letter on April 1 examining much of this intelligence but I never received a response.

Pardon me for saying that nothing much has changed at the FBI.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Paul Engel

October 2, 2025

• How do courts evaluate the reasonableness of police use of force?
• Should courts use the moment of threat or the totality of the circumstances?
• Does officer safety supersede the safety of the rest of us?

Like any other profession, there are good law enforcement officers and bad law enforcement officers. While I believe that most LEOs are good men and women, doing a difficult and dangerous job, often with little respect because of the actions of bad LEOs. For years, courts have been protecting these bad officers through their rules and doctrines. A recent Supreme Court case finds that one of those rules violates the Constitution of the United States.

Background

As with any case, the details matter.

On the afternoon of April 28, 2016, Roberto Felix, Jr., a law enforcement officer patrolling a highway outside Houston, received a radio alert about an automobile on the road with outstanding toll violations. Felix soon spotted the car, a Toyota Corolla, and turned on his emergency lights to initiate a traffic stop. The driver, Ashtian Barnes, pulled over to the highway’s shoulder. Parking his own car just behind, Felix walked to the Corolla’s driver-side door and asked Barnes for his license and proof of insurance. Barnes replied that he did not have his license with him, and that the car was a rental in his girlfriend’s name.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

If this was a rental car, then most likely Mr. Barnes was not the one who committed the toll violations. I’ve been concerned about this before, because I’ve been in locations where you cannot just pay the toll, you have to have a toll tag, which many rental cars do not have.

As he spoke, Barnes rummaged through some papers inside the car, causing Felix to tell him several times to stop “digging around.” Felix also commented that he smelled marijuana, and asked if there was anything in the car he should know about.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

Rummaging around during a traffic stop is one way to make an officer nervous. I am rather suspicious when an officer suddenly claims to “smell marijuana.” It seems to frequently be used as an excuse to search a vehicle. And, of course, how does the driver argue that the driver did not smell something?

Barnes responded that he might have some identification in the trunk. So Felix told him to open the trunk from his seat. Barnes did so, while also turning off the ignition. All that happened (as a dashcam recording of the incident shows) in less than two minutes.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

Again, having your ID in the trunk can certainly heighten an officer’s anxiety. While things have not gone smoothly, nothing life threatening has happened yet.

Then things began moving even faster. With his right hand resting on his holster, Felix told Barnes to get out of the car. Barnes opened the door but did not exit; instead, he turned the ignition back on.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

I’m not sure what caused the officer to reach for his firearm, but he did. That might explain Barnes’ concern that his life may be in danger. I’m not saying fleeing was a wise thing to do, but justified or not, the officer threatened Barnes with a deadly weapon while asking him to get out of the car.

Felix unholstered his gun and, as the car began to move forward, jumped onto its doorsill.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

In response to Barnes’ dangerous move of trying to flee, Officer Felix pulls his weapon, then jumps on the doorsill. I’m not sure if Felix even knew what he was going to accomplish by jumping on the car; it was probably a simple reflex.

He twice shouted, “Don’t f***ing move.” And with no visibility into the car (because his head was above the roof), he fired two quick shots inside.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

A blind shot like that is extremely dangerous. First, the use of deadly force requires officers to reasonably believe that they, or an innocent bystander, is in imminent danger. Second, because Felix could not see where he was shooting, he could have easily shot through the window and hit a bystander. As every conscientious gun owner knows, you are responsible for every round from the time it leaves the barrel of your gun until it stops.

Barnes was hit, but managed to stop the car. Felix then radioed for back-up. By the time it arrived, Barnes was dead.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

Thankfully, Barnes was able to stop the car before he died. Imagine the car careening down the highway with a dead driver and an officer hanging on the drivers side doorsill. All of this happened very quickly.

All told, about five seconds elapsed between when the car started moving and when it stopped. And within that period, two seconds passed between the moment Felix stepped on the doorsill and the moment he fired his first shot.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

Obviously, there was no planning or training for a situation like this. But the actions of both Barnes and Felix led to this court case.

The Case

It should surprise no one that the death of Barnes at the hands of a police officer would lead to a lawsuit.

Barnes’s mother sued Felix on Barnes’s behalf, alleging that Felix violated Barnes’s Fourth Amendment right against excessive force.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

Except the Fourth Amendment doesn’t say anything about excessive force, unless she is claiming the force used made the seizure unreasonable.

The District Court granted summary judgment to Felix, applying the Fifth Circuit’s “moment-of-threat” rule. The Court of Appeals affirmed, explaining that the moment-of-threat rule requires asking only whether an officer was “in danger at the moment of the threat that resulted in [his] use of deadly force.” … Under the rule, events “leading up to the shooting” are “not relevant.” … Here, the “precise moment of threat” was the “two seconds” when Felix was clinging to a moving car. … Because Felix could then have reasonably believed his life in danger, the panel held, the shooting was lawful.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

Once again we see the courts making up a “rule” that is both irrational and unreasonable. Take this case for example. The District Court said the “moment of threat” was the two seconds when officer Felix was clinging to the car. They completely ignored the fact that the officer put himself in that situation when he jumped on the car. And that is just the beginning.

The moment-of-threat rule applied below prevents that sort of attention to context, and thus conflicts with this Court’s instruction to analyze the totality of the circumstances. By limiting their view to the two seconds before the shooting, the lower courts could not take into account anything preceding that final moment. So, for example, they could not consider the reasons for the stop or the earlier interactions between the suspect and officer. And because of that limit, they could not address whether the final two seconds of the encounter would look different if set within a longer timeframe.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

The traffic stop was for alleged toll violations, hardly a dangerous threat to others. Yes, during the stop Barnes did help escalate the officer’s tension by not having his identification on him, rummaging through his stuff, and of course driving off. But does that lead a reasonable person to conclude that it’s also reasonable that Mr. Barnes was a danger to others?

A rule like that, which precludes consideration of prior events in assessing a police shooting, is not reconcilable with the fact-dependent and context-sensitive approach this Court has prescribed. A court deciding a use-of-force case cannot review the totality of the circumstances if it has put on chronological blinders.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

How can a court consider the reasonableness of the use of force without the context in which it was used? After all, you wouldn’t consider the shooting of someone while ignoring that fact that they had broken into a home while armed.

Concurrence

While the Court was unanimous, Justice Kavanaugh wrote a concurrence which Justices Thomas, Alito, and Barrett joined. I found Kavanaugh brought up a few interesting points worth looking at.

I join the Court’s opinion. I agree that the officer’s actions during the traffic stop in this case should be assessed based on the totality of the circumstances. I write separately to add a few points about the dangers of traffic stops for police officers, particularly when as here the driver pulls away in the midst of the stop.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

Justice Kavanaugh agrees with the court’s opinion, but wants to add a few points to it, specifically how dangerous traffic stops are.

Even for routine traffic violations, traffic stops are “fraught with danger to police officers.” … An “inordinate risk confront[s] an officer as he approaches a person seated in an automobile.” Pennsylvania v. Mimms, … That is in part because officers operate at a “tactical disadvantage” when “approaching an unknown vehicle, with limited visibility and unpredictable threats.” … As this Court noted nearly 50 years ago, “a significant percentage of murders of police officers occurs when the officers are making traffic stops.” … Traffic stops remain highly dangerous today.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

Law enforcement is a dangerous job. And within that job, I can see how traffic stops are one of the more dangerous activities we ask officers to undertake. The question is, does officer safety supersede the safety of those they engage with?

What should the officer do when a driver flees from a traffic stop? There are no easy or risk-free answers. Every feasible option poses some potential danger to the officer, the driver, or the public at large—and often to all three. And an officer in that situation must make a split-second choice among those various dangerous options.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

Justice Kavanaugh’s statement is absolutely correct. It’s why law enforcement officers require so much training. In such split-second situations, there is no time to think or analyze. In these situations, officers revert to their training. Hopefully, that training would lead an officer to consider situations and possibilities before and during the encounter. So when the moment of decision comes, their reactions tend toward the best outcome. But what about when something happens that the officer had not prepared for?

… as happened here, the officer could attempt to stop the fleeing driver at the outset by jumping on or reaching into the car. The dangerousness of that option is readily apparent. Perhaps the driver will hit the brakes once he realizes an officer is clinging to the car or attempting to reach through the window. But if the driver does not slow down, then the officer may suffer serious and perhaps fatal injuries. The officer could try to fire his weapon to incapacitate the driver and bring the car safely to a stop. But the car may be just as likely to go careening into traffic, thereby threatening the safety of the officer, other drivers, passengers, pedestrians, and more.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

A lot of bad situations and bad options for an officer to choose from, with no time to consider. I am curious as to what training led to the Officer Felix jumping on the doorsill?

Of course, when an officer uses force against a fleeing driver, the judiciary still must assess any resulting Fourth Amendment claim under the standard of objective reasonableness. Under this Court’s precedents, that inquiry involves “a careful balancing of ‘the nature and quality of the intrusion on the individual’s Fourth Amendment interests’ against the countervailing governmental interests at stake.”

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

So the court sees balancing interests. On the one hand, the subject has an interest in surviving the encounter. On the other hand, government has an interest in protecting the rights of the others. The court talks about a balancing, but how many courts place their thumb on the side of government’s interest? How often do courts simply take the word of an officer, unless there is physical evidence to contradict them?

I could go on. The point here is that when a driver abruptly pulls away during a traffic stop, an officer has no particularly good or safe options. None of the options available to the officer avoids danger to the community, and all of them require life-or-death decisions that must be made in a few seconds in highly stressful and unpredictable circumstances.

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

I agree, there aren’t any really good options when a driver takes off from a stop. Of the bad options available, I think jumping on the vehicle is probably one of the worst. In this case, it wasn’t Mr. Barnes who put officer Felix in jeopardy, but his own jumping onto the doorsill. But this case isn’t about the traffic stop, or the officer jumping on the doorsill, but the reasonableness of the shoot. Specifically, how do courts evaluate the reasonableness of a use of force?

Conclusion

The District and Circuit Courts both used the “moment of threat” rule. Meaning that in this case, the court looked only at the two-seconds between the officer jumping on the doorsill and pulling the trigger.

Held: A claim that a law enforcement officer used excessive force during a stop or arrest is analyzed under the Fourth Amendment, which requires that the force deployed be objectively reasonable from “the perspective of a reasonable officer at the scene.” …

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

“[T]he perspective of a reasonable officer at the scene.” What about the perspective of a reasonable subject at the scene? Would a person who’s been pulled over for toll violations consider it reasonable for the officer to reach for his sidearm? While the subject was rummaging through his stuff, the officer having his hand on his weapon would be reasonable. But after that? That is why the totality of the circumstances is so important to the analysis of reasonableness.

The inquiry into the reasonableness of police force requires analyzing the “totality of the circumstances.” … That analysis demands “careful attention to the facts and circumstances” relating to the incident. …

Barnes v. Felix Opinion

In other words, police use of force does not happen in a vacuum. Everything in the encounter leading up to the use of force is important to the analysis. In this case, the courts should not have looked solely at the moment before officer Felix fired the shots, but his actions beforehand. Was officer Felix’s life in danger because of what Barnes had done or because of what he himself had done? Was the action of driving away from a traffic stop really worth Barnes’ life?

The recognition of this need to look at the totality of the circumstances is very important. For example, if a person shoves a police officer, that could be considered assault, justifying the use of force to detain the subject. However, if the officer initiated contact, say by intentionally walking into someone, then it is not an assault on a police officer, but a person defending themselves from assault.

The decision of the Circuit Court was vacated, and the case was remanded back for further review. Whether the court finds the use of force reasonable or not, hopefully they will use the right standard for doing so.

© 2025 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Andrew Wallace

October 2, 2025

Our country is on the verge of self-destruction because the American Dream no longer exists for twenty-year-olds. It only exists for highly-paid couples at the end of child-bearing years. Everyone else is to live in Stack-and-Pack vertical housing, without private transportation except for bicycles. They will pay excessive rents and therefore accumulate no equity, and will live in fear. Most importantly they will have fewer children (and those later in life) at a rate below the replacement level.

There are countless very negative results because of the Death of the American Dream. But I will only list a few because I know that only our returning to Constitutional Government is required…otherwise the American Dream is impossible.

Economic implications are widespread and ominous. To see the results, look at the inner cities of New York, Chicago, and Los Angeles, which are now Communist Hell-Holes without safety, religion, or good schools…and Communists have no plans to improve them. We must return to a Free Enterprise System AKA a Market Economy/Supply and Demand. There must be private ownership of property and the means of production. If someone can’t work, there should be a safety net, but if they are able-bodied and don’t work, they starve. It is that way in most of the world except for Socialist countries. It is reality.

You may think the solution is complex, but it is really simple: we need only return to what we had before the Coup of 1913. I did not say the solution would be easy, just simple.

The first thing we have to do is terminate the Income Tax and finance the Federal Government with Tariffs and Excise Taxes, as we did prior to 1913. States can contribute to the federal government if it needs more money. But the Federal Government should not need more money if all unconstitutional activities are terminated. Let that sink in. The federal Government has unlawfully usurped many functions of the states in violation of the Enumerated Powers explicitly set forth in our Constitution.

These usurped functions number in the thousands, and cost billions. Two unconstitutional functions that cost billions are our military stationed in other countries, and Foreign Aid. If other countries could invade us, it might be different…but they can’t. We can only be defeated by weapons of mass destruction, or from within by the 21 million Democrat/Communist army of illegals.

I will repeat, we have no business being involved in the affairs of any country in the world, and that includes Israel and Ukraine. When Congress votes to fund unlawful offshore projects that spend taxpayer money, it is taking the food out of the mouths of Americans, and I think it is treason. I might add that I think any money spent off shore is unlawful.

With the income tax terminated, all federal funds to the states for any reason must be terminated. This means all welfare, FEMA, Agriculture and Education grants as examples, but the key is termination of all federal funds to the states. We are in this near-terminal state because we failed to control the greed of Congress and bureaucrats of the Administrative State who succumbed to the bribes of the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class and countless others.

In the final analysis, the last nail in the coffin was the failure of the corrupt and complicit FBI to investigate, charge and convict all parties to corruption in government. This is what happens when you ignore the Constitution that specifies that the Militia of the Several States should enforce the laws of the union. They got the Militia out of the way with the unconstitutional Dick Act.

President Trump’s election stopped our descent into civil war, and his programs will buy us time to return to a Constitutional government. If he continues to refuse to return to a Constitutional Government, the result will be Dystopian, Total Failure, Depression, and Civil War. There is no other possibility..

In conclusion, it is simple to return us to a market economy, prosperity, and the American Dream for 20-year-olds. We need only follow the Constitution, knowing that the miscreants will not stop at assassination to prevail, as they did with President Trump and President Kennedy.

Reader’s comments are welcome.

© 2025 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 2, 3035

Most Americans enjoy a sound mind, spiritual balance, and common sense. We go to work. We drive home. We kiss our spouse. We hug our kids. We pay our bills. We eat dinner. We watch TV, and we go to bed.

Whatever goes on in Washington DC, and in certain governors’ offices around America defies understanding.

Right now, we’ve got U.S. Senator Schumer (D-NY), a man who spoke against illegal alien migrants 10 years ago, doing everything he can to support, defend and assist illegal aliens in America. He refused to delete the clause of the “Continuing Resolution” to fund America’s economy because it cut out tens of billions of dollars for illegal aliens’ Medicaid assistance. Mind you, those border jumpers remain in America in violation of our laws, but “Shutdown Schumer” wants to keep their Medicaid in violation of his oath of office. Medicaid is to serve American citizens, NOT illegal aliens.

Does that make any sense? Of course not! Yet, Schumer represents illegal aliens over American citizens—-with our money.

Then, if you remember, House Member “forever”, Nancy Pelosi (D-CA) bragged about all the illegal aliens in California would become future “Americans” in one of her speeches defending those 2 to 3 million illegal aliens in her state. At the same time, she’s been implicated in “insider trading” of defense stocks because she told her husband which defense contracts to buy stocks. Thus, she’s rich by over $100 million in ill-gotten gains off the American taxpayer. Notice how the mainstream media, always defending illegal aliens and liberal politicians, never reports or follows up on the enormous corruption in DC.

Have you noticed that no one has heard about Joe Biden’s Alzheimer’s Disease? Yet, mainstream media covered it up during the four years of his time in the White House. If you remember, Ronald Reagan announced his Alzheimer’s Disease after he left the presidency. We didn’t hear about him for 10 years until his death. It’s called, “The Long Goodbye” for those suffering from that disease. Their families suffer right along with the victims. My wife and I are among those victims.

What about that guy named Hakim Jeffries (D), minority House speaker, who calls other people names, but he’s the same guy who supported Schumer to shut down our government. They should have worked out budget solutions MONTHS ago. Instead, like kids in a sandbox, they dithered and dallied right up to the last minute…just like children. They never said a word against Biden’s inner circle for flooding our country with 15 million illegal aliens, but they fight like the devil to blame everyone but themselves. Meanwhile, we’re paying for a $37 trillion national debt that politicians gave us.

When Senate leader Thune (R) offered the solution for stopping the shutdown, those childish liberal politicians rejected it. Squabbling, crying, blaming, pettifoggery, bickering, and self-righteous indignation! They are supposed to be educated, reasoned, logical, rational, intelligent and decent elected officials that care about our welfare as citizens. Especially since it’s our money that pays each one of them, $174,000.00 annually. Wouldn’t it be great for all of us to make that money for working less than six months annually?

In the end, too many of those politicians in DC are scam artists.

Who might that be? For starters, House member Ilhan Omar (D-MN) must be the BIGGEST scam artist ever to walk the Halls of Congress. She’s a Muslim who would never defend our Constitution because she’s brainwashed by the Quran, has lied on her immigration papers, married her brother to get him over here from Somalia, and denounces our country as racist at every juncture and speech.

What about U.S. Senator Bernie Sanders, (D), an 84-year-old man who has been living in his DC office for so long that he’s nearly calcified in place. Yet, his constituents keep voting for his “socialism” and his ignorance of what makes America successful. As British Lord Acton said, “Power corrupts and absolute power corrupts absolutely.” Old Bernie is uselessness beyond his years. He will continue until he dies in his office.

Who is on deck for the presidency? There’s one guy, Governor Gavin Newsom, California, who thinks guys should beat the crap out of girls in girls’ sports, brags about his own stupidities. What American in his or her right mind would vote for a man who wants women to pound on women in women’s sports? What American wants 3 to 4 million illegal aliens in his or her state? Why would you want your children’s classrooms filled with 20 to 50 different languages and incompatible cultures? How can anyone’s American children escape the consequences of sub-par educations because of so many foreign kids, with low IQ’s, destroying the academic talents of American kids?

Then, you’ve got the D.E.I. crowd that wants to promote everyone because of their skin color instead of their education, valid merits and qualifications. It’s so “emotionally fulfilling”, but in fact, is 21st century “affirmative action” that failed in the last century and fails in this century. No one wants someone driving a bus or train or plane that could get everyone killed because the D.E.I. hires don’t know what they are doing. Additionally, it kills personal initiative and incentive.

What and why do American leaders support “Sanctuary Cities” that house criminals, drug pushers and rapists? What if every American suffered the same fate as the parents of Laken Riley, who was killed by an illegal alien allowed into America by Joe Biden? Do you understand that the mayors of dozens of cities support illegal aliens with housing, food, medical, schooling, jobs and more—-against American citizens? How do such guys and gals like Mayor Karen Bass in LA, or Nick Adams in NYC, or Johnston in Denver, or Johnson in Chicago, our Wu in Boston, and dozens of other cities morally and/or ethically justify their violation of their oath of office to serve Americans?

How do we allow the mayor of Dearborn, Michigan, now a Muslim-dominated stronghold to tell a fellow resident that, “You may be a Dearborn resident, but since you’re not a Muslim, you are not welcome here.”?????? The Muslim should be deported because he doesn’t belong here. He belongs back in Afghanistan or wherever the hell he originated.

We’ve got illegal aliens who can’t read English driving 18-wheeler, 80,000-pound trucks on our highways, and are killing people like in Florida recently. They’re too uneducated to drive those enormous trucks. Worse, some official gave them a bogus license.

It’s a bet that you’re as perplexed as I am as to what the heck is going on in our society. We’ve got crazy people shooting up schools with our little kids. We’ve got crazy politicians like U.S. Senator Chris Van Hollen, (D-MD), going down to El Salvador to extract an MS-13 gangbanger, wife beater, human trafficker, and all-around illegal alien, BACK to America. We’ve got university presidents sowing the seeds of destruction of law and order. We’ve got Antifa, Black Lives Matter, Muslim Brotherhood, C.A.I.R., terrorist organizations, burning down our cities with impunity. Or, they are working their way into power positions so they can use our Constitution against us…like in Dearborn, Michigan. Anyone excited about engaging Sharia Law into our country?

You think I’m kidding? Just wait to see what Zohran Mamdani starts doing when he becomes mayor of New York City! He’s going to going to push for Sharia Law. He’s going to gather Muslims by the tens of thousands…just like the Somalians in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Sharia Law is already entrenched, there.

We American citizens are going to have “The Sh*T Hit the Fan” in the next 10 years. We’re talking social chaos. We’re talking religious conflict. We’re talking violent political actions such as the murder of Charlie Kirk. We’re talking the unraveling of our social cohesion. It’s coming as surely as the dawn. What do you think?

© 2025 Frosty Wookdridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Amil Imani

October 1, 2025

Sen. Adam Schiff, a California Democrat, is a slimy, deceitful criminal who has infested the halls of the House and now the Senate like a venomous parasite, sucking the lifeblood from American democracy while enriching himself through brazen fraud and treasonous schemes.

With his beady eyes and perpetual smirk, Schiff isn’t just a politician — he’s a walking indictment, a master manipulator who has weaponized lies, leaks, and law-breaking to claw his way to power.

Forget the polished resume; Schiff is a fraudster extraordinaire, guilty of orchestrating the Russia collusion hoax, committing mortgage fraud on a massive scale, leaking classified secrets, and rigging investigations like Jan. 6 to bury his enemies. He deserves not a Senate seat, but a federal prison cell, stripped of his ill-gotten gains and exposed for the traitor he is.

Schiff’s crowning abomination is his starring role in the Russia collusion hoax — the most colossal act of political sabotage in U.S. history, a fabricated witch hunt designed to cripple President Trump and steal the will of the American people.

He spearheaded this sham from the House Intelligence Committee, peddling bogus claims of Trump-Russia ties that were pure fiction, cooked up by Deep State operatives, Obama cronies, and CIA hacks.

Then Schiff lied relentlessly to the American public, vowing he had “more than circumstantial evidence” of collusion, only for the Mueller report to expose it all as a colossal nothingburger.

He amplified Hillary Clinton’s dirty dossier, leaked classified intel to smear Trump, and turned congressional hearings into kangaroo courts.

This wasn’t incompetence; it was calculated treason, a sustained assault on the presidency that wasted millions in taxpayer dollars and divided the nation. Schiff knew it was a hoax — he admitted as much in declassified docs — but he pushed it anyway to boost his career, landing him in the Senate while patriots suffered.

For this alone, he must face justice: indictment, trial, and hard time in a federal pen.

But Schiff’s crimes don’t stop at political sabotage; he may be a financial crook, too, allegedly neck-deep in mortgage fraud that reeks of greed and deception.

Federal investigators are closing in on him for allegedly falsifying bank documents and property records to snag sweetheart loan terms on his Potomac, Maryland, mansion. Publicly available documents show that, from 2003 to 2019, Schiff claimed this 3,420-square-foot luxury pad as his “primary residence” on five Fannie Mae loans, locking in low rates meant for actual homeowners, not jet-setting politicians.

At the same time, he milked a $7,000 tax break on his tiny Burbank, California, condo by swearing that it was his primary home, too.

Two primaries? That’s not clever. Without extenuating circumstances, that’s felony-level fraud — wire fraud, mail fraud, bank fraud, and false statements to institutions, each carrying years behind bars. The FHFA slammed him with a criminal referral, and grand juries are weighing charges.

Trump nailed it: “Shifty Schiff is a scam artist,” guilty as hell and headed for prison.

Schiff even voted in California while claiming Maryland residency, adding voter fraud to his rap sheet. No excuses — this is outright theft from the system he pretends to uphold.

Schiff’s rap sheet explodes further with leaks of classified information, turning national security into his personal slush fund for smears.

He doled out secrets to journalists during the Russia farce, fueling media hysteria and endangering lives.

Then there’s his Jan. 6 circus: As a key player, he doctored evidence, suppressed truths, and framed Trump supporters in a RICO-style sham investigation.

He twisted Trump’s Ukraine call into “treason,” but it was Schiff who committed the real betrayal by lying under oath and abusing power.

Add his ties to shady figures like Ed Buck — Democrat donor and convicted meth-fueled sex predator — and Schiff’s circle reeks of corruption. He’s no victim; he’s the predator, dodging accountability while preaching morality.

Beyond these, Schiff advocates suppression of dissent, pressuring tech firms to censor content on elections and health, framing opposition as threats. His interventions during COVID stifled debate, aligning with authoritarian controls. Public outcry on X labels him a criminal, with other notable handles affirming the charge.

Adam Schiff embodies everything rotten in Washington: a hypocritical thug who weaponizes government against foes, inducing institutional decay, executing fraud, leaks, and manipulations that demand eradication, and all the while lining his pockets.

He lied about Russia to overthrow an election, defrauded banks for personal gain, leaked secrets like a sieve, and rigged probes to silence dissent. No “maybe” or “alleged” – these are facts, demanding swift retribution. Lock him up, strip his pension, prosecute him relentlessly, confiscate his holdings, bar him from public life, and above all, make him an example. America demands it: Schiff to prison now!

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Karen Schoen

October 1, 2025

That answer should be, NEVER. Let’s face it. We have all told that little white lie, for the good of something.

Our media and government officials lie to us continually. The media carries the same scripted message of lies that the government or their donors demand. Those lies get told in Congress, schools, and in all forms of media. Yet no one is accountable. Ever wonder why?

America had a bill called Smith-Mundt Act. It addressed lying and it stated that “the government could lie to other countries but NEVER to Americans.”

Then came Barack Obama. Back in 2010, Congress passed and Obama signed the Affordable Care Act, aka Obamacare. In order to get the bill passed, which was to go into affect in 2014, Obama told a whopper. “You can keep your doctor. You can keep your Healthcare.” Big FREAKING LIE!!

So I ask you: Do you tell your children its OK to lie?

How can you expect them to tell the truth, if their role model, the President lies?

If the leaders of this great country, they all LIE?

So what did Obama do? in 2012 under the cover of the NDAA, the liars hid the repeal of the Smith-Mundt Act, calling it the Smith-Mundt Modernization Act. They had hoped no one would notice, and they didn’t. I wrote articles, alerted my group, and we alerted as many as we could…but our voices were not heard. It was passed.

The Act says: the Government has the right to use propaganda, aka lies, and uses the same tactics that they used overseas on foreigners, on the American people.

What the heck does that even mean? Let’s take a closer look!

The original Smith-Mundt Act allows the American government to LIE, to destabilize foreign countries in order to “spread democracy”. Analysis of this act is that it is so egregious, that it could never be used on the American people.

Enter Obama.

It is no secret that Obama was a Marxist, and his prime goal was transforming Western culture into a Marxist culture. He was groomed by his Marxist friends, to become the Marxist leader for the Progressives. He learned all of the tools of propaganda, as laid out by Edward Bernays. He became a Community Organizer, and developed a huge following. Because Obama was such a great speaker, he was chosen over Hillary to become the Democrat candidate for President.

A President must be a gifted speaker, and great communicator, in order to be successful.

You must be able to relay your message in a clear and concise manner.

You must be able to persuade your audience to trust and respect you.

Once accomplished, the audience will follow your ideas. Unfortunately, when it comes to the horrors of Communism, aka cultural Marxism, to prove your point, you must lie.

Now, let’s connect a few dots about lying. Lying is a behavior now thoroughly acceptable, throughout government and business. Its the norm. But when does the acceptance of lying become acceptable?

In schools. The big lie. We see the poor quality of education when we look at scores or activities and curricula in our public schools and colleges. Common Core is the big lie, which changed education forever. Facts are no longer relevant. Just Values – but whose Values?

The students are now called human capital, valued for their ability to be trained to work. We have been training our Human Capital to lie, where the ends justify the means. Why then, are we surprised when they grow up to be liars?

Education is Key… So let’s get directly to the point…

The problem with education today, is that it has not changed!!

Lies in, Lies out. The content of the curriculum is made up of Lies!

(Doesn’t that sound like Garbage In, Garbage Out?)

Unfortunately, lying has become the new normal. Lying has trickled in for so long, no one notices, or can figure out how it got there. Everyone accepts it, and no one cares. The Transgender Movement, the Feminist Movement, Defund the Police, Looking at cities burning and calling the demonstrations peaceful – all are perfect examples.

No amount of money, choice, or vouchers fixes anything, as long as the curriculum stays the same, and Americans accepts LIES as the NORM, the Status Quo.

The curricula is written by people who want to destroy America.

The curricula is built on LIES. You are seeing the results, the Destruction of America.

What can you do?

Get your kids out of the public indoctrination clinic masquerading as public schools.
If the solution is not simple, it can not be accomplished.

Simple Solution: Stop Accepting Lies.

It is only when you say, “No, I do not accept the LIES”, then will the power shift.”
What if you stopped going to the movies, refused to buy a product, didn’t buy a song, food, or drug? Demand to speak to American customer service agents, went to meetings, and called out lies on the radio, or in writing, to your Legislator?

It is only by working together, when there are more of us than them, WE Win.

Contrary to what you have been told, Winning is the only thing.

Winning is Everything.

Under this Act, programs like DEI, SEL, and ESG were filtered throughout our agencies, and used to turn Americans against each other. The government lied to us, and told us we were Racists, if we did not go along with their fantasies. They told us:

Families are bad, Whites are terrorists, Parents know nothing, Christians and Jews are the devil, Babies destroyed your life, a fetus is nothing, drugs are good for you, take more vaccines, eat more processed food, war is peace, lies are truth, and the Government is here to help.

These lies are the greatest cause of the political murders we are seeing today. How many more Charlie Kirks must be murdered before we act?

Under programs pushing lies like DEI, ESG, and SEL, our agencies deteriorated. Our Agencies turned on the American people labeled deplorable by Hillary

Biden’s FBI ‘Arctic Frost’ probe targeted nearly 100 GOP groups — including Charlie Kirk’s TPUSA: docs

Listen to the crybabies complain when we investigate their favorite NGO.

Finally, the truth is coming out. The question is: will Americans be strong enough to accept the rough times ahead, without allowing the lies of the Left to become our way of life?

Will we be strong and demand that Bills like Smith-Mundt Modernization Act be eliminated, as this is totally 100% unconstitutional?

The Smith-Mundt Modernization Act gives our Government the License to LIE.

• It is up to us to contact our Legislators, and demand that this act be REPEALED. This means, YOU!
• Senator Mike Lee is introducing a bill to repeal Smith-Mundt Modernization Act called the Charlie Kirk Act. to Ban Government Funded Propaganda. Contact your legislator to support this bill.

YOUR SILENCE GIVES THESE GROUPS POWER!

ARE YOU MAD AS HELL?

ARE YOU NOT GOING TO TAKE IT ANYMORE?

Lane Watkins is my guest this week. Please join us, and learn about some of the lies of the Left, and what you can do about them. This constant lying is not aimed a making the people believe a lie, but at ensuring that no one believes anything anymore.

“A people that can no longer distinguish between TRUTH and LIES cannot distinguish between right and wrong. And such a people, deprived of the power to think and judge is, without knowing and willing it, completely subjected to the RULE OF LIES. With such a people, you can do whatever you want. They are completely under your control.” – Hannah Arendt, German historian & philosopher, (1906 – 1975)

Remember: When you don’t teach reading, those who CAN’T read – become SLAVES to those who CAN read!

Applying Knowledge is Power

GUEST: Lane Watkins, The job of the left, Relieve you of your land. Lie of the left: 1000 Friends of Florida even has an economic report showing how urban sprawl into rural areas is killing us. Truth: Sound planning theory is based around allowing development where infrastructure for dense development – near urbanized areas – are available. It is the intent of the supposedly republican supermajority legislature to allow rampant growth with few restrictions and to preempt the ability of local communities to have a say in how their community gets developed. SB180 and the Live Local Act.

WEBSITE: https://defendingruralflorida.org/

IS AMERICA WORTH SAVING?

IF NOT YOU, THEN WHO? IF NOT NOW, THEN WHEN?

TELL EVERYONE YOU KNOW TO VOTE IN THE PRIMARY!!

Challenge them with the truth. Is America worth saving? Doing Nothing is ffirmation.

Important Notes:

Systematic fraud uncovered in mathematics publications

Faulty Temperature Data

Question Suspect and Faulty Temperature Data

EXCLUSIVE: New DC watchdog aims to become ‘leading voice’ for conservative values, effective governance

Is this how the RPOF wastes our donations?

Erika Kirk will be the CEO and chair of the board of Turning Point USA, the nonprofit founded by her late husband, Charlie Kirk. Erika Kirk vowed to carry on her late husband’s work. Erika Kirk vowed to carry on her late husband’s work. “If you thought that my husband’s mission was powerful before, you have no idea,” she said on Sept. 12. “You have no idea what you’ve just unleashed across this entire country, and this world. You have no idea the fire you’ve ignited within this wife. The cries of this widow will echo around the world like a battle cry.” All of Charlie’s shows, podcasts and tours will continue.

© 2025 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com

By Cliff Kincaid

October 1, 2025

President Trump’s “peace plan” for the Middle East will fail, for the same reason he cannot stop the war on Ukraine – Russia. Vladimir Putin uses violence and terrorism to achieve his goals, and this will never stop until his regime is replaced.

President Reagan recognized Soviet Russia as the evil empire and Russia serves the same purpose, even without “communists” officially in charge, in the world today. The history of Russia as an evil force in the world is documented in our new report.

Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu understands this, even if Trump does not.

As we wrote two years ago, in a column titled “The Hidden Hand in World Events,” one cannot understand world events without acknowledging the hidden hand of the Soviet KGB in the Muslim movement. It was the subject of a report my group America’s Survival published many years ago and was written by former KGB officer Konstantin Preobrazhensky.

It is time to acknowledge the link between the Russian invasion of Ukraine and Russia-backed Iran’s support of the Hamas invasion of Israel.

Even if Hamas was truly disarmed, that still leaves the Palestinian Authority (PA) in charge of the West Bank.

Mahmoud Abbas, the head of the PA is also head of the PLO, the Palestine Liberation Organization, and was trained at Russia’s Patrice Lumumba University. Hamas and the PLO seek the destruction of Israel and both operate as clients of Russia, Iran, or both.

In this context, the release of Charie Kirk’s letter` defending Israel is worth reading, for he documents how the Jewish state is being targeted with disinformation and propaganda, much of it being disseminated by Russia and various communist and Muslim groups around the world. He said, “Israel is getting CRUSHED on social media and you are losing younger generations of Americans, even among MAGA conservatives.”

Meanwhile, Charlie Kirk’s visit to South Korea, shortly before his death, requires some commentary as well. He recognized that this long-time U.S. ally has been taken over by Communist Chinese sympathizers, including the new president, the current leader of the Democratic Party by the name of Lee Jae-myung, known as “China Lee” because of what critics call the “reflection of his dangerous pro-China orientation.”

Kirk went to South Korea to rally support for the anti-communist and pro-American conservatives in that country.

According to a 9-page analysis of the “Left-Leaning Bias of the Lee Jae Myung Administration,” citing its suppression of conservatives, the bias even extends to “government policies and enforcement measures” and other “unfair actions” against certain religions, particularly Christianity.

In a letter in the Wall Street Journal, Nicholas Eberstadt of the American Enterprise Institute made the following points:

• President Lee Jae Myung, elected in June, comes from the far-left wing of the left-leaning Minju (Democracy) Party.
• Lee faces criminal charges for allegedly instructing businesses to channel millions of dollars to the North while he was governor of Gyeonggi province in 2018-21.
• Since assuming the presidency, Mr. Lee has welcomed back pro-North officials last seen in the bad old days of U.S.-ROK tensions 20 years ago.
• Lee’s party raised its flag at the 100th anniversary of the Chinese Communist Party in 2021 in Beijing.
• The speaker of the ROK National Assembly—also of Minju—attended Xi Jinping’s military celebration, along with Vladimir Putinand Mr. Kim Jong Un.
• Seoul police now threaten their own citizens for desecrating the PRC flag.

As you may recall, if you studied history, the Communist Chinese intervened massively on the side of the North Korean regime. American casualties of the United States during the Korean War (1950-1953) have been estimated at 54,260 dead including 33,643 “battle deaths.”

The U.S. settled on a stalemate in Korea, after American General Douglas MacArthur was prohibited from taking the fight to the communist-controlled Chinese mainland. He was fired by President Harry Truman, a Democrat who decided on a policy of containment of, rather than victory over, communism.

As if this isn’t bad enough, the Times of Israel reports that the U.S. peace proposal for the Middle East “encourages Palestinians to remain in the Strip and provides for the creation of a pathway to a future Palestinian state…”

Moscow will be pleased.

“The plan,” as we predicted in the book, Red Jihad: Moscow’s Final Solution for America and Israel, “is for Russia and the United States to eventually force Israel to embrace a United Nations plan for a nuclear-free Middle East. That would mean Israel giving up control of its defensive nuclear weapons to the world body.”

This can now easily happen because Trump has fallen into a trap in which he is now betting on Arab support for his peace plan, from some of the same states he made business deals with during his trip earlier this year.

Meanwhile, President Trump is threatening New York City with a termination of federal aid if they elect as mayor a Marxist Muslim by the name of Zohran Mamdani. The real danger is not his proposal for government-run grocery stores but another 9/11 staged by Iran-oriented Shiite Muslims, of which Mamdani is one, this time by detonating a dirty bomb using nuclear materials smuggled in from Iran.

At his Monday news conference, Trump speculated that Iran, which he bombed, could one day join his peace plan for the Middle East. He is Whistling Dixie. The Iranians who have tried to kill Trump and other top U.S. officials want revenge, not peace.

Peace isn’t coming to the Middle East and Europe if Russia continues to wage war against Ukraine and Israel.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org